Skip to main content

Full text of "Art in needlework; a book about embroidery"

See other formats


J_ 


ART    IN     NEEDLEWORK 


BY  THE  SAME  AUTHOR. 

ENAMELLING. 

PATTERN   DESIGN. 

ORNAMENT  AND  ITS  APPLICATION. 

NATURE   IN   ORNAMENT. 

Third  Edition. 

WINDOWS:  A  BOOK  ABOUT  STAINED 
AND   PAINTED   GLASS. 

Second  Edition. 

ALPHABETS  OLD  AND   NEW. 

Second  Edition. 

LETTERING  IN  ORNAMENT.  • 

MOOT      POINTS:       FRIENDLY      DIS- 
PUTES  UPON  ART  AND    INDUSTRY. 
In  conjunction  with  Walter  Crane. 


ART    IN 
NEEDLEWORK 

A     BOOK    ABOUT 

EMBROIDERY 


BY 


LEWIS     F.     DAY 

AUTHOR  OF  'WINDOWS,'  'ALPHABETS, 
'LETTERING  IN  ORNAMENT,'  &  OTHER 
TEXT-BOOKS  OV  ORNAMENTAL  DESIGN 

&    MARY    BUCKLE 


THIRD    EDITION    REVISED   AND 
ENLARGED 


LONDON 
B.  T.  BATSFORD,  94  HIGH  HOLBORN 

1907 


Printed  at  THE  DARIEN  PRESS,  Edinburgh. 


PREFACE. 

EMBROIDERY  may  be  looked  at  from  more  points 
of  view  than  it  would  be  possible  in  a  book  like 
this  to  take  up  seriously.  Merely  to  hover  round 
the  subject  and  glance  casually  at  it  would  serve 
no  useful  purpose.  It  may  be  as  well,  therefore, 
to  define  our  standpoint :  we  look  at  the  art  from 
its  practical  side,  not,  of  course,  neglecting  the 
artistic,  for  the  practical  use  of  embroidery  is  to 
be  beautiful. 

The  custom  has  been,  since  woman  learnt  to 
kill  time  with  the  needle,  to  think  of  embroidery 
too  much  as  an  idle  accomplishment.  It  is  more 
than  that.  At  the  very  least  it  is  a  handicraft : 
at  the  best  it  is  an  art.  This  contention  may  be 
to  take  it  rather  seriously ;  but  if  one  esteemed 
it  less  it  would  hardly  be  worth  writing  about, 
and  the  book,  when  written,  would  not  be  worth 
the  attention  of  students  of  embroidery,  needle- 
workers,  and  designers  of  needlework  to  whom 
it  is  addressed.  It  sets  forth  to  show  what 
decorative  stitching  is,  how  it  is  done,  and  what 
it  can  do.  It  is  illustrated  by  samplers  of  stitches  ; 
by  diagrams,  to  explain  the  way  stitches  are  done  ; 
and  by  examples  of  old  and  modern  work,  to  show 
the  artistic  application  of  the  stitches. 

A  feature  in  the  book  is  the  series  of  samplers 
designed  to  show  not  only  what  are  the  available 


vi  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

stitches,  but  the  groups  into  which  they  naturally 
gather  themselves,  as  well  as  the  use  to  which 
they  may  be  put :  and  the  back  of  the  sampler 
is  given  too :  the  reader  has  only  to  turn  the 
page  to  see  the  other  side  of  the  stitching — which 
to  a  needlewoman  is  often  the  more  helpful.  Lest 
that  should  not  be  enough,  the  stitches  are  de- 
scribed in  the  text,  and  a  marginal  note  shows 
at  a  glance  where  the  description  is  given.  This 
should  be  read  needle  and  thread  in  hand — or 
skipped.  Samplers  and  other  examples  of  needle- 
work are  uniformly  on  a  scale  large  enough  to 
show  the  stitch  quite  plainly.  The  examples  of 
old  work  illustrate  always,  in  the  first  place,  some 
point  of  workmanship ;  still  they  are  chosen  with 
some  view  to  their  artistic  interest. 

In  other  respects  Art  is  not  overlooked  ;  but 
it  is  Art  in  harness.  Design  is  discussed  with 
reference  to  stitch  and  stuff,  and  stitch  and  stuff 
with  reference  to  their  use  in  ornament.  It  has 
been  endeavoured  also  to  show  the  effect  needle- 
work has  had  upon  pattern,  and  the  ways  in  which 
design  is  affected  by  the  circumstance  that  it  is 
to  be  embroidered. 

The  joint  authorship  of  the  work  needs,  perhaps, 
a  word  of  explanation.  This  is  not  just  a  man's 
book  on  a  woman's  subject.  The  scheme  of 
it  is  mine,  and  I  have  written  it,  but  with  the 
co-operation  throughout  of  Miss  Mary  Buckle. 
Our  classification  of  the  stitches  is  the  result  of 
many  a  conference  between  us.  The  description 


PREFACE.  vii 

of  the  way  the  stitches  are  worked,  and  so  forth, 
is  my  rendering  of  her  description,  supplemented 
by  practical  demonstration  with  the  needle.  She 
has  primed  me  with  technical  information,  and  been 
always  at  hand  to  keep  me  from  technical  error. 
With  reference  to  design  and  art  I  speak  for  myself. 

My  thanks  are  due  to  the  authorities  at  South 
Kensington  for  allowing  us  to  handle  the  treasures 
of  the  national  collection,  and  to  photograph  them 
for  illustration  ;  to  Mrs  Walter  Crane,  Miss^  Mabel 
Keighley,  and  Miss  C.  P.  Shrewsbury,  for  permis- 
sion to  reproduce  their  handiwork  ;  to  Miss  Argles, 
Mrs  Buxton  Morrish,  Colonel  Green,  R.E.,  and 
Messrs  Morris  and  Co.,  for  the  loan  of  work 
belonging  to  them  ;  and  to  Miss  Chart  for  working 
the  cross-stitch  sampler. 

I  must  also  acknowledge  the  part  my  daughter 
has  had  in  the  production  of  this  book  :  without 
her  constant  help  it  could  never  have  been  written. 

LEWIS  F.  DAY. 

January  \st,  1900. 


NOTE   TO   THIRD   EDITION. 

IN  addition  to  revising  the  text,  I  have  added  a 
chapter  on  white  work,  which  formed  part  of  the 
original  plan  of  the  book,  but  was  not  ready  in 
time  for  the  first  edition.  I  have  to  thank  Mr 
James  Jeffrey  for  his  help  in  getting  the  samplers 
of  white  work  executed  by  trade  workers  in  Belfast. 
October  1907. 


CONTENTS. 

CHAP.  PAGE 

1.  EMBROIDERY    AND    EMBROIDERY    STITCHES  .          I 

2.  CANVAS    STITCHES       .            .            .            .  .  .12 

3.  CREWEL-STITCH        .    .            .            .            .  .  .26 

4.  CHAIN-STITCH                ..    \       .        .    .            .  .  .38 

5.  HERRING-BONE-STITCH         .            .          ].  .  -47 

6.  BUTTONHOLE-STITCH             .            .            .  .  -55 

7.  FEATHER    AND    ORIENTAL    STITCHES    .  .  .62 

8.  ROPE    AND    KNOT    STITCHES          .            .  .  •       71 

9.  INTERLACINGS,  SURFACE  STITCHES,  AND  DIAPERS      83 

10.  SATIN-STITCH    AND    ITS    OFFSHOOTS      .  .  .       91 

11.  DARNING              .            .            .        •     .x '     -   .  '  .  .    IO6 

12.  LAID-WORK          .- .        ..          .            ,            ..  .  .    112 

13.  COUCHING            .            .            .            .            .  .  .122 

14.  COUCHED    GOLD            ...            ,  .  .    131 

15.  APPLIQU£             .           \"'.'     .         >  .            .  .  .    144 

1 6.  INLAY,    MOSAIC,    AND    CUT-WORK           .  .  .    153 

17.  EMBROIDERYxIN    RELIEF    .            :            .  .  -159 

18.  RAISED    GOLD    .          '.            ,            .,          .  ...  .    165 

19.  QUILTING             .            .  .          .            .'            .  .  -171 

20.  STITCH    GROUPS           .             .            .        <~  .  ...    175 

21.  ONE    STITCH    OR    MANY?     .  .    l8o 


ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


CHAP. 


22.  OUTLINE  .            .  •    l85 

23.  SHADING  .        '    .,            .  .188 

24.  FIGURE    EMBROIDERY            .  .198 

25.  THE   DIRECTION    OF   THE   STITCH          .  .    208 

26.  CHURCH    WORK             .            .  .                                      •    2l6 

27.  WHITE    WORK    .            .            .  .            .                         •    225 

28.  A    PLEA    FOR    SIMPLICITY  .-                       .            .    237 

29.  EMBROIDERY    DESIGN            .  .  •    244 

30.  EMBROIDERY    MATERIALS  .  -254 

31.  A    WORD    TO    THE    WORKER  •    262 
INDEX  -            *            •             •    269 


DESCRIPTIVE  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


1.  TAPESTRY — to  illustrate  work  on  a  warp,  not  on  a  web.     From 

Akhmin  in  Upper  Egypt.  Ancient  Coptic.  (In  the  Victoria 
and  Albert  Museum.) 

2.  DRAWN-WORK  ON   FINE  LINEN,   embroidered  with  gold  and 

colour.  Oriental.  (From  the  collection  of  Mrs  Lewis  F. 
Day.) 

3.  DARNING  AND  SATIN-STITCH  on  square  mesh — The  darning  on 

leaf,  green,  following  the  lines  of  the  stuff;  outlined  with 
yellow,  veined  with  pink  and  white  ;  stem,  yellow,  its 
foliation  pink,  outlined  with  white,  and  ribbed  with  blue 
and  white.  Italian.  I7th  century.  (V.  &  A.  Museum.) 

4    CROSS-STITCH    UPON    LINEN.       Hungarian.      Compare    Illus- 
tration 45. 

5.  CROSS-STITCH   SAMPLER — A   and    B,   solid  ;    C,    line    work  ; 

D,  stroke-stitch — called  also  Holbein-stitch  ;  E,  stroke  and 
cross  stitches  combined. 

6.  CANVAS-STITCH    in    coloured    silk    upon    linen.       The    band 

Italian,  the  foliated  diaper  Oriental.     (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

7.  CANVAS-STITCH — Design   comparatively  free,   but   showing  in 

its  outline  the  influence  of  the  rectangular  lines  of  the 
weaving.  Cretan.  (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

8.  CANVAS-STITCH    SAMPLER  —  A,    tent-stitch  ;     B,    half-cross- 

stitch  ;    C,    cushion-stitch ;    D,    Moorish -stitch,    so    called ; 

E,  plait-stitch  ;  F,  couching  on  canvas. 


xii  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

9.  CUSHION  AND  SATIN-STITCHES  UPON  CANVAS — The  satin- 
stitches  follow  the  lines  of  the  stuff,  and  form  a  diaper 
built  upon  them.  Compare  Illustration  71. 

10.  TWO  VARIETIES  OF  CANVAS-STITCH,  the  pattern  in  the  bare 
linen,  the  background  worked — A,  plait-stitch,  the  ornament 
outlined  ;  B,  stitches  drawn  tightly  together  so  as  to  pull 
the  threads  of  the  linen  apart,  giving  very  much  the  effect 
of  drawn-work.  Compare  Illustration  2.  (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

II  &  12.  CREWEL-STITCH  SAMPLER— A  and  C,  crewel-stitch  ;  B 

and    D,    outline-stitch  ;     E,    back-stitch  ;     F,    spots  ;  G 

and  H,  stem-stitch  ;  J,  crewel  and  outline-stitches  in 
combination. 

13.  CREWEL- WORK  —  The    stem    only    worked    in    crewel-stitch. 

Embroidered  in  green,  blue,  and  brown  wools  upon  white 
cotton.  Old  English.  (Coll.  of  Miss  Argles. ) 

14.  CREWEL-WORK,     in      which      crewel-stitch      hardly     occurs. 

Embroidered  in  coloured  wools  upon  white  cotton.  Old 
English.  (Coll.  of  J.  M.  Knapp,  Esq.) 

15.  CREWEL-STITCH  IN  TWISTED  SILK — The  scroll  in  green  upon 

a  brownish-purple  ground ;  the  smaller  leafage  upon  the 
scroll  in  brighter  green ;  the  flowers  and  butterflies  in 
blue  and  pink.  Modern.  (Mrs  L.  F.  Day.) 

16.  CHAIN-STITCH  AND  KNOTS — Part  of  the  same  piece  of  work 

as  Illustration  24.     Indian.     (V.  &  A.  M.) 

17  &  18.  CHAIN-STITCH  SAMPLER— A,  chain-stitch  solid  and  in 
line  ;  B,  magic  stitch  ;  C,  church  chain  ;  D,  cable  chain  ;  E, 
Vandyke  chain ;  F,  Mountmellic  chain ;  G,  Mountmellic 
cable — all  so  called. 

19.  CHAIN  AND  SURFACE  STITCHES — the  latter  a  kind  of  button- 
holing, only  occasionally  worked  into  the  stuff.  Part  of  a 
lectern  cover  in  white  thread  upon  a  thin,  greyish  white 
linen  stuff.  German,  I4th  century.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 


DESCRIPTIVE   LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS,     xiii 

20&2I.  HERRING-BONE  SAMPLER — A,  B,  C,  varieties  of  herring- 
bone ;  D,  a  combination  of  A  and  C ;  E,  fishbone  ;  F,  a 
close  variety  of  A  ;  G,  tapestry  stitch,  so  called. 

22  &  23.  BUTTONHOLE  SAMPLER — A,  B,  C,  ordinary  buttonhole 
and  variations  upon  it  ;  D,  two  rows  of  buttonhole  worked 
slanting  one  into  the  other  ;  E,  crossed  buttonhole ;  F, 
tailor's  buttonhole  ;  G,  ladder  (called  also  Cretan)  stitch  ; 
H,  herring-bone  buttonhole  ;  J,  buttonhole  diaper. 

24.  BUTTONHOLE,  CHAIN,  AND  KNOT  STITCHES — chiefly  in  white 
floss  silk  on  dark  purple  satin,  with  touches  of  crimson  at  the 
points  from  which  the  stitches  radiate.  The  rings  on  the 
outer  ground  are  not  worked,  but  done  in  the  dyeing  of 
the  satin.  Part  of  the  same  piece  of  work  as  16.  Modern 
Indian  from  Surat.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

25  &  26.  FEATHER-STITCH  SAMPLER— A  to  G,  ordinary  feather- 
stitch and  its  variations  ;  G  G,  feather  chain. 

27  &  28.  ORIENTAL-STITCH  SAMPLER— A  to  E,  Oriental-stitch  and 
its  varieties ;  F,  Oriental-stitch  worked  into  buttonhole ; 
G,  not  properly  a  form  of  Oriental-stitch,  though  bearing 
some  resemblance  to  it. 

29  &  30.    ROPE    AND    KNOT-STITCH    SAMPLER — A,    rope-Stitch  ;     B, 

open  rope- stitch  ;  C,  what  is  called  German  knot-stitch  ;  D, 
open  German  knot-stitch  ;  E,  Old  English  knot-stitch,  so 
called  ;  F,  bullion-stitch  ;  G,  French  knots. 

31.  A  TOUR-DE-FORCE  IN  KNOTS — Worked  entirely  in  the  one 
stitch  ;  the  drawing  lines  expressed  by  voiding.  In  white 
and  coloured  silks  upon  a  very  dark  blue  ground.  Chinese. 
(Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

32  &  33.  INTERLACING-STITCH  SAMPLER — A,  interlaced  crewel- 
stitch  ;  B,  interlaced  back-stitch  ;  C,  back-stitch  twice 
interlaced  ;  D,  interlaced  chain-stitch  ;  E,  interlaced 
darning  ;  F,  interlaced  herring-bone  ;  G,  herring-bone  twice 
interlaced  ;  H,  an  interlaced  version  of  C  in  Illustration  20  ; 
J,  interlaced  Oriental-stitch  ;  K,  interlaced  feather-stitch. 


xiv  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

34.  SURFACE-STITCH  SAMPLER — A,  D,  G,  various  surface  stitches  ; 

B,  surface  buttonhole ;    H   and    C,    surface    darning ;    E, 
Japanese  darning,  as  it  is  called  ;  F,  net  passing  ;  J,  surface 
buttonhole  over  bars  ;    K,  surface  buttonhole  over  slanting 
stitches. 

35.  LACE    OR    SURFACE-STITCH    AND    SATIN-STITCH,     much    of    it 

worn  away.  In  straw-coloured  floss  upon  pale  blue 
silk.  Part  of  a  dress.  French.  Late  i8th  century. 
(MrsL.  F.  D.) 

36  &  37.  SATIN-STITCH  SAMPLER — Worked  in  floss,  the  stitch  in 
various  directions,  to  give  different  effects.  Incidentally 
it  shows  various  ways  of  breaking  up  a  surface  in  satin- 
stitch.  Compare  with  Illustration  38,  which  shows  the 
effect  of  the  stitch  in  twisted  silk. 

38.  SATIN-STITCH   IN   COARSE  TWISTED   SILK. 

39.  SATIN-STITCH  IN  TWISTED  SILK — Outlines  voided.     Worked 

in  white  and  occasional  red  and  yellow  upon  black  satin. 
Modern.  Indian.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

40.  SATIN-STITCH  AND,  on  the  birds'  bodies,  PLUMAGE-STITCH — 

The  ends  of  the  stalks  worked  in  French  knots  ;  the  veins  of 
the  leaves  in  fine  white  cords  laid  on  to  the  satin-stitch. 
The  outlines  voided,  and  the  voiding  occasionally  worked 
across  with  stitches  wide  enough  apart  to  show  the  ground 
between.  In  white  and  bright-coloured  silk  floss  upon  a 
black  satin  ground.  Chinese.  (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

41  &  42.  SAMPLER — Showing  offshoots  from  satin  and  crewel 
stitches,  and  incidentally  illustrating  various  ways  of  shading. 
A,  crewel-stitch  ;  B,  plumage-stitch,  worked  in  the  hand  ; 

C,  split-stitch  ;  D,  plumage-stitch,  worked  in  the  frame. 

43.  DARNING  SAMPLER— Except  in  the  background  the  stitches 
follow  the  lines  of  the  drawing,  regardless  of  the  weaving 
of  the  stuff.  The  customary  outlining  of  the  pattern  is 
here  omitted,  to  show  how  far  it  may,  or  may  not,  be 
needful. 


DESCRIPTIVE   LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS,     xv 

44.  DARNING  —  DESIGNED     BY     WILLIAM     MORRIS.        Ill     delicate 

colours  upon  a  sea-green  ground,  outlined  with  black  and 
white.  Part  of  the  border  of  a  table-cloth,  the  property 
of  Messrs  Morris  &  Co. 

45.  FLAT   DARNING — Solid   and   open,    following    the    lines   of  a 

square  mesh,  and  stepping  in  tune  with  it;  the  outline 
voided;  all  in  white  thread.  Old  German.  (Gewerbs 
Museum,  Munich.) 

46.  LAID-WORK  SAMPLER,  showing  various  ways  (spilt-stitch  and 

couching)  in  which  the  sewing  down  may  be  done,  and 
the  various  directions  it  may  take  —  vertical,  horizontal, 
following  the  ornamental  forms,  or  crossing  them. 

47.  LAID-WORK  —  The    couching    crosses    the    flower    forms    in 

straight  lines ;  and  in  the  eye  of  the  flower  where  the 
threads  cross,  the  two  are  sewn  down  at  a  single  stitch. 
The  spiral  stems  a  sort  of  laid  cord.  Flower  in  blue,  sewn 
with  blue  and  outlined  with  gold;  leaves,  a  bright  fresh 
green  stitched  with  olive.  Japanese.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

48.  LAID-WORK.     The  sewing  down  of  the  leaves  crosses  them  in 

curved  lines  which  suggest  roundness.  The  stem  in  gold 
basket  pattern.  Part  of  a  coverlet.  Worked  upon  a  cedar- 
coloured  ground  chiefly  in  dark  blue  'and  white,  the  blue 
couched  with  white,  the  white  and  other  colours  couched 
with  red.  Indo-Portuguese.  I7th  century.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

49.  LAID-WORK  AND  SOME  SURFACE-STITCH.      The  Stitching  which 

sews  down  the  floss  takes  the  direction  of  the  scroll, 
&c.,  and  gives  drawing.  The  surface  work  in  the  stems 
is  done  upon  a  ladder  of  stitches  across.  Part  of  a  chalice 
veil.  Italian.  Early  i;th  century.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

50.  LAID-WORK  SAMPLER — The  straight  lines  of  laid  floss  varied  in 

colour  to  suggest  shading.  The  stalk  padded,  and  the 
pattern  made  by  the  stitching  upon  it  thereby  emphasised. 


xvi  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

51.  BULLION  AND  COUCHED  CORD— A,  the  somewhat  loose  design 

of  the  border  in  bullion  shows  rather  plainly  the  way  it  is 
done.  B,  the  solid  discs  of  spiral  cord  are  unusual,  but  most 
characteristic  of  the  method  of  couching.  The  stitches  sewing 
down  the  cord  are  not  apparent.  Oriental.  (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

52.  SAMPLER   OF   COUCHED   SILK- The   broad  central  band  and 

the  narrow  beaded  lines  are  in  floss,  and  show  the  effect 
of  sewing  it  more  or  less  tightly  down.  The  two  inter- 
mediate bands  are  in  cord  couched  with  threads  in  the 
direction  of  its  twist,  not  very  easily  distinguishable  unless 
by  contrast  of  colour. 

53.  COUCHING   IN   LOOPED   THREADS— The  effect  is  not  unlike 

that  of  chain-stitch  or  fine  knotting.  Rather  over  actual 
size.  Worked  in  bright  colours  upon  a  pale  green  crepe 
ground.  Chinese.  (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

54.  REVERSE  COUCHING — Showing  on  the  face  of  it  no  sign  of 

couching.     (After  the  manner  of  the  Syon  Cope.) 

55.  BACK   OF   REVERSE   COUCHING  —  Showing  the  parallel  lines 

of  couched  linen  thread  which  sew  down  the  silk  upon 
the  surface  (Illustration  54).  The  zigzag  pattern  of  the 
stitching  might  equally  well  have  taken  other  lines. 

56.  COUCHED  GOLD  SAMPLER — A,  B,  C,  D,  flat  work  ;    E,  part 

flat,  part  raised;  F,  G,  H,  J,  basket  and  other  patterns 
raised  over  cords. 

57.  COUCHING  IN  VARIOUS  DIAPER  PATTERNS,  outlined  in  part 

with  "PLATE."  Silver  on  pale  pink  silk.  (Coll.  of  Mrs 
T.  Buxton  Morrish.) 

58.  GOLD    COUCHING    IN    OPEN    THREADS — A,    the    lines    of   gold 

which  form  a  scale  pattern  on  the  dragon's  body,  are  wide 
enough  apart  to  let  the  red  ground  grin  through.  Else- 
where the  couching,  contrary  to  mediaeval  practice,  follows 
the  shapes,  line  within  line  until  they  are  occupied.  The 
floss  embroidery,  in  white  and  colours,  is  in  surface  satin- 
stitch.  Chinese.  B,  the  open  lines  of  gold  look  somehow 
richer  than  if  the  metal  had  been  worked  solid  upon  the 
crimson  ground.  Old  Venetian.  (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 


DESCRIPTIVE    LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS,     xvii 

59.  COUCHED  OUTLINE  WORK  ;  only  an  occasional  detail  worked 

solid;  suggests  damascening.  The  border  is  in  gold,  the 
filling  in  silver,  thread  on  a  greyish-green  velvet.  Part 
of  an  Italian  housing  or  saddlecloth.  i6th  century. 
(V.  &  A.  M.) 

60.  APPLIQUE— Satin  upon  velvet,  outlined  with  two  threads  of 

gold  couching. 

61.  APPLIQUE   PANEL  —  Designed  and  executed  by  Miss  Mabel 

Keighley,  illustrating  a  poem  by  William  Morris.  (The 
property  of  the  artist.) 

62.  A.    COUNTER-CHANGE  PATTERN,  INLAY  OR  APPLIQUE— Yellow 

satin  and  crimson  velvet.  The  outline,  which  is  in  gold, 
falls  chiefly  upon  the  yellow,  so  as  not  to  disturb  the  exact 
balance  of  light  and  dark,  which  it  is  essential  to  preserve 
in  counter-change.  Part  of  a  stole.  Spanish.  i6th  century. 
(V.  &  A.  M.) 

B.  APPLIQUE,  of  deep  crimson  velvet  upon  white  satin, 
outlined  with  paler  red  cord.  The  outlines,  meeting 
together,  form  a  stem  of  double  cord.  Italian.  I7th 
century.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

63.  APPLIQUE,    with    couched    outline,    and    stitching   upon    the 

applique  band  or  ribbon.  The  dots  in  the  centre  of  the 
grapes  are  French  knots.  The  pattern  is  in  satin  of 
various  colours,  upon  a  figured  green  silk  damask,  out- 
lined 'with  yellow  silk  sewn  down  with  yellow.  Italiap. 
(V.  &.  A.  M.) 

64.  INLAY    IN    COLOURED    CLOTHS,    outlined    with    chain   stitch. 

Magic  stitch  also  occurs.  A  characteristic  example  of  the 
kind  of  work  done  at  Retsht,  in  Persia.  (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

65.  CUT-WORK  IN  LINEN — A  fret  of  this  kind  was  often  outlined 

with  coloured  silk,  and  the  detail  within  the  fretted  outline 
further  embroidered  in  coloured  silk.  (Coll.  of  Mrs  Drake.) 


xviii  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

66.  SAMPLER  OF  RAISED  WORK,  showing  underlays  :  A,  of  cloth  ; 

B,  of  twisted  cords ;  C,  of  parchment ;  D,  of  cotton  wool  ; 
E,  first  of  cotton  cord  and  then  of  cotton  thread  ;  F,  of 
cord;  G,  of  string;  H,  of  sewing. 

67.  RAISED  WORK,  showing  underlay  of  linen,  and  the  way  it  is 

sewn  down— The  work  is  in  flax  thread,  red,  yellow,  and 
white,  upon  a  blue  linen  ground.  The  stem  is  dotted  with 
white  beads,  the  ground  with  gold  spangles.  Part  of  an 
altar  frontal.  German.  1 5th  century.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

68.  RAISED  GOLD  BASKET  PATTERNS,  &c.,  upon  white  satin.     The 

stalk  in  flat  wire.     Spanish.      i;th  century.     (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

69.  QUILT,  WORKED  IN  CHAIN-STITCH  from  the  back — which  has 

precisely  the  effect  of  back-stitch.  Yellow  silk  upon  white 
linen.  Old  English.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

70.  RAISED   QUILTING,  in  black  silk  upon  pale  sea-green  satin. 

Part  of  the  border  of  a  prayer  cushion.  Old  Persian. 
(MrsL.  F.  D.) 

71.  DIAPER  OF  SATIN-STITCH  IN  THE  MAKING — Something  between 

canvas-stitch  and  satin-stitch.  The  leafage  is  in  tent- 
stitch.  Compare  with  Illustration  9.  (V.  &  A.  M. ) 

72.  STITCHES   IN   COMBINATION — Among  them  Oriental,  ladder, 

buttonhole,  chain,  crewel,  satin,  and  herring-bone  stitches, 
worked  in  dark  blue  silk  upon  unbleached  linen.  Old 
Cretan,  so  called.  (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

73.  FINE  NEEDLEWORK  UPON  CAMBRIC — The  substance  of  which  is 

apparent  upon  the  upper  edge  of  the  work.  In  the  ground- 
work of  the  pattern  generally  the  threads  are  drawn 
together  to  form  an  open  net.  The  stitches  occurring  in 
the  collar  of  which  this  is  part  are,  buttonhole,  satin,  chain, 
herring-bone,  cross,  and  back  stitches.  The  outline  is 
mostly  in  fine  cross-stitch.  Nothing  could  exceed  the 
delicacy  of  the  workmanship,  which  is  in  its  kind  perfect. 
Old  English.  (Coll.  of  Col.  Green,  R.E.) 


DESCRIPTIVE   LIST   OF    ILLUSTRATIONS,     xix 

74.  PART  OF  A  DESIGN  BY  WALTER  CRANE,  cunningly  adapted  to 

execution  in  needlework.  Shows  the  direction  of  the 
stitch,  and  the  part  it  can  be  made  to  play  in  expressing 
form.  Worked  in  coloured  silks  upon  linen'  by  Mrs 
Walter  Crane,  whose  property  the  work  is. 

75.  SHADING  IN  CHAIN-STITCH  in  silk  and  chenille  upon  a  satin 

ground.  The  shading  very  deliberately  schemed  by  the 
designer.  In  natural  colours  upon  white.  French.  Louis 
Seize.  (V.  &A.  M.) 

76.  SHADING  IN  SHORT  STITCHES  ;  picturesque  to  the  point  of  a 

touch  of  white  in  the  glistening  yellow  of  the  dove's  eye. 
Chenille,  in  chain-stitch,  is  used  for  the  wreath  and  in 
the  leaves  of  the  flower  sprigs.  These  are  in  colours,  the 
birds  are  in  silvery  greys,  all  on  a  white  satin  ground. 
French.  Louis  Seize.  (V.  &  A.  M. ) 

77.  SHADING  IN  LONG-AND-SHORT  AND  SPLIT  STITCHES,  with  more 

regard  to  expression  of  form  than  to  neatness  of  execution. 
German.  i6th  century.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

78.  CHAIN-STITCH,  showing  in  the  figures  of  the  little  men  how 

much  a  draughtsman  can  express  in  a  few  stitches.  Full  size. 
Chinese.  (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

79.  FIGURE    WORK  —  The    flesh    in    straight,    upright    stitches, 

the  drapery  laid  and  couched.  English.  I5th  century. 
(V.  &  A.  M.) 

80.  CONSUMMATE  FIGURE  EMBROIDERY — Canvas  ground  entirely 

covered.  Flesh  in  coloured  silks,  short-stitch  ;  drapery  in 
coloured  silks  over  gold,  which  only  gleams  through  in 
the  high  lights.  Architecture  closely  couched  gold.  Part 
ofanorphrey.  Florentine.  1 6th  century.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

81.  CHINESE  FIGURES — The  flesh  in  short  satin-stitches,  the  rest 

in  chain-stitch  ;  chiefly  in  blue  and  white  upon  a  figured 
white  silk  ground.  About  actual  size.  (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 


xx  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

82.  SATIN-STITCH,   showing  the  influence  of  its  direction    upon 

the  tone  of  colour.  The  pattern  is  all  in  one  shade  of 
yellow-brown  floss  upon  white  linen.  The  outline  steps 
with  the  weaving,  and  shows  the  connection  between  satin 
and  canvas  stitches.  Italian.  I7th  century.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

83.  MEANINGLESS    DIRECTION    OF    STITCH — Satin    and    herring- 

bone stitches.  From  an  altar-cloth.  German.  I7th 
century.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

84.  MORE   EXPRESSIVE   LINES  OF  STITCHING — To  compare  with 

Illustration  83. 

85.  SATIN   AND   PLUMAGE   STITCHES   chiefly,  the  bird's  crest  in 

French  knots,  the  clouds  about  him  in  knotted  braid. 
The  direction  of  the  stitch  is  most  artfully  chosen,  and 
the  precision  of  the  work  is  faultless.  The  satin  ground 
is  of -brilliant  orange -red  ;  the  crane,  white,  with  black  tail 
feathers,  scarlet  crest,  and  yellow  beak  and  legs  ;  the  clouds, 
black  and  white  and  blue.  Japanese.  (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

86.  RENAISSANCE    CHURCH    WORK    IN    GOLD    AND    SILVER,    partly 

flat,  partly  in  relief,  upon  pale  blue  satin,  with  touches  of 
pink  and  crimson  silk  to  give  emphasis.  Spanish.  i8th 
century.  Compare  the  stem  with  Illustration  66,  B. 
(V.  &  A.  M.) 

87.  GOTHIC  CHURCH  WORK— The  flesh,  &c.,  in  split-stitch;    the 

vine-leaves  green,  getting  yellower  as  it  nears  the  crimson 
silk  ground.  Part  of  a  cope  embroidered  with  a  repre- 
sentation of  the  Tree  of  Jesse.  English.  Ca.  1340. 
(V.  &  A.  M.) 

88.  MODERN  CHURCH  WORK  ON  LINEN,  in  long-and -short  stitch. 

Veins  padded  with  embroidery  cotton  and  worked  over 
with  two  threads  of  filo-floss,  a  green  and  a  blue  ;  the 
rest  of  the  leaves  worked  in  one  shade  of  stout  floss.  All 
this  applied  to  velvet  with  a  couching  of  brown  filoselle, 
and  the  tendrils  added.  Designed  and  executed  by  Miss 
C.  P.  Shrewsbury.  (The  property  of  the  artist. ) 


DESCRIPTIVE   LIST   OF    ILLUSTRATIONS,     xxi 

89.  APPLIQUE   SPRIG,    with   subsidiary   lines   of  gold    embroidery 

upon  the  velvet  to  disguise  the  application.  From  a  late 
Gothic  altar  frontal. 

90.  WHITE  WORK  on  fine  linen — Chiefly  in  satin-stitch  and  seeding. 

Designed  by  James  Jeffrey,  and  worked  (like  the  other 
illustrations  to  this  chapter)  by  trade  workers  for  the 
Irish  factories. 

91.  WHITE  WORK  on  linen,  in  satin-stitch,  seeding,  and  matting. 

The  vase  shape  outlined  with  sparring  or  spoke-stitch. 

92.  DETAILS— Designed  to  be  worked  chiefly  in  short  satin-stitches ; 

some  matting  in  the  leaves  ;  the  berries  formed  by  eyelets. 

93.  WHITE  WORK — Leaves  and  outlines  in  satin-stitch,  heart  shapes 

filled  with  seeding  and  matting. 

94.  WHITE  WORK — In  satin-stitch   with   applique  of  rectangular 

pieces  of  cambric,  seeding  and  eyelets  in  the  sprigs. 

95.  WHITE    WORK  —  Satin-stitch    and    drawn- work,    the    centre 

applique. 

96.  BUTTERFLY  —  In   satin-stitch,    seeding,    and    sparring    (which 

follows  the  lines  of  the  wings  and  body).     Eyelets  for  the  eyes. 

97.  SIMPLE  STITCHING  ON  LINEN,  the  broader  bands  in  a  canvas- 

stitch  in  yellow,  the  finer  lines  in  back-stitch  in  pale  grey 
silk.  Italian.  (Mrs  L.  F.  D.) 

98.  SIMPLE  COUCHED  OUTLINE  WORK,  in  purplish  silk  cord  upon 

linen.  Part  of  an  altar-cloth.  Italian.  i6th  century. 
(V.  &  A.  M.) 

99.  RENAISSANCE  ORNAMENT— Most  gracefully  designed  arabesque. 

The  raised  outline  (couched)  has  somewhat  the  effect  of 
cloisons,  the  satin-stitch  (in  colours)  of  brilliant  enamel. 
It  is  upon  a  white  satin  ground.  The  foreshortened  face 
in  the  picture  is  painted  upon  satin.  Italian.  Ca.  1700. 
(V.  &  A.  M.) 


xxii  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

100.  APPLIQUE   DESIGN,  in  yellow  satin   upon  crimson  velvet- 

Double  outline  ;  next  the  red,  white,  sewn  with  pale  blue  ; 
next  the  yellow,  gold.  Midrib  of  the  leaf  couched  silver. 
Spanish,  i6th  century.  (V.  &  A.  M.) 

101.  SATIN-STITCH — Except  that  the  heart-shaped  features  at  the 

base  and  the  lily-shaped  flowers,  of  which  only  the  tips 
are  shown,  are  outlined  with  fine  white  cord.  Part  of  a 
fan,  worked  by  Miss  Buckle,  from  a  design  by  L.  F.  D. 
(The  property  of  the  worker.) 

102.  LEATHER  APPLIQUE  UPON  VELVET — The  stitching  well  within 

the  edge  of  the  leather. 


ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK 


EMBROIDERY   AND   STITCHING. 

Embroidery  begins  with  the  needle,  and  the 
needle  (thorn,  fish-bone,  or  whatever  it  may  have 
been)  came  into  use  so  soon  as  ever  savages  had 
the  wit  to  sew  skins  and  things  together  to  keep 
themselves  warm — modesty,  we  may  take  it,  was 
an  afterthought — and  if  the  stitches  made  any  sort 
of  pattern,  as  coarse  stitching  naturally  would, 
that  was  embroidery. 

The  term  is  often  vaguely  used  to  denote  all 
kinds  of  ornamental  needlework,  and  some  with 
which  the  needle  has  nothing  to  do.  That  is 
misleading ;  though  it  is  true  that  embroidery 
does  touch,  on  the  one  side,  tapestry ',  which  may  be 
described  as  a  kind  of  embroidery  with  the  shuttle, 
and,  on  the  other,  lace,  which  is  needlework  pure 
and  simple,  construction  "in  the  air"  as  the  Italian 
name  has  it. 

The  term  is  used  in  common  parlance  to  express 
any  kind  of  superficial  or  superfluous  ornamen- 
tation. A  poet  is  said  to  embroider  the  truth; 

A 


2  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

But  such  metaphorical  use  of  the  word  hints 
at  the  real  nature  of  the  work — embellishment, 
enrichment,  added.  If  added,  there  must  first  of 
all  be  something  it  is  added  to — the  material,  that 
is  to  say,  on  which  the  needlework  is  done.  In 
weaving  (even  tapestry  weaving)  the  pattern  is 
got  by  the  inter-threading  of  warp  and  weft.  In 
lace,  too,  it  is  got  out  of  the  threads  which  make 
the  stuff.  In  embroidery  it  is  got  by  threads 
worked  on  a  fabric  first  of  all  woven  on  the  loom, 
or,  it  might  be,  netted. 

There  is  inevitably  a  certain  amount  of  over- 
lapping of  the  crafts.  For  instance,  take  a  form 
of  embroidery  common  in  all  countries,  Eastern, 
Hungarian,  or  nearer  home,  in  which  certain 
of  the  weft  threads  of  the  linen  are  drawn  out, 
and  the  needlework  is  executed  upon  the  warp 
threads  thus  revealed.  This  is,  strictly  speaking, 
a  sort  of  tapestry  with  the  needle,  just  as,  it  was 
explained,  tapestry  itself  may  be  described  as  a  sort 
of  embroidery  with  the  shuttle.  That  will  be  clearly 
seen  by  reference  to  Illustration  I,  which  shows 
a  fragment  of  ancient  tapestry  found  in  a  Coptic 
tomb  in  Upper  Egypt.  In  the  lower  portion  of  it 
the  pattern  appears  light  on  dark.  As  a  matter  of 
fact,  it  was  wrought  in  white  and  red  upon  a  linen 
warp ;  but,  as  it  happened,  only  the  white  threads 
were  of  linen,  like  the  warp,  the  red  were  woollen, 
and  in  the  course  of  fifteen  hundred  years  or  so 
much  of  this  red  wool  has  perished,  leaving  the 


I.    TAPESTRY,    SHOWING    WARP. 


ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


white  pattern  intact  on  the  warp,  the  threads  of 
which  are  laid  bare  in  the  upper  part  of  the 
illustration. 

It  is  on  just  such  upright  lines  of  warp  that  all 
tapestry,  properly  so  called,  is  worked — whether 
with  the  shuttle  or  with  the  needle  makes  no 
matter — and  there  is  good  reason,  therefore,  for 
the  name  of  "  tapestry  stitch  "  to  describe  needle- 
work upon  the  warp  threads  only  of  a  material 
(usually  linen)  from  which  some  of  the  weft 
threads  have  been  withdrawn. 

The  only  differ- 
ence between  true 
tapestry  and  drawn 
work,  an  example 
of  which  is  here 
given,  is,  that  the 
one  is  done  on  a 
warp  that  has  not 
before  been  woven 
upon,  and  the  other 
on  a  warp  from 
which  the  weft 
threads  have  been 

drawn.  The  distinction,  therefore,  between 
tapestry  and  embroidery  is,  that,  worked  on  a 
warp,  as  in  Illustration  I,  it  is  tapestry;  worked 
on  a  mesh,  as  in  Illustration  3,  it  is  embroidery. 

With  regard,  again,  to  lace.  That  is  itself  a 
web,  independent  of  any  groundwork  or  foundation 


2.    DRAWN    WORK. 


STITCHING   ON    A    SQUARE   MESH. 


6  ART    IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

to  support  it.  But  it  is  possible  to  work  it  over 
a  silken  or  other  surface ;  and  there  is  a  kind  of 
embroidery  which  only  floats  on  the  surface  of  the 
material  without  penetrating  it.  A  fragment  of 
eighteenth-century  silk  given  in  Illustration  35 
shows  plainly  what  is  meant. 

Embroidery  is  enrichment  by  means  of  the 
needle.  To  embroider  is  to  work  on  something : 
a  groundwork  is  presupposed.  And  we  usually 
understand  by  embroidery,  needlework  in  thread 
(it  may  be  wool,  cotton,  linen,  silk,  gold,  no  matter 
what)  upon  a  textile  material  of  some  kind.  In 
short,  it  is  the  decoration  of  a  material  woven 
in  thread  by  means  still  of  thread.  It  is  thus  the 
consistent  way  of  ornamenting  stuff — most  con- 
sistent of  all  when  one  kind  of  thread  is  employed 
throughout,  as  in  the  case  of  linen  upon  linen,  silk 
upon  silk.  The  enrichment  may,  however,  rightly 
be,  and  oftenest  is,  perhaps,  in  a  material  nobler 
than  the  stuff  enriched,  in  silk  upon  linen,  in  wool 
upon  cotton,  in  gold  upon  velvet.  The  advisability 
of  working  upon  a  precious  stuff  in  thread  less 
precious  is  open  to  question.  It  does  not  seem  to 
have  been  satisfactorily  done ;  but  if  it  were  only 
the  background  that  was  worked,  and  the  pattern 
were  so  schemed  as  almost  to  cover  it,  so  that,  in 
fact,  very  little  of  the  more  beautiful  texture  was 
sacrificed,  and  you  had  still  a  sumptuous  pattern 
on  a  less  attractive  background — why  not?  But 
then  it  would  be  because  you  wanted  that  less 


EMBROIDERY   AND    STITCHING.  7 

precious  texture  there.  The  excuse  of  economy 
would  scarcely  hold  good. 

In  the  case  of  a  material  in  itself  unsightly,  the 
one  course  is  to  cover  it  entirely  with  stitching, 
as  did  the  Persian  and  other  untireable  people  of 
the  East.  But  not  they  only.  In  the  Middle  Ages 
Western  embroiderers  were  hardly  less  industrious. 
The  famous  Syon  cope  is  worked  all  over.  Much 
of  the  work  so  done  competes  in  effect  with 
tapestry  or  other  weaving ;  and  its  purpose  was 
similar :  it  is  a  sort  of  amateur  way  of  working 
your  own  stuff.  But  in  character  it  is  no  more 
nearly  related  to  the  work  of  the  loom  than  other 
needlework — it  is  still  work  upon  a  stuff.  For 
all-over  embroidery  one  would  naturally  choose  a 
coarse  canvas  ground  to  work  on  ;  and  it  more 
often  happens  that  one  chooses  canvas  because  it 
is  proposed  to  cover  it,  than  that  one  works  all 
over  a  ground  because  it  is  unpresentable. 

Embroidery  is  merely  an  affair  of  stitching ;  and 
the  first  thing  needful  alike  to  the  worker  in  it  and 
the  designer  for  it,  is  a  thorough  acquaintance  with 
the  stitches  ;  not,  of  course,  with  every  modifica- 
tion of  a  modification  of  a  stitch  which  individual 
ingenuity  may  have  devised — it  would  need  the 
space  of  an  encyclopaedia  to  chronicle  them  all— 
but  with  the  broadly  marked  varieties  of  stitch 
which  have  been  employed  to  best  purpose  in 
ornament. 

They   are   derived,  naturally,  from   the  stitches 


8  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

first  used  for  quite  practical  and  prosaic  purposes 
— button-hole  stitch,  for  example,  to  keep  the 
edges  of  the  stuff  from  fraying ;  herring-bone,  to 
strengthen  and  disguise  a  seam  ;  darning,  to  make 
good  a  worn  surface  ;  and  so  on. 

The  difficulty  of  discussing  them  is  greatly 
increased  by  the  haphazard  way  in  which  they 
are  commonly  named.  A  stitch  is  called  Greek, 
Spanish,  Mexican,  or  what  not,  according  to  the 
country  whence  came  the  work  in  which  some  one 
first  found  it.  Each  names  it  after  his  or  her 
individual  discovery,  or  calls  it,  perhaps,  vaguely 
Oriental ;  and  so  we  have  any  number  of  names  for 
the  same  stitch,  names  which  to  different  people 
stand  often  for  quite  different  stitches. 

When  this  confusion  is  complicated  by  the 
invention  of  a  new  name  for  every  conceivable 
combination  of  thread-strokes,  or  for  each  slightest 
variation  upon  an  old  stitch,  and  even  for  a  stitch 
worked  from  left  to  right  instead  of  from  right 
to  left,  or  for  a  stitch  worked  rather  longer  than 
usual,  the  task  of  reducing  them  to  order  seems 
almost  hopeless. 

Nor  do  the  quasi-learned  descriptions  of  old 
stitches  help  us  much.  One  reads  about  opus  this 
and  opus  that,  until  one  begins  to  wonder  where, 
amidst  all  this  parade  of  science,  art  comes  in. 
But  you  have  not  far  to  go  in  the  study  of  the 
authorities  to  discover  that,  though  they  may 
concur  in  using  certain  high-sounding  Latin  terms, 


EMBROIDERY   AND    STITCHING.  9 

they  are  not  of  the  same  mind  as  to  their  meaning. 
In  one  thing  they  all  agree,  foreign  writers  as  well 
as  English,  and  that  is,  as  to  the  difficulty  of  iden- 
tifying the  stitch  referred  to  by  ancient  writers, 
themselves  probably  not  acquainted  with  the  tech- 
nique of  stitching,  and  as  likely  as  not  to  call  it 
by  a  wrong  name.  It  is  easier,  for  example,  to 
talk  of  Opus  Anglicanum  than  to  say  precisely 
what  it  was,  further  than  that  it  described  work 
done  in  England  ;  and  for  that  we  have  the  simple 
and  sufficient  word — English.  There  is  nothing 
to  show  that  mediaeval  English  work  contained 
stitches  not  used  elsewhere.  The  stitches  probably 
all  come  from  the  East. 

Nomenclature,  then,  is  a  snare.  Why  not 
drop  titles,  and  call  stitches  by  the  plainest  and 
least  mistakable  names?  It  will  be  seen,  if  we 
reduce  them  to  their  native  simplicity,  that  they 
fall  into  fairly  marked  groups,  or  families,  which 
can  be  discussed  each  under  its  own  head. 

Stitches  may  be  grouped  in  all  manner  of 
arbitrary  ways — according  to  their  provenance, 
according  to  their  effect,  according  to  their  use, 
and  so  on.  The  most  natural  way  of  grouping 
them  is  according  to  their  structure ;  not  with 
regard  to  whence  they  came,  or  what  they  do, 
but  according  to  what  they  are,  the  way  they 
are  worked.  This,  at  all  events,  is  no  arbitrary 
classification,  and  this  is  the  plan  it  is  proposed 
here  to  adopt. 


io  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

The  use  of  such  classification  hardly  needs 
pointing  out. 

A  survey  of  the  stitches  is  the  necessary  pre- 
liminary, either  to  the  design  or  to  the  execution 
of  needlework.  How  else  suit  the  design  to  the 
stitch,  the  stitch  to  the  design?  In  order  to  do 
the  one  the  artist  must  be  quite  at  home  among  the 
stitches  ;  in  order  to  do  the  other  the  embroidress 
must  have  sympathy  enough  with  a  design  to 
choose  the  stitch  or  stitches  which  will  best  render 
it.  An  artist  who  thinks  the  working  out  of  his 
sketch  none  of  his  business  is  no  practical  designer  ; 
the  worker  who  thinks  design  a  thing  apart  from 
her  is  only  a  worker. 

This  is  not  the  moment  to  urge  upon  the  needle- 
woman the  study  of  design,  but  to  urge  upon  the 
designer  the  study  of  stitches.  Nothing  is  more 
impractical  than  to  make  a  design  without  realis- 
ing the  labour  involved  in  its  execution.  Any 
one  not  in  sympathy  with  stitching  may  possibly 
design  a  beautiful  piece  of  needlework,  but  no  one 
will  get  the  utmost  that  is  to  be  got  out  of  the 
needle  without  knowing  all  about  it.  One  must 
understand  the  ways  in  which  work  can  be  done 
in  order  to  determine  the  way  it  shall  in  any 
particular  case  be  done. 

Certain  stitches  answer  certain  purposes,  and 
strictly  only  those.  The  designer  must  know 
which  stitch  answers  which  purpose,  or  he  will  in 
the  first  place  waste  the  labour  of  the  embroidress, 


EMBROIDERY   AND    STITCHING.  11 

and  in  the  second  miss  his  effect — which  is  to  waste 
his  own  pains  too.  The  effective  worker  (designer 
or  embroiderer)  is  the  one  who  works  with  judg- 
ment. And  you  cannot  judge  unless  you  know. 
When  it  is  remembered  that  the  character  of 
needlework,  and  by  rights  also  the  character  of  its 
design,  depends  upon  the  stitch,  there  will  be  no 
occasion  to  insist  further  upon  the  necessity  of  a 
comprehensive  survey  of  the  stitches. 

A  stitch  may  be  defined  as  the  thread  left  on 
the  surface  of  the  cloth  or  what  not,  after  each  ply 
of  the  needle. 

And  the  simple  straightforward  stitches  of  this 
kind  are  not  so  many  as  one  might  suppose.  They 
may  be  reduced  indeed  to  a  comparatively  few 
types,  as  will  be  seen  in  the  following  chapters. 


CANVAS    STITCHES. 

The  simplest,  as  it  is  most  likely  the  earliest 
used,  stitch-group  is  what  might  best  be  called 
CANVAS  stitch — of  which  cross-stitch  is  perhaps 
the  most  familiar  type,  the  class  of  stitches  which 
come  of  following,  as  it  is  only  natural  to  do,  the 
mesh  of  a  coarse  linen,  net,  or  open  web  upon 
which  the  work  is  done. 

A  stitch  bears  always  by  rights  some  relation 
to  the  material  on  which  it  is  worked  ;  but  canvas 
or  very  coarse  linen  almost  compels  a  stitch  based 
upon  the  cross  lines  of  its  woof.  At  all  events  it 
suggests  designs  of  typically  rigid  construction, 
which  we  find  in  embroidery  no  matter  where  it  was 
done.  In  ancient  Byzantine  or  Coptic  work,  in 
modern  Cretan  work,  and  in  peasant  embroidery  all 
the  world  over,  pattern  work  on  coarse  linen  has  run 
persistently  into  angular  lines — in  which,  because  of 
that  very  angularity,  the  plain  outcome  of  a  way  of 
working,  we  find  artistic  character.  Artistic  design 
is  always  expressive  of  the  mode  of  workmanship. 

Work  of  this  kind  is  not  too  lightly  to  be 
dismissed.  There  is  art  in  the  rendering  of  form 
by  means  of  angular  outlines,  art  in  the  choice  of 


CANVAS    STITCHES.  13 

forms  which  can  be  expressed  by  such  lines.  It  is 
not  uncharitable  to  surmise  that  one  reason  why 
such  work  (once  so  universal  and  now  quite  out  of 
fashion)  is  not  popular  with  needlewomen  may  be, 
the  demand  it  makes  upon  the  designer's  draughts- 
manship :  it  is  much  easier,  for  example,  to  draw 
a  stag  than  to  render  the  creature  satisfactorily 
within  jagged  lines  determined  by  a  linen  mesh. 


4.    CROSS-STITCH.      • 

The  piquancy  about  natural  or  other  forms  thus 
reduced  to  angularity  argues,  of  course,  no  affecta- 
tion of  quaintness  on  the  part  of  the  worker,  but 
was  the  unavoidable  outcome  of  her  way  of  work. 
There  is  a  pronounced  and  early  limit  to  art  of 
this  rather  na'ive  kind,  but  that  there  is  art  in  some 
of  the  very  simplest  and  most  modest  peasant 
work  built  up  on  those  lines  no  artist  will  deny. 
The  art  in  it  is  usually  in  proportion  to  its  modesty. 
Nothing  is  more  futile  than  to  put  it  to  anything 


1.4  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

like  pictorial  purpose.  The  wonderfully  wrought 
pictures  in  tent-stitch,  for  example,  bequeathed  to 
us  by  the  seventeenth  century,  are  painful  object- 
lessons  in  what  not  to  do. 

The  origin  of  the  term  cross-stitch  is  not  far  to 
seek  :  the  stitches  worked  upon  the  square  mesh 
do  cross.  But,  falling  naturally  into  the  lines  of 
the  mesh  which  governs  them,  they  present  not  so 
much  the  appearance  of  crosses  as  of  squares, 
reminding  one  of  the  tesserae  employed  in  mosaic. 
TO  WORK  To  explain  the  process  of  working  cross-stitch 
CROSS-  would  be  teaching  one's  grandmother  indeed.  It 
is  simply,  as  its  name  implies,  crossing  one  stitch 
by  another,  following  always  the  lines  of  the 
canvas.  But  the  important  thing  about  it  is  that 
the  stitches  must  cross  always  in  the  same  way  ; 
and,  more  than  that,  they  must  be  worked  in  the 
same  direction,  or  the  mere  fact  that  the  stitches  at 
the  back  of  the  work  do  not  run  in  the  same  way 
will  disturb  the  evenness  of  the  surface.  What 
looks  like  a  seam  on  the  sampler  opposite  is  the 
result  of  filling  up  a  gap  in  the  ground  with  stitches 
necessarily  worked  in  vertical,  whereas  the  ground 
generally  is  in  horizontal,  lines.  On  the  face  of 
the  work  the  stitches  cross  all  in  the  same  way. 

The  common  use  of  cross-stitch  and  the  some- 
what geometric  kind  of  pattern  to  which  it  lends 
itself  are  shown  in  the  sampler,  Illustration  5. 

The  broad  and  simple  leafage,  worked  solid  (A) 
or  left  in  the  plain  canvas  upon  a  groundwork  of 


5-    CROSS-STITCH    SAMPLER. 


16  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

solid  stitching  (B),  and  the  fretted  diaper  on  vertical 
and  horizontal  lines  (C),  show  the  most  straight- 
forward ways  of  using  it. 

The  criss-cross  of  alternating  cross-stitches  and 
open  canvas  framed  by  the  key  pattern  (C)  shows 
a  means  of  getting  something  like  a  tint  half-way 
between  solid  work  and  plain  ground.  The  mere 
line  work — or  "  stroke-stitch,"  not  crossed  (D),  is  a 
perfectly  fair  way  of  getting  a  delicate  effect ;  but 
design  in  that  stitch  has  a  way  of  working  out  rather 
less  happily  than  it  promised. 

The  addition  of  such  stroke-stitching  to  solid 
cross-stitch  (E)  is  not  at  best  a  very  happy  device. 
It  seems  rather  like  a  confession  of  dissatisfaction 
on  the  part  of  the  worker  with  the  simple  means  of 
her  choice.  As  a  device  for,  as  it  were,  correcting 
the  stepped  outline  it  is  at  its  worst.  Timid 
workers  are  always  afraid  of  the  stepped  outline 
which  a  coarse  mesh  gives.  In  that  they  are 
wrong.  One  should  employ  canvas  stitch  only 
where  there  is  no  objection  to  a  line  which  keeps 
step  with  the  canvas ;  there  is  then  a  positive 
charm  (for  frank  people  at  least)  in  the  frank 
confession  of  the  way  the  work  is  done. 

There  are  many  degrees  in  the  frankness  with 
which  this  convention  has  been  accepted,  accord- 
ing perhaps  to  the  coarseness  of  the  canvas 
ground,  perhaps  to  the  personality  of  the  worker. 
The  animal  forms  at  the  top  of  Illustration  6  are 
uncompromisingly  square ;  the  floral  devices  on 


6.    CANVAS-STITCH. 

B 


i8 


ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


\ 


the  same  page,  though  they  fall,  as  it  were  inevit- 
ably, into  square  lines,  are  less  rigidly  formal.  The 
inevitableness  of  the  square  line  is  apparent  in 
the  sprig  below  (7).  It  was  evidently  meant  to  be 
freely"drawn,  but  the  influence  of  the  mesh  betrays 

itself ;  and  the 
design,  if  it  loses 
something  in 
grace,  gains 
also  thereby 
in  character. 

There  is  liter- 
^  ally  no  end  to 
the  variety  of 
stitches,  as 
they  are  called, 
belonging  to 
this  group,  and 
their  names  are 
a  babel  of  confu- 
sion. Floren- 
tine, Parisian, 
Hungarian,  Spanish,  Moorish,  Cashmere,  Milanese, 
Gobelin,  are  only  a  few  of  them  ;  but  they  stand, 
as  a  rule,  rather  for  stitch  arrangements  than  for 
stitches.  A  small  selection  of  them  is  given  in 
Illustration  8. 

TENT-         What  is  known  as  tent-stitch  (A  in  the  sampler 
STITCH   opposite)  is  a  sort  of  half  cross-stitch  ;   its   pecu- 
liarity is  that    it  covers  only  one   thread    of  the 


7.    CANVAS   STITCH. 


A. 


CANVAS-STITCH    SAMPLER. 


20  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

canvas  at  a  stroke,  and  is  therefore  on  a  more 
minute  scale  than  stitches  which  are  two  or  three 
threads  of  the  canvas  wide,  as  cross-stitch  may,  and 
cushion-stitch  must,  be.  It  derives  its  name  from 
the  old  word  tenture,  or  tenter  (tendere,  to  stretch), 
the  frame  on  which  the  embroidress  distended 
her  canvas.  The  word  has  gone  out  of  use,  but 


9.    CUSHION   AND    SATIN    STITCHES. 

we  still  speak  of  tenter-hooks.  The  stitch  is  service- 
able enough  in  its  way,  but  is  discredited  by  the 
monstrous  abuse  of  it  referred  to  already.  A  picture 
in  tent-stitch  is  even  more  foolish  than  a  picture 
in  mosaic.  It  cannot  come  anywhere  near  to 
pictorial  effect ;  the  tesserae  will  pronounce  them- 
selves, and  spoil  it. 

This    kind   of  half  cross-stitch   worked    on   the 
larger  scale  of  ordinary   cross-stitch   would    look 


CANVAS   STITCHES.  21 

meagre.     It  is   filled    out,  therefore   (B),   by  hori-      CROSS- 
zontal  lines  of  the  thread  laid  across  the  canvas,     STITCH 

T> 

and  over  these  the  stitch  is  worked. 

Cushion  -  stitch   consists   of    diagonal   series   of  CUSHION- 
upright   stitches,   measuring   in    the    sampler   (C)     STITCH 
six    threads   of    the    canvas,    so    that   after    each 
stitch   the  needle  may  be  brought  out  just  three 
threads    lower   than    where    it    was   put    in.      By 
working   in    zigzag    instead    of   diagonal    lines,   a 
familiar  pattern  is  produced,  more  often  described 
as  "  Florentine  "  ;  but  the  stitch  is  in  any  case  the 
same. 

The    stitch    at    D    (sometimes    called    Moorish   CANVAS- 
stitch)  is  begun  by  working  a  row  of  short  vertical     STITCH 
stitches,  slightly  apart,  and  completed  by  diagonal 
stitches  joining  them. 

Unless  the  silk  employed  is  full  and  soft,  this 
may  not  completely  cover  the  canvas,  in  which 
case  the  diagonal  stitches  must  further  be  crossed 
as  shown  on  Illustration  89. 

If  the  linen  is  loosely  woven,  and  the  thread  is 
tightly  drawn  in  the  working,  the  mesh  will  be 
pulled  apart,  giving  the  effect  of  an  open  lattice 
of  the  kind  shown  at  B,  on  Illustration  10,  in 
which  the  effect  is  something  like  drawn  work  ; 
but  here  the  threads  of  the  linen  are  not  drawn 
out  but  drawn  together. 

The  way  of  working  the  stitch  at  E  is  described  CANVAS- 
on  page  51,  under  the  name  of  "fish-bone."  TIT(jJI 
Worked  on  canvas  it  has  somewhat  the  effect  of 


22  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

plaiting,  and  goes  by  the  name  of  "plait-stitch." 
It  is  worked  in  horizontal  rows  alternately  from 
left  to  right  and  from  right  to  left. 

CANVAS-  The  stitch  at  F  is  a  sort  of  couching  (see 
page  124).  Diagonal  lines  of  thread  are  first  laid 
from  edge  to  edge  of  the  ground  space,  and  these 
are  sewn  down  by  short  overcasting  stitches  in 
the  cross  direction. 

Admirable  canvas-stitch  work  has  been  done 
upon  linen  in  silk  of  one  colour — red,  green,  or 
blue  —  and  it  was  a  common  practice  to  work 
the  background  leaving  the  pattern  in  the  bare 
stuff.  It  prevailed  in  countries  lying  far  apart, 
though  probably  not  without  inter-communication. 
In  fact,  the  influence  of  Oriental  work  upon 
European  has  been  so  great  that  even  experts 
hesitate  sometimes  to  say  whether  a  particular 
piece  of  work  is  Turkish  or  Italian.  In  Italian 
work,  at  least,  it  was  usual  to  get  over  the  angu- 
larity of  silhouette  inherent  in  canvas  stitches  by 
working  an  outline  separately.  When  that  is  thin, 
the  effect  is  proportionately  feeble.  The  broader 
outline  (shown  at  A,  Illustration  10)  justifies  itself; 
and  in  the  case  of  a  stitch  which  falls  into 
horizontal  lines  it  appears  to  be  necessary.  This 
is  plait-stitch,  known  also  by  the  name  of  Spanish 
stitch — not  that  it  is  in  any  way  peculiar  to  Spain. 
It  is  allied  to  herring-bone  stitch,  to  which  a  special 
chapter  is  devoted. 

Darning   is  also   employed   as   a  canvas  stitch. 


10.    PLAIT   AND   OPEN    CANVAS   STITCHES. 


24  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

There  is  beautiful  sixteenth-century  Italian  work  (in 
coloured  silks  on  dark  net  of  the  very  open  square 
mesh  of  the  period),  which  is  most  effective,  and 
makes  no  pretence  of  disguising  the  stepped  out- 
line. In  the  very  early  days  of  Christian  art  in 
Egypt  and  Byzantium,  linen  was  darned  in  little 
square  tufts  of  wool  upstanding  on  its  surface, 
which  look  so  much  like  the  tesserae  of  mosaic  as 
to  suggest  a  doubt  whether  it  was  not  worked  in 
deliberate  imitation  of  it. 

Again,  in  the  fifteenth  century  satin-stitch  was 
worked  on  fine  linen  with  strict  regard  to  the 
lines  of  its  web ;  and  the  Persians,  ancient  and 
modern,  embroider  white  silk  upon  linen,  also  in 
satin-stitch,  preserving  piously  the  rectangular  and 
diagonal  lines  given  by  the  material.  They  have 
their  reward  in  producing  most  characteristic  needle- 
work. The  diapered  ground  in  Illustration  9  (page 
20)  is  satin-stitch  upon  coarse  linen. 

The  filling-in  patterns  used  to  such  delicate  and 
dainty  purpose  in  the  marvellous  work  on  fine 
cambric  (Illustration  73)  which  competes  in  effect 
with  lace,  though  it  is  strictly  embroidery,  all 
follow  in  their  design  the  lines  of  the  fabric,  and 
are  worked  thread  by  thread  according  to  its  woof: 
they  afford  again  instances  of  perfect  adaptation 
of  stitch  to  material  and  of  design  to  stitch. 

Satin  and  other  stitches  were  worked  by  the 
old  Italians  (Illustration  3)  on  square- meshed 
canvas,  frankly  on  the  square  lines  given  by  it, 


CANVAS   STITCHES.  25 

for  the  filling  in  of  ornamental  details,  though  the 
outline  might  be  much  less  formal.  That  is  to 
say,  the  surface  of  freely  drawn  leaves,  &c.,  instead 
of  being  worked  solid,  was  diapered  over  with 
more  or  less  open  pattern  work  constructed  on 
the  lines  of  the  weaving. 

A  cunning  use  of  the  square  mesh  of  canvas 
has  sometimes  been  made  to  guide  the  worker 
upon  other  fabrics,  such  as  velvet.  This  was  first 
faced  with  net :  the  design  was  then  worked,  over 
that,  on  to  and  into  the  velvet,  and  the  threads  of 
the  canvas  were  then  drawn  out.  That  is  a  device 
which  may  serve  on  occasion.  The  design  may 
even  be  traced  upon  the  net. 


CREWEL-STITCH. 


TO  WORK 

A. 


For  work  in  the  hand,  CREWEL-STITCH  is 
perhaps,  on  the  whole,  the  easiest  and  most 
useful  of  stitches  ;  whence  it  comes  that  people 
sometimes  vaguely  call  all  embroidery  crewel 

work  ;  though, 
as  a  matter  of 
fact,  the  stitch 
properly  so 
called  was  never 
very  commonly 
employed,  even 
when  the  work 
was  done  in 
"crewel,"  the 
double  thread 
of  twisted  wool 
from  which  it 
takes  its  name. 

CREWEL-STITCH  proper  is  shown  at  A  on  the 
sampler  opposite,  where  it  is  used  for  line  work. 
It  is  worked  as  follows  : — Having  made  a  start  in 
the  usual  way,  keep  your  thread  downwards  under 
your  left  thumb  and  below  your  needle — that  is, 


THE    WORKING   OF   A   ON    CREWEL- 
STITCH    SAMPLER. 


II.    CREWEL-STITCH    SAMPLER. 


12.    CREWEL-STITCH    SAMPLER    (BACK). 


CREWEL-STITCH. 


29 


to  the  right ;  then  take  up  with  the  needle,  say 
|th  of  an  inch  of  the  stuff,  and  bring  it  out  through 
the  hole  made  in  starting  the  stitch,  taking  care 
not  to  pierce  the  thread.  This  gives  the  first  half 
stitch.  If  you  proceed  in  the  same  way  your  next 
stitch  will  be  full  length.  The  test  of  good  work- 
manship is  that  at  the  back  it  should  look  like 
back-stitch  (Illustration  12),  described  on  page  30. 

OUTLINE-STITCH  (B  on  sampler)  differs  from 
crewel-stitch  only 
in  that  the  thread 
is  always  kept  up- 
wards above  the 
needle,  that  is  to 
the  left.  In  the 
doing  it  one  is 
very  apt  to  un- 
twist the  thread, 
and  it  wants  con- 
stantly re -twist- 
ing. The  stitch  is 
useful  for  working  single  lines  and  for  outlining 
solid  work.  The  muddled  effect  of  much  crewel 
work  is  due  to  the  confusion  of  this  stitch  with 
crewel-stitch  proper. 

THICK  CREWEL- STITCH  (C  on  sampler)  is 
only  a  little  wider  than  ordinary  crewel-stitch,  but 
it  gives  a  heavier  line,  in  higher  relief.  In  effect 
it  resembles  rope-stitch,  but  it  is  more  simply 
worked.  You  begin  as  in  ordinary  crewel-stitch, 


THE   WORKING   OF  'B   ON    CREWEL- 
STITCH    SAMPLER. 


TO   WORK 

C. 


ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


TO    WORK 
D. 


TO    WORK 
E. 


TO   WORK 

F. 


THE    WORKING   OF    G    ON    CREWEL-STITCH 
SAMPLER. 


but  after  the  first  half-stitch  you  take  up  Jth  of 
an  inch  of  the  material  in  advance  of  the  last 
stitch,  and  bring  out  your  needle  at  the  point 
where  the  first  half-stitch  began.  You  proceed, 

always  put- 
ting your 
needle  in  Jth 
of  an  inch  in 
front  of,  and 
bringing  it 
out  Jth  of  an 
inch  behind, 
the  last  stitch,  so  as  to  have  always  Jth  of  an  inch 
of  the  stuff  on  your  needle. 

THICK  OUTLINE-STITCH  (D  on  sampler)  is 
like  thick  crewel-stitch  with  the  exception  that, 
as  in  ordinary  outline-stitch  (B),  you  keep  your 
thread  always  above  the  needle  to  the  left. 

In  BACK-STITCH  (E),  instead  of  first  bringing 
the  needle  out  at  the  point  where  the  embroidery 
is  to  begin,  you  bring  it  out  Jth  of  an  inch  in 
advance  of  it.  Then,  putting  your  needle  back, 
you  take  up  this  |th  together  with  another  ^th  in 
advance.  For  the  next  stitch  you  put  your  needle 
into  the  hole  made  by  the  last  stitch,  and  so  on, 
taking  care  not  to  split  the  thread  in  so  doing. 

To  work  the  SPOTS  (F)  on  sampler — having 
made  a  back-stitch,  bring  your  needle  out  through 
the  same  hole  as  before,  and  make  another  back- 
stitch above  it,  so  that  you  have  in  what  appears 


13     CREWEL   WORK    AND   CREWEL-STITCH. 


32  ART  IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

to  be  one  stitch,  two  thicknesses  of  thread ;  then 
bring  your  needle  out  some  distance  in  advance  of 
the  last  stitch,  and  proceed  as  before.  The  distance 
between  the  stitches  is  determined  by  the  effect  you 
desire  to  produce.  The  thread  should  not  be  drawn 
too  tight. 

TO  WORK       You    begin    STEM-STITCH   (G)  with   the   usual 
G-  half-stitch.     Then,  holding  the  thread  downwards, 

instead  of  proceeding  as  in  crewel-stitch  (A)  you 
slant  your  needle  so  as  to  bring  it  out  a  thread  or 
two  higher  up  than  the  half-stitch,  but  precisely 
above  it.  You  next  put  the  needle  in  Jth  of  an  inch 
in  advance  of  the  last  stitch,  and,  as  before,  bring  it 
out  again  in  a  slanting  direction  a  thread  or  two 
higher.  At  the  back  of  the  work  (Illustration  12) 
the  stitches  He  in  a  slanting  direction. 

TO  WORK  To  work  wider  STEM-STITCH  (H).  After  the 
first  two  stitches,  bring  your  needle  out  precisely 
above  and  in  a  line  with  them,  and  put  it  in 
again  £th  of  an  inch  in  advance  of  the  last  stitch, 
producing  a  longer  stroke,  which  gives  the  measure 
of  those  following.  The  slanting  stitches  at  the 
back  (Illustration  12)  are  only  two-thirds  of  the 
length  of  those  on  the  face. 

CREWEL  AND  OUTLINE  STITCHES  worked  (J) 
side  by  side  give  somewhat  the  effect  of  a  braid. 
The  importance  of  not  confusing  them,  already 
referred  to,  is  here  apparent. 

CREWEL-STITCH  is  worked  SOLID  in  the  heart- 
shape  in  the  centre  of  the  sampler.  On  the  left 


14.    CREWEL   WORK    IN   VARIOUS   STITCHES 

c 


34 


ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


TO  WORK 
SOLID 
CREWEL- 
STITCH. 


side  the  rows  of  stitching  follow  the  outline  of 
the  heart  ;  on  the  right  they  are  more  upright, 
merely  conforming  a  little  to  the  shape  to  be  filled. 
This  is  the  better  method. 

The  way  to  work  solid  crewel-stitch  will 
be  best  explained  by  an  instance.  Suppose  a 
leaf  to  be  worked.  You  begin  by  outlining  it  ; 
if  it  is  a  wide  leaf,  you  further  work  a  centre 
line  where  the  main  rib .  would  be,  and  then 
work  row  within  row  of  stitches  until  the  space 
is  filled.  If  on  arriving  at  the  point  of  your  leaf, 
instead  of  going  round  the  edge,  you  work  back 
by  the  side  of  the  first  row  of  stitching,  there 
results  a  streakiness  of  texture,  apparent  in  the 
stem  on  Illustration  13.  What  you  get  is,  in 
effect,  a  combination  of  crewel  and  outline  stitches, 
as  at  J,  which  in  the  other  case  only  occurs  in  the 
centre  of  the  shape  where  the  files  of  stitches  meet. 

To  represent  shading  in  crewel-stitch,  to  which 
it  is  admirably  suited  (A,  Illustration  41),  it  is  well 
to  work  from  the  darkest  shadows  to  the  highest 
lights.  And  it  is  expedient  to  map  out  on  the 
stuff  the  outline  of  the  space  to  be  covered  by  each 
shade  of  thread.  There  is  no  difficulty  then  in 
working  round  that  shape,  as  above  explained. 

In  solid  crewel  the  stitches  should  quite  cover 
the  ground  without  pressing  too  closely  one  against 
the  other. 

It  does  not  seem  that  Englishwomen  of  the 
seventeenth  century  were  ever  very  faithful  to  the 
stitch  we  know  by  the  name  of  crewel.  Old  ex- 


CREWEL-STITCH    IN    TWISTED   SILK. 


36  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

amples  of  work  done  entirely  in  crewel-stitch,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  what  is  called  crewel  work,  are 
seldom  if  ever  to  be  met  with.  The  stitch  occurs 
in  most  of  the  old  English  embroidery  in  wool ;  but 
it  is  astonishing,  when  one  comes  to  examine  the 
quilts  and  curtains  of  a  couple  of  hundred  years  or  so 
ago,  how  very  little  of  the  woolwork  on  them  is  in 
crewel -stitch.  It  is  only  in  the  main  stem  and  in 
some  of  the  outlines  of  the  detail  given  on  page  3 1 
that  the  stitch  is  used,  though  the  illustration  (13) 
was  chosen  because  it  contained  more  of  it  than 
any  other  equal  portion  of  the  handsome  and 
typical  English  hanging  of  which  it  is  part.  And 
it  appears  to  have  been  the  prevailing  practice  to 
use  crewel-stitch  for  stems  and  outlines,  and  for 
little  else  but  the  very  simplest  forms.  The 
filling  in  of  the  leafage,  the  diapering  within  the 
leaf  shapes,  and  the  smaller  and  more  elaborate 
details  generally  were  done  in  long-and-short- 
stitch,  or  whatever  came  handiest.  In  fact,  the 
thing  to  be  represented,  fruit,  berry,  flower,  or  what 
not,  seems  to  have  suggested  the  stitch,  which  it 
must  be  confessed  was  sometimes  only  a  sort  of 
scramble  to  get  an  effect. 

Of  course  the  artist  always  chooses  her  stitch, 
and  she  is  free  to  alter  it  as  occasion  may  demand  ; 
but  a  good  workwoman  (and  the  embroidress  is 
a  needlewoman  first  and  an  artist  afterwards, 
perhaps)  adopts  in  every  case  a  method,  and 
departs  from  it  only  for  very  good  reason.  It 
looks  as  if  these  ancestors  of  ours  had  set  to  work 


CREWEL-STITCH.  37 

without  system  or  guiding  principle  at  all.  No 
doubt  they  got  a  bold  and  striking  effect  in  bed- 
hangings  and  the  like  ;  but  there  is  in  their  work 
a  lack  of  that  conscious  aim  which  goes  to  make 
art.  Theirs  is  art  of  the  rather  artless  sort  which 
is  just  now  so  popular.  Happily  it  was  kept  in 
the  way  it  should  go  by  unconscious  adherence 
to  traditional  pattern.  We,  unfortunately,  have 
broken  with  tradition. 

Quite  in  the  traditional  manner  is  Illustration  14. 
One  would  fancy  at  first  sight  that  the  work  was 
almost  entirely  in  crewel-stitch.  As  a  matter  of 
fact,  there  is  little  which  answers  to  the  name, 
as  an  examination  of  the  back  of  the  work  shows 
plainly  enough.  What  the  stitches  are  it  is  not 
easy  to  say.  The  mystery  of  many  a  stitch  is  to 
be  unravelled  only  by  literally  picking  out  the 
threads,  which  one  is  not  always  at  liberty  to  do, 
although,  in  the  ardour  of  research,  a  keen  em- 
broidress  will  do  it — not  without  remorse  in  the 
case  of  beautiful  work,  but  relentlessly  all  the  same. 

The  only  piece  of  embroidery  entirely  in  crewel- 
stitch  which  I  could  find  for  illustration  (15)  is 
worked,  as  it  happens,  in  silk  ;  nor  was  the  worker 
aware  when  she  worked  it  that  she  was  doing  any- 
thing out  of  the  common.  Another  instance  of 
crewel-stitch  is  given  in  the  divided  skirt,  let  us  call 
it,  of  the  personage  in  Illustration  72. 

Beautiful  back-stitching  occurs  in  the  Italian 
work  on  Illustration  97,  and  the  stitch  is  used  for 
sewing  down  the  applique  \\\  Illustration  102. 


CHAIN-STITCH. 

CHAIN  and  TAM- 
BOUR STITCH  are  in 
effect  practically  the 
same,  and  present  the 
same  rather  granular 
surface.  The  differ- 
ence between  them  is 
that  chain  -  stitch  is 
done  in  the  hand  with 
an  ordinary  needle,  and 

1 6.    CHAIN-STITCH   AND    KNOTS.  J  ' 

tambour  -  stitch     in     a 

frame  with  a  hook  sharper  at  the  turning  point 
than  an  ordinary  crochet  hook.  One  takes  it  rather 
for  granted  that  work  which  was  presumably  done 
in  the  hand  (a  large  quilt,  for  example)  is  chain- 
stitch,  and  that  what  seems  to  have  been  done  in 
a  frame  is  tambour  work,  though  it  is  possible,  but 
not  advisable  of  course,  to  work  chain-stitch  in  a 
frame. 

Chain-stitch  is  not  to  be  confounded  with  split- 
stitch  (see  page  105),  which  somewhat  resembles  it. 
TO  WORK       To  work  chain-stitch  (A  on  the  sampler,  Illus- 
A-  tration   17)  bring  the  needle  out,  hold  the  thread 


l"J.    CHAIN-STITCH    SAMPLER. 


•;•     ( ' 

v;     if  5 


X  / 


l8.    CHAIN-STITCH   SAMPLER   (BACK). 


CHAIN-STITCH.  41 

down  with  the  left  thumb,  put  the  needle  in  again 
at  the  hole  through  which  you  brought  it  out,  take 
up  J  of  an  inch  of  stuff,  and  draw  the  thread 
through  :  that  gives  you  the  first  link  of  the  chain. 
The  back  of  the  work  (18)  looks  like  back-stitch. 
In  fact,  in  the  quilted  coverlet,  Illustration  69 
(as  in  much  similar  work  of  the  period),  the  out- 
line pattern,  which  you  might  take  for  back-stitch- 
ing, proves  to  have  been  worked  from  the  back  in 
chain-stitch.  The  same  thing  occurs  in  the  case  of 
the  Persian  quilt  in  Illustration  70. 

A  playful  variation  upon  chain-stitch  (B  on  the  T0  WORK 
sampler,  Illustration  17)  is  effected  by  the  use  of 
two  threads  of  different  colour.  Take  in  your 
needle  a  dark  and  a  light  thread,  say  the  dark  one 
to  the  left,  and  bring  them  out  at  the  point  at 
which  your  work  begins.  Hold  the  dark  thread 
under  your  thumb,  and,  keeping  the  light  one  to 
the  right,  well  out  of  the  way,  draw  both  threads 
through ;  this  makes  a  dark  link  ;  the  light  thread 
disappears,  and  comes  out  again  to  the  left  of 
the  dark  one,  ready  to  be  held  under  the  thumb 
while  you  make  a  light  link.  This  "  magic 
stitch,"  as  it  has  been  called,  is  no  new  invention. 
It  is  to  be  found  in  Persian,  Indian,  and  Italian 
Renaissance  work.  An  instance  of  it  occurs  in 
Illustration  64. 

A  variety  of  chain-stitch  (C  on  the  sampler, 
Illustration  17)  used  often  in  church  work,  and 
more  solid  in  appearance,  the  links  not  being  so 


42  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

open,  is  rather  differently  done.  Begin  a  little  in 
advance  of  the  starting  point  of  your  work,  hold 
the  thread  under  your  thumb,  put  the  needle  in 
again  at  the  starting  point  slightly  to  the  left, 
bring  your  needle  out  about  J  of  an  inch  below 
where  it  first  went  in  but  precisely  on  the  same 
line,  and  you  have  the  first  link  of  your  chain. 

To  work  what  is  known  as  cable-chain  (D  on 
the  sampler,  Illustration  17)  keep  your  thread 
to  the  right,  put  in  your  needle,  pointing  down- 
wards, a  little  below  the  starting  point,  and  bring 
it  out  about  J  of  an  inch  below  where  you  put  it  in ; 
then  put  it  through  the  little  stitch  just  formed, 
from  right  to  left,  hold  your  thread  towards  the 
left  under  your  thumb,  put  your  needle  through 
the  stitch  now  in  process  of  making  from  right  to 
left,  draw  up  the  thread,  and  the  first  two  links  of 
your  chain  are  made. 

A  zigzag  chain,  of  a  rather  fancy  description, 
goes  by  the  name  of  Vandyke  chain  (E  on  the 
sampler,  Illustration  17).  To  make  it,  bring  your 
needle  out  at  a  point  which  is  to  be  the  left  edge 
of  your  work,  and  make  a  slanting  chain-stitch 
from  left  to  right ;  then,  putting  your  needle  into 
that,  make  another  slanting  stitch,  this  time  from 
right  to  left — and  so  to  and  fro  to  the  end. 

The  braid-stitch  shown  at  F  on  the  sampler 
(Illustration  17)  is  worked  as  follows,  horizontally 
from  right  to  left.  Bring  your  needle  out  at  a 
point  which  is  to  be  the  lower  edge  of  your  work, 


CHAIN-STITCH. 


43 


THE    WORKING    OF    F    ON 
CHAIN-STITCH     SAMPLER. 


throw  your  thread  round  to  the  left,  and,  keeping 
it  all  the  time  loosely  under  your  thumb,  put  your 
needle  under  the  thread  and  twist  it  once  round 
to  the  right. 
Then,  at  the 
upper    edge    of 
your   work,  put 
in  theneedleand 
slide  the  thread 
towards   the 
right,  bring   the 
needle    out    ex- 
actly   below 
where    you    put 

it  in,  carry  your  thread  under  the  needle  towards 
the  left,  draw  the  thread  tight,  and  your  first  stitch 
is  done.  TO  WORK 

A.  yet  more  fanciful  variety  of  braid-stitch  (G 
on  the  sampler,  Illustration  17)  is  worked  vertically, 
downwards.  Having,  as  before,  put  your  needle 
under  the  thread  and  twisted  it  once  round,  put 
it  in  at  a  point  which  is  to  be  the  left  edge  of 
your  work,  and,  instead  of  bringing  it  out  imme- 
diately below  that  point,  slant  it  to  the  right, 
bringing  it  out  on  that  edge  of  the  work,  and 
finish  your  stitch  as  in  the  case  of  F. 

These  braid-stitches  look  best  worked  in  stout 
thread  of  close  texture. 

In  covering  a  surface  with  chain-stitch  (needle- 
work or  tambour)  the  usual  plan  is  to  follow  the 


G. 


44 


ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


contour  of  the  design,  working  chain  within  chain 
until  the  leaf  or  whatever  it  may  be  is  filled  in. 
This  stitch  is  rarely  worked  in  lines  across  the 
forms,  but  it  has  been  effectively  used  in  that 
way,  following  always  the  lines  of  the  warp  and 
weft  of  the  stuff.  Even  in  that  case  the  successive 
lines  of  stitching  should  be  all  in 
one  direction  —  not  running  back- 
wards and  forwards  —  or  it  will 
result  in  a  sort  of  pattern  of 
braided  lines.  The  reason  for  the 
more  usual  practice  of  following 
the  outline  of  the  design  is  obvious. 
The  stitch  lends  itself  to  sweeping, 
even  to  perfectly  spiral,  lines — such 
as  occur  in  Greek  wave  patterns : 
it  was,  in  fact,  made  use  of  in  that 
way  by  the  Greeks  some  four  or 
five  centuries  B.C. 

We  owe  the  tambour  frame,  they 
say,  to  China  ;  but  it  has  been 
largely  used,  and  abused  indeed, 
in  England.  Tambour  work,  when 
STITCH  SAMPLER,  once  you  have  the  trick  of  it,  is 
very  quickly  done — in  about  one- 
sixth  of  the  time  it  would  take  to  do  it  with  the 
needle.  It  has  the  further  advantage  that  it  serves 
equally  well  for  embroidery  on  a  light  or  on  a 
heavy  stuff,  and  that  it  is  most  lasting.  The  mis- 
fortune is  that  the  sewing  machine  has  learnt  to 


THE          WORKING 
OF   G   ON    CHAIN- 


46  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

do  something  at  once  so  like  it  and  so  mechanically 
even,  as  to  discredit  genuine  hand-work,  whether 
tambour  work  or  chain-stitch.  For  all  that,  neither 
is  to  be  despised.  If  they  have  often  a  mechanical 
appearance  that  is  not  all  the  fault  of  the  stitch  : 
the  worker  is  to  blame.  Indian  embroiderers 
depart  sometimes  so  far  from  mechanical  precision 
as  to  shock  the  admirers  of  monotonously  even 
work.  Artistic  use  of  chain-stitch  is  made  in  many 
of  our  illustrations :  for  outlines  in  Illustrations  24 
and  72  ;  for  surface  covering  in  Mr  Crane's  lion, 
Illustration  74 ;  to  represent  landscape  in  Illus- 
tration 78,  where  everything  except  the  faces  of 
the  little  men  is  in  chain-stitch ;  and  again  for 
figure  work  in  Illustration  81.  In  Illustration  19 
it  occurs  in  association  with  a  curious  surface 
stitch  ;  in  Illustration  64  it  is  used  to  outline  and 
otherwise  supplement  inlay.  The  old  Italians  did 
not  disdain  to  use  it.  In  fact,  wherever  artists 
have  employed  it  they  show  that  there  is  nothing 
inherently  inartistic  about  the  stitch. 


HERRING-BONE-STITCH. 

HERRING-BONE  is  the  name  by  which  it  is 
customary  to  distinguish  a  variety  of  stitches 
somewhat  resembling  the  spine  of  a  fish  such 
as  the  herring.  It  would  be  simpler  to  describe 
them  as  "  fish-bone " ;  but  that  term  has  been 
appropriated  to  describe  a  particular  variety  of  it. 
One  would  have  thought  it  more  convenient  to  use 
fish  for  the  generic  term,  and  a  particular  fish  .for 
the  specific.  However,  it  saves  confusion  to  use 
names  as  far  as  possible  in  their  accepted  sense. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  sampler,  Illustration  20, 
that  this  stitch  may  be  worked  open  or  tolerably 
close ;  but  in  the  latter  case  it  loses  something  of 
its  distinctive  character.  Fine  lines  may  be  worked 
in  it,  but  it  appears  most  suited  to  the  working  of 
broadish  bands  and  other  more  or  less  even-sided 
or,  it  may  be,  tapering  forms,  more  feathery  in 
effect  than  fish-bone-like,  such  as  are  shown  at  E 
on  sampler. 

Ordinary  herring-bone  is  such  a  familiar  stitch 
that  the  necessity  of  describing  it  is  rather  a 
matter  of  literary  consistency  than  of  practical 
importance. 


48  ART  IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

The  two  simpler  forms  of  herring-bone  (it  is 
always  worked  from  left  to  right,  and  begun  with 
a  half-stitch)  marked  A  and  C  on  the  sampler  are 
strikingly  different  in  appearance,  and  are  worked 
in  different  ways — as  will  be  seen  at  once  by 
reference  to  the  back  of  the  sampler  (Illustra- 
tion 2 1 ),  where  the  stitches  take  in  the  one  case  a 
horizontal  and  in  the  other  a  vertical  direction. 

TO  WORK  To  work  A,  bring  your  needle  out  about  the 
centre  of  the  line  to  be  worked  ;  put  it  into  the 
lower  edge  of  the  line  about  Jth  of  an  inch 
further  on  ;  take  up  this  much  of  the  stuff,  and, 
keeping  the  thread  to  the  right,  above  the  needle, 
draw  it  through.  Then  with  the  thread  below  it, 
to  the  right,  put  your  needle  into  the  upper  edge 
of  the  line  Jth  of  an  inch  further  on,  and,  turning 
it  backwards,  take  up,^  again  ^th  of  an  inch  of 
stuff,  bringing  it  out  immediately  above  where  it 
went  in  on  the  lower  edge. 

TO  WORK      What  is   called  "  Indian    Herring-bone "  (B)  is 

B-  merely  stitch  A  worked  in  longer  and  more 

slanting  stitches,  so  that  there  is  room  between 
them  for  a  second  row  in  another  colour,  the  two 
colours  being,  of  course,  properly  interlaced. 

TO  WORK  To  work  C,  bring  your  needle  out  as  for  A, 
and,  putting  it  in  at  the  upper  edge  of  the  line 
to  be  worked  and  pointing  it  downwards,  whilst 
your  thread  lies  to  the  right,  take  up  ever  so  small 
a  piece  of  the  stuff.  Then,  slightly  in  advance 
of  the  last  stitch,  the  thread  still  to  the  right, 


2O.    HERRING-BONE   SAMPLER. 

D 


21.    HERRING-BONE   SAMPLER    (BACK). 


HERRING-BONE-STITCH.  51 

your  needle  now  pointing  upwards,  take  another 
similar  stitch  from  the  lower  edge. 

The  variety  at  D  is  merely  a  combination  of  A 
and  C,  as  may  be  seen  by  reference  to  the  back  of 
the  sampler  (opposite) ;  though  the  short  horizontal 
stitches  there  seen  meet,  instead  of  being  wide 
apart  as  in  the  case  of  A. 


TO    WORK 

D. 


THE   WORKING   OF    E   ON    HERRINCz-BONE    SAMPLER. 

What  is  known  as  "fish-bone"  is  illustrated  in 
the  three  feathery  shapes  on  the  sampler  (E),  two 
of  which  are  worked  rather  open.  It  is  charac- 
teristic of  this  stitch  that  it  has  a  sort  of  spine  up 
the  centre  where  the  threads  cross.  Suppose  the  TO  WORK 
stitch  to  be  worked  horizontally.  Bring  your 
needle  out  on  the  under  edge  of  the  spine  about 
Jth  of  an  inch  from  the  starting  point  of  the  work, 
and  put  it  in  on  the  upper  edge  of  the  work  at  the 
starting  point,  bringing  it  out  immediately  below 
that  on  the  lower  edge  of  the  work.  Put  it  in 
again  on  the  upper  edge  of  the  spine,  rather  in 


E. 


52  ART  IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

advance  of  where  it  came  out  on  the  lower  edge 
of  it  before,  and  bring  it  out  on  the  lower  edge  of 
this  spine  immediately  below  where  it  entered. 
TO  WORK  In  close  herring-bone  (F  on  the  sampler,  Illus- 
tration 20)  you  have  always  a  long  stitch  from 
left  to  right,  crossed  by  a  shorter  stitch  which 
goes  from  right  to  left.  Having  made  a  half- 
stitch,  bring  the  needle  out  at  the  beginning  of 
the  line  to  be  worked,  at  the  lower  edge,  and  put 


THE   WORKING   OF   F  ON    HERRING-BONE   SAMPLER. 

it  in  Jth  of  an  inch  from  the  beginning  of  the  upper 
edge.  Bring  it  out  again  at  the  beginning  of  this 
edge  and  put  it  in  at  the  lower  edge  Jth  of  an  inch 
from  the  beginning,  bringing  it  out  on  the  same 
edge  Jth  of  an  inch  from  the  beginning.  Put  the 
needle  in  again  on  the  upper  edge  ^th  of  an  inch 
in  front  of  the  last  stitch  on  that  edge,  and  bring 
it  out  again,  without  splitting  the  thread,  on  the 
same  edge  as  the  hole  where  the  last  stitch  went  in. 
If  you  wish  to  cover  a  surface  with  herring-bone- 
stitch,  you  work  it,  of  course,  close,  so  that  each 


HERRING-BONE-STITCH. 


53 


successive  stitch  touches  its  foregoer  at  the  point 
where  the  needle  enters  the  stuff  (F  on  the  sampler, 
Illustration  20).  It  will  be  seen  that  at  the  back 
(21)  this  looks  like  a  double  row  of  back-stitching. 
Worked  straight  across  a  wide  leaf,  as  in  the  lower 
half  of  sampler,  it  is  naturally  very  loose.  A  better 
method  of  working  is  shown  in  the  side  leaves, 
which  are  worked  in  two  halves,  beginning  at  the 
base  of  a  leaf  on  one  side  and  working  down  to 
it  on  the  other.  There  is  here  just  the  suggestion 
of  a  mid-rib  between  the  two  rows. 


THE   WORKING    OF    G    ON    HERRING-BONE   SAMPLER. 


The  stitch  at  G  on  sampler,  which  has  the  effect 
of  higher  relief  than  ordinary  close  herring-bone 
(F),  is  sometimes  misleadingly  described  as  tapestry 
stitch.  It  is  worked,  as  the  back  of  the  sampler 
(21)  clearly  shows,  in  quite  a  different  way.  You 
get  there  parallel  rows  of  double  stitches.  Having 


TO  WORK 

G. 


54  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

made  a  half-stitch  entering  the  material  at  the 
upper  edge  of  the  work,  bring  the  needle  out  on 
the  lower  edge  of  it  immediately  opposite.  Then 
going  back,  put  it  in  at  the  beginning  of  the 
upper  edge,  and  bring  it  out  at  the  beginning  of 
the  lower  one.  Thence  take  a  long  slanting  stitch 
upwards  from  left  to  right,  bring  the  needle  out 
on  the  lower  edge  immediately  opposite,  cross  it 
by  a  rather  shorter  stitch  from  right  to  left,  enter- 
ing the  stuff  at  the  point  where  the  first  half-stitch 
ended,  bring  this  out  on  the  lower  edge,  opposite, 
and  the  stitch  is  done. 

The  artistic  use  of  herring-bone-stitch  is  shown 
in  the  leaves  of  the  tulip  (84),  and  a  closer  variety 
of  it  in  the  pink,  or  whatever  the  flower  may  be, 
in  the  hand  of  the  little  figure  in  Illustration  72. 


BUTTONHOLE-STITCH. 

BUTTONHOLE  is  more  useful  in  ornament  than 
one  might  expect  a  stitch  with  such  a  very  utilitarian 
name  to  be.  It  is,  as  its  common  us"e  would  lead 
one  to  suppose,  pre-eminently  a  one-edged  stitch, 
a  stitch  with  which  to  mark  emphatically  the 
outside  edge  of  a  form.  There  is,  however,  a 
two-edged  variety  known  as  ladder-stitch,  shown 
in  the  two  horn  shapes  on  the  sampler,  Illustra- 
tion 22. 

By  the  use  of  two  rows  back  to  back,  leaf  forms 
may  be  fairly  expressed.  In  the  broad  leaves  on 
the  sampler,  the  edge  of  the  stitch  is  used  to 
emphasise  the  mid  rib,  leaving  a  serrated  edge 
to  them.  The  character  of  the  stitch  would  have 
been  better  preserved  by  working  the  other  way 
about,  and  marking  the  edge  of  the  leaves  by  a 
clear-cut  line,  as  in  the  case  of  the  solid  leaves  in 
Illustration  73. 

The  stitch  may  be  used  for  covering  a  ground 
or  other  broad  surface,  as  in  the  pot  shape  (J)  on 
the  sampler,  where  the  diaper  pattern  produced 
by  its  means  explains  itself  the  better  for  being 
worked  in  two  shades  of  colour. 

The  simpler  forms  of  the  stitch  are  the  more 


56  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

useful.  Worked  in  the  form  of  a  wheel,  as  in  the 
rosettes  at  the  side  of  the  vase  shape  (A),  the 
ornamental  use  of  the  stitch  is  obvious. 

TO  WORK        One  need  hardly  describe  BUTTONHOLE-STITCH. 

A-  The  simple  form  of  it  (A)  is  worked  by  (when  you 

have  brought  your  needle  out)  keeping  the  thread 
under  your  thumb  to  the  right,  whilst  you  put 
the  needle  in  again  at  a  higher  point  slightly  to 
the  right,  and  bring  it  out  immediately  below, 
close  to  where  it  came  out  before.  This  and  other 
one-edged  stitches  of  the  kind  are  sometimes  called 
"  blanket-stitch." 

The  only  difference  between  versions  such  as  B 
and  C  on  the  sampler,  and  simple  buttonhole,  is 
that  the  stitches  vary  in  length  according  to  the 
worker's  fancy. 

TO  WORK       The  CROSSED   BUTTONHOLE-STITCH  at  E  is 

E-  worked   by  first   making   a   stitch  sloping  to   the 

right,  and  then  a  smaller  buttonhole-stitch  across 
this  from  the  left. 

The  border  marked  D  in  sampler  consists  merely 
of  two  rows  of  slanting  buttonhole-stitch  worked 
one  into  the  other.  Needlewomen  have  wilful 
ways  of  making  what  should  be  upright  stitches 
slant  awkwardly  in  all  manner  of  ways,  with  the 
result  that  they  look  as  if  they  had  been  pulled 
out  of  the  straight. 

The  border  at  F,  known  as  "  TAILOR'S  BUTTON- 
HOLE," is  worked  with  the  firm  edge  from  you, 
instead  of  towards  you,  as  you  work  ordinary 


22.    BUTTONHOLE   SAMPLER. 


23.    BUTTONHOLE  SAMPLER   (BACK). 


BUTTONHOLE-STITCH. 


59 


buttonhole.  Bringing  the  thread  out  at  the  upper  TO  WORK 
edge  of  the  work  to  the  left,  and  letting  it  lie  on 
that  side,  you  put  your  needle  in  again  still  on  the 
same  edge,  and  bring  it  out,  immediately  below, 
on  the  lower  one.  You  then,  before  drawing  the 
thread  quite  through,  put  your  needle  into  the 
loop  from  behind,  and  tighten  it  upwards. 

In  order  to  make  your  '! 
"Ladder-stitch"  (G)  square  at 
the  end,  you  begin  by  making  a 
bar  of  the  width  the  stitch  is  to 
be.  Then,  holding  the  thread 
under  your  thumb  to  the  right, 
you  put  the  needle  in  at  the  top 
of  the  bar  and,  slanting  it  towards 
the  right,  bring  it  out  on  a  level 
with  the  other  end  of  the  bar 
somewhat  to  the  right.  This 
makes  a  triangle.  With  the 
point  of  your  needle,  pull  the 
slanting  thread  out  at  the  top, 
to  form  a  square ;  insert  the  needle ;  slant  it  again 
to  the  right ;  draw  it  out  as  before,  and  you  have 
your  second  triangle. 

The  difference  between  the  working  of  the  lattice- 
like  band  at  H,  and  ladder-stitch  G,  is  that,  having 
completed  your  first  triangle,  you  make,  by  means 
of  a  buttonhole-stitch,  a  second  triangle  pointing 
the  other  way,  which  completes  a  rectangular 
shape. 


THE  WORKING  OF   II 

'  ON    BUTTONHOLE 

SAMPLER. 


TO 


WORK 

H. 


24.    BUTTONHOLE,    CHAIN,    AND   KNOT   STITCHES. 


BUTTONHOLE-STITCH.  61 

In  the  solid  work  shown  at  J,  you  make  five 
buttonhole-stitches,  gathering  them  to  a  point 
at  the  base,  then  another  five,  and  so  on.  Repeat 
the  process,  this  time  point  upwards,  and  you  have 
the  first  band  of  the  pot  shape. 

Characteristic  and  most  beautiful  use  is  made 
of  buttonhole-stitch  in  the  piece  of  Indian  work 
in  Illustration  24,  where  it  is  outlined  with  chain 
stitch,  which  goes  most  perfectly  with  it. 

Cut  work,  such  as  that  on  Illustration  65,  is 
strengthened  by  outlining  it  in  buttonhole-stitch. 

Ladder-stitch  occurs  in  the  cusped  shapes 
framing  certain  flowers  in  Illustration  72,  em- 
broidered all  in  blue  silk  on  linen.  It  is  not 
infrequent  in  Oriental  work,  and,  in  fact,  goes 
sometimes  by  the  name  of  Cretan-stitch  on  that 
account. 


FEATHER  AND  ORIENTAL  STITCHES. 

FEATHER-STITCH  is  simply  buttonholing  in  a 
slanting  direction,  first  to  the  right  side  and  then 
to  the  left,  keeping  the  needle  strokes  in  the  centre 
closer  together  or  farther  apart  according  to  the 
effect  to  be  produced. 

It  owes  its  name,  of  course,  to  the  more  or  less 
feathery  effect  resulting  from  its  rather  open 
character.  Like  buttonhole,  it  may  be  worked 
solid,  as  in  the  leaf  and  petal  forms  on  the  sampler, 
Illustration  25,  but  it  is  better  suited  to  cover 
narrow  than  broad  surfaces.  The  jagged  outline 
which  it  gives  makes  it  useful  in  embroidering 
plumage,  but  it  is  not  to  be  confounded  with  what 
is  called  "  plumage-stitch,"  which  is  not  feather- 
stitch at  all,  but  a  version  of  satin-stitch. 

The  feathery  stem  (A)  on  sampler  is  simply  a 
buttonholing  worked  alternately  from  right  to  left 
and  left  to  right. 

TO  WORK  The  border  line  at  B  requires  rather  more 
explanation.  Presume  it  to  be  worked  vertically. 
Bring  your  needle  out  at  the  left  edge  of  the  band  ; 
put  it  in  at  the  right  edge  immediately  opposite, 
keeping  your  thread  under  the  needle  to  the  right ; 


FEATHER-STITCH    SAMPLER. 


FEATHER-STITCH    SAMPLER   (l)ACK). 


FEATHER  AND  ORIENTAL  STITCHES.        65 


2    3 


bring  it  out  again  still  on  the  right  edge  a  little 
lower  down,  and  then,  keeping  your  thread  to  the 
left,  put  the  needle  in  on  the  left  edge,  opposite  to 
where  you  last  brought  it  out,  and  bring  it  out 
again  on  the  same  edge  a  little  lower  down. 

The  border  at  C  is  merely  an  elaboration  of  the 
above,  with  three  slanting  stitches  on  each  edge 
instead  of  a  single  one  in  the 
direction  of  the  band. 

Bands  D,  E,  F,  G,  are  va- 
riations of  ordinary  feather- 
stitch, requiring  no  further  ex- 
planation than  the  back  view 
of  the  work  (26)  affords.  On 
the  face  of  the  sampler  it  will 
be  noticed  that  lines  have  been 
drawn  for  the  guidance  of  the 
worker.  These  are  always 
four  in  number,  indicating 
that  the  stitch  is  made  with 
four  strokes  of  the  needle,  and 
showing  the  points  at  which  it 
is  put  in  and  out  of  the  stuff. 

In  working  G  G,  suppose 
four  guiding  lines  to  have  been 
drawn  as  above — numbered, 

to  right.  Bring  your  needle  out  at  the  top  of  line  I. 
Make  a  chain-stitch  slanting  downwards  from  line  I 
to  line  2.  Put  your  needle  into  line  3  about  Jth 
of  an  inch  lower  down,  and,  slanting  it  upwards, 


THE  WORKING   OF  G  G 

ON    FEATHER-STITCH 

SAMPLER. 


2,     3,    4, 


from  left  TO  WORK 
GG. 


66  ART  IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

bring  it  out  on  line  4,  level  with  the  point  where  you 
last  brought  it  out.  Make  a  chain-stitch  slanting 
downwards,  this  time  from  right  to  left,  and  bring 
your  needle  out  on  line  3.  Lastly,  put  your  needle 
into  line  2,  ^th  of  an  inch  below  the  last  stitch, 
and,  slanting  it  upwards,  bring  it  out  on  line  I. 

Feather-stitch  is  not  adapted  to  covering  broad 
surfaces  solidly,  but  may  be  used  for  narrow  ones. 
ORIENTAL-STITCH  is  the  name  given  to  a  close 
kind  of  feather-stitch  much  used  in  Eastern  work. 
The  difference  between  the  two,  at  once  apparent 
to  the  eye,  is  that,  whereas  for  the  mid-rib  of  a 
band  or  leaf  of  feather-stitching  (25)  you  have 
cross  lines,  in  Oriental-stitch  (27)  you  have  a 
straight  line — longer  or  shorter  as  the  case  may  be. 
Oriental-stitch  is  sometimes  called  "  Antique- 
stitch,"  and  is  a  stitch  in  three  strokes,  just  as 
feather-stitch  is  a  stitch  in  four.  It  is  usually 
worked  horizontally,  though  shown  upright  on  the 
sampler.  Like  feather-stitch  (compare  diagrams 
on  pages  65  and  69),  it  is  worked  on  four  guiding 
lines,  faintly  visible  on  the  sampler. 

TO  WORK      Stitches  A,  B,  and   C  are  worked   in   precisely 

A»  the  same  way.     Bring  your  needle  out  at  the  top 

c'  of  line  i.     Keep  the  thread  under  your  thumb  to 

the  right  and  put  your  needle  in  at  the  top  of  line 

4,  bringing  it  out  into  line  3  on  the  same  level. 

Then  put  it  in  again  at  line  2,  just  on  the  other 

side   of  the   thread,  and    bring   it  out  on   line    I 

ready  to  begin  the  next  stitch. 


ORIENTAL-STITCH    SAMPLER. 


28.    ORIENTAL-STITCH   SAMPLER  (BACK). 


FEATHER  AND   ORIENTAL  STITCHES.        69 


It  will  be  seen  that  the  length  of  the  central 
part  (or  mid-rib,  as  it  was  called  above)  makes 
the  whole  difference  between  the  three  varieties 
of  stitch.  In  A  the  three  parts  are  equal :  in 
B  the  mid-rib  is  narrow :  in  C  it  is  broad, 


THE   WORKING   OF  A,    B,    C   ON   ORIENTAL-STITCH   SAMPLER. 

as  is  most  plainly  seen  on  the  back  of  the 
sampler  (28).  The  difference  is  only  a  difference 
of  proportion. 

The  sloping  stitch  at  D  is  worked  in  the  same 
way  as  A,  B,  C,  except  that  instead  of  straight 
strokes  with  the  needle  you  make  slanting  ones. 

Stitch  E  differs  from  D  in  that  the  side  strokes 
slant  both  in  the  same  direction.  It  is  worked 
from  right  to  left  instead  of  from  left  to  right.  TO  WORK 

Stitch  F  is  a  combination  of  buttonhole  and 
Oriental  stitches.  Between  two  rows  of  button- 


TO   WORK 

D. 


TO   WORK 

E. 


70  ART  IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

holing  (dark  on  sampler)  a  single  row  of  Oriental- 
stitch  is  worked. 

The  stitch  employed  for  the  central  stalk,  G, 
has  really  no  business  on  this  sampler,  except  that 
it  looks  rather  like  a  continuous  Oriental-stitch. 

Oriental-stitch  is  one  of  the  stitches  used  in  the 
mixed  embroidery  in  Illustration  72. 


ROPE    AND    KNOT    STITCHES. 


A  single  sampler  is  devoted  to  ROPE  and 
KNOTTED  STITCHES.  They  are  more  nearly 
akin  than  they  look,  for  rope-stitch  is  all  but 
knotted  as  it  is  worked. 

ROPE-STITCH  is  so  called  because  of  its  appear- 
ance. It  takes  a  large  amount  of  silk  or  wool  to 
work  it,  but  the  effect  is  correspondingly  rich.  It 
is  worked  from  right  to  left,  and  is  easier  to  work 
in  curved  -lines  than  in  straight. 

Lines  A  on  the  sampler,  Illustration  29,  represent 
the  ordinary  appearance  of  the  stitch  ;  its  construc- 
tion is  more  appa- 
rent in  the  central 
stalk  B,  which  is 
a  less  usual  form 
of  the  same  stitch, 
worked  wider 
apart. 

Having  brought 
out  your  needle 
at  the  right  end 
of  the  work,  hold 
part  of  the  thread  towards  the  left,  under  the 
thumb,  the  rest  of  it  falling  to  the  right ;  put  your 


THE  WORKING  OF  A,  B,  ON  ROPE-STITCH 
SAMPLER. 


TO    WORK 

A,  B. 


ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


needle  in  above  where  it  came  out,  slant  it  towards 
you,  and  bring  it  out  again  a  little  in  advance  of 
where  it  came  out  before,  and  just  below  the 
thread  held  under  your  thumb.  Draw  the  thread 
through,  and  there  results  a  stitch  which  looks 
rather  like  a  distorted  chain  stitch  (B).  The  next 
step  is  to  make  another  similar  stitch  so  close  to 
the  foregoing  one  that  it  overlaps  it  partly.  It 

is  this  overlapping 
which     gives     the 
stitch    the     raised 
and    rope-like   ap- 
pearance seen  at  A. 
A    knotted    line 
(C  on  the  sampler, 
Illustration    29) 
is    produced    by 
what  is  known   as 
"GERMAN  KNOT- 
STITCH,"  effective  only  in  thick  soft  silk  or  wool. 
TO  WORK  Begin  as  in   rope-stitch,   keeping  your   thread    in 
the  same   position.     Then    put   your   needle    into 
the  stuff  just  above   the   thread    stretched   under 
your  thumb,  and  bring  it  out  just  below  and  in 
a  line  with  where  it   went   in  ;    lastly,  keep   the 
needle  above  the  loose  end  of  the  thread,  draw 
it   through,   tightening   the   thread   upwards,   and 
you  have  the  first  of  your  knots :  the  res^  follow 
TO  WORK  a*  intervals  determined  by  your  wants. 
D.  The  more  open  stitch  at  D  is  practically  the  same 


THE   WORKING   OF   C   ON    ROPE- 
STITCH    SAMPLER. 


29.    ROPE-STITCH   AND   KNOT  STITCH   SAMPLER. 


30.    ROPE-STITCH   AND    KNOT-STITCH   SAMPLER   (BACK). 


ROPE  AND    KNOT   STITCHES.  75 

thing,  except  that  in  crossing  the  running  thread 
you  take  up  more  of  the  stuff  on  each  side  of  it. 

What  is  known  by  the  name  of  "  OLD  ENGLISH 
KNOT-STITCH  "  (E)  is  a  much  more  complicated 
stitch.     Keeping  your  thread  well  out  of  the  way  TO  WORK 
to  the  right,  put  your  needle  in  to  the  left,  and  E- 

take  up  vertically  a  piece  of  the  stuff  the  width  of 
the  line  to  be  worked  at  its  widest,  and  draw  the 
thread  through.  Then,  keeping  it  under  the  thumb 
to  the  left,  put  your  needle,  eye  first,  downwards, 
through  the  slanting  stitch  just  made;  draw  the 
thread  not  too  tight,  and,  keeping  it  as  before 
under  the  thumb,  put  your  needle,  eye  first,  this 
time  through  the  upper  half  only  of  the  slanting 
stitch,  making  a  kind  of  buttonhole-stitch  round 
the  last,  and  draw  out  your  thread. 

The  importance  of  these  rather  ragged-looking 
and  fussy  knotted  rope  stitches,  by  whatever  name 
they  are  called,  may  easily  be  over-rated.  They 
are  not  much  more  than  fancy  stitches.  KNOTS 
used  separately  are  of  much  more  artistic  account. 

BULLION  or  ROLL-STITCH  is  shown  in  its  simplest 
form  in  the  petals  of  the  flowers  F  on  the  sampler, 
Illustration   29.     To  work   one  such   petal,  begin  T0  WORK 
by  attaching  the  thread  very  firmly ;    bring  your  F. 

needle  out  at  the  base  of  the  petal,  put  it  in  at  the 
tip,  and  bring  it  out  once  more  at  the  base,  only 
drawing  it  partly  through.  With  your  right  hand 
wind  the  thread,  say  seven  times,  round  the  pro- 
jecting point  of  the  needle  from  left  to  right.  Then, 


76  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

holding  the  coils  under  your  left  thumb,  your 
thread  to  the  right,  draw  your  needle  and  thread 
through  ;  and,  dropping  the  needle,  and  catching 
the  thread  round  your  little  finger,  take  hold  of  the 
thread  with  your  thumb  and  first  finger  and  draw 
the  coiled  stitch  to  the  right,  tightening  it  gently 


THE   WORKING   OF   F  ON   KNOT-STITCH   SAMPLER. 

until  quite  firm.  Lastly,  put  the  needle  through 
at  the  tip  of  the  petal,  and  the  stitch  is  complete 
and  ready  to  be  fastened  off. 

The  leaves  of  these  flowers  consist  simply  of 
two  bullion  stitches.  The  bullion  knots  at  the 
side  of  the  central  stalk  are  curled  by  taking  up 
in  the  first  instance  only  the  smallest  piece  of 
the  stuff. 


ROPE   AND    KNOT   STITCHES.  77 

To  work  FRENCH  KNOTS  (G),  having  brought  TO  WORK 
out  your  needle  at  the  point  where  the  knot  is  to 
be,  hold  the  thread  under  your  thumb,  and,  letting 
it  lie  to  the  right,  put  your  needle  under  the 
stretched  part  of  it.  Turn  the  needle  so  as  to 
twist  the  thread  once  round  it.  That  done,  put 
the  needle  in  again  about  where  it  came  out, 
draw  it  through  from  the  back,  and  bring  it  out 
where  the  next  knot  is  to  be. 

For     large    knots    use    two    or    more    threads 
of   silk,    and    do    not 
twist  them  more  than 
once.     With  a  single 

thread  you  may  twist       ^>f?    7S)}?S  ?S)  7S> 
twice,  but  the   result 
of  twisting   three   or 
four    times    is    never  THE  WORKING  OF  G  ON 

.  KNOT-STITCH    SAMPLER. 

happy. 

The  use  of  knots  is  well  shown  in  Illustration 
24.  Worked  there  in  white  silk  floss  upon  a  dark 
purple  ground,  they  are  quite  pearly  in  appear- 
ance, whether  in  rows  between  the  border  lines, 
or  scattered  over  the  ground.  They  are  most 
useful  in  holding  the  design  together,  giving  it 
mass,  and  go  admirably  with  chain-stitching,  to 
which,  when  close  together,  they  have  at  first 
sight  some  likeness.  A  single  line  of  knots  may 
almost  be  mistaken  for  chain-stitch  ;  but  of  them- 
selves they  do  not  make  a  good  outline,  lacking 
firmness.  A  happier  use  of  them  is  to  fringe  an 


78  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

outline,  as  for  example  in  the  peacock's  tail  on 
page  38  ;  but  this  expedient  must  be  used  with 
reticence,  or  it  results  in  a  rather  rococo  effect. 
Good  use  is  sometimes  made  of  knots  to  pearl  the 
inner  edge  of  a  pattern  worked  in  outline,  or  to 
pattern  the  ornament  (instead  of  the  ground)  all 
over.  Differencing  of  this  kind  may  be  an  after- 
thought— and  a  happy  one — affording  as  it  does 
a  ready  means  of  giving  texture  or  of  qualifying 
a  colour  which  may  not  have  worked  out  quite 
to  the  embroiderer's  liking. 

The  obvious  fitness  of  knots  to  represent  the 
stamens  of  flowers  is  exemplified  in  Illustra- 
tion 101.  Worked  close  together,  they  represent 
admirably  the  eyes  of  composite  flowers,  as  on 
the  sampler ;  they  give,  again,  valuable  variety 
of  texture  to  the  crest  of  the  stork  in  Illustra- 
tion 85. 

The  effect  of  knotting  in  the  mass  is  shown  in 
Illustration  31,  embroidered  'entirely  in  knots,  con- 
tradicting, it  might  seem,  what  was  said  above 
about  its  unfitness  for  outline  work.  The  lines, 
even  the  voided  ones,  are  here  as  sharp  as  could 
be  ;  but  then,  it  is  not  many  of  us  who  work,  knot  by 
knot,  with  the  marvellous  precision  of  a  Chinaman. 
His  knotted  texture  is  not,  however,  always  what 
it  seems.  He  has  a  way  of  producing  a  knotted 
line  by  first  knotting  his  thread  (it  may  be  done 
with  a  netting  needle),  and  then  stitching  it  down 
on  to  the  surface  of  the  material,  which  gives  a 


8o  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

pearled  or  beaded  line  not  readily  distinguishable 
from  knot  stitch. 

The  Japanese  embroiderer,  instead  of  knotting 
his  own  thread,  employed  very  often  a  crinkled 
braid.  This  is  shown  in  the  cloud  work  in 
Illustration  85.  The  only  true  knotting  there  is  in 
the  top-knot  of  the  bird. 


32.    INTERLACING-STITCH    SAMPLER. 
F 


INTERI.ACING-STITCH    SAMPLER    (BACK). 


INTERFACINGS,   SURFACE   STITCHES, 
AND   DIAPERS. 

The  samplers  so  far  discussed  bring  us,  with 
the  exception  of  Darning,  Satin-stitch,  and  some 
stitches  presently  to  be  mentioned,  practically  to 
the  end  of  the  stitches,  deserving  to  be  so  called, 
generally  in  use. 

By  combining  two  or  more  stitches  endless 
complications  may  be  made ;  and  there  may  be 
occasions  when,  for  one  purpose  or  another,  it 
may  be  necessary,  as  well  as  amusing,  to  invent 
them.  In  this  way  stitches  are  also  sometimes 
worked  upon  stitches,  as  shown  on  the  sampler, 
Illustration  32.  You  will  see,  on  referring  to  the 
back  of  it  (33),  that  only  the  white  silk  is  worked 
into  the  stuff:  the  dark  threads  are  surface  work 
only.  There  is  no  end  to  such  possible  INTER- 
LACINGS.  Those  on  the  sampler  do  not  need 
much  explanation  ;  but  it  may  be  as  well  to  say 
that  A  starts  with  crewel-stitching ;  B  and  C  with 
back-stitching ;  D  with  chain-stitching ;  E  with 
darning  or  running ;  F,  G,  and  H  with  varieties  of 
herring-bone-stitch;  J  with  Oriental  -  stitch ;  and 
K  with  feather-stitch.  It  is  not  difficult  by  follow- 
ing the  interlacings  of  the  darker  threads  to  detect 


84 


ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


TO  WORK 


TO  WORK 


THE  WORKING  OF   F  ON  INTERLACING- 
STITCH    SAMPLER. 


the  surface  work  upon  the  white.     C  and  G  under- 

go a  second  course  of  interlacing. 

The   danger   of   splitting    the    first    stitches   in 

working  the  inter- 
lacing  ones,  is 
avoided  by  passing 
the  needle  eye  first 
through  them. 

Other   surface 
work,  sometimes 

c  %  \  \  Q  £       LACE- 

STITCH,  is  illus- 
trated in  the  sampler,  Illustration  34.  There  is 
really  no  limit  to  patterns  of  this  kind.  Some  are 
better  worked  in  a  frame,  but  that  is  very  much 
a  matter  of  personal  practice. 

In  the  Surface  Darning  at  H  (34)  long  threads  are 
first  carried  from  edge  to  edge  of  the  square,  there 
only  piercing  the  stuff,  and  then  darned  across  by 
other  stitches,  again  only  piercing  it  at  the  edges. 

An  oblique  version  of  this  is  given  at  C  (34). 

The  Lace  Button-holing  at  B  (34)  is  worked  as 
follows  :  —  Buttonhole  three  stitches  into  the  stuff 
from  left  to  right,  not  quite  close  together,  and 
further  on  three  more  ;  then,  working  from  right 
to  left,  make  three  buttonhole  stitches  into  the 
thread  connecting  the  stitch  groups  ;  but  do  not 
stitch  into  the  stuff  except  at  the  ends  of  the 
rows.  The  last  row  must,  of  course,  be  worked 
into  the  stuff  again. 


4  «  «t  «•  ^  ^ 


34.    SURFACE-STITCH   SAMPLER. 


86  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

TO  WORK       Net  Passing,  as  at  F  (34),  is  not  very  differently 

F-  worked  from  A,  only  it  is  much  more  open.     The 

first  row  of  horizontal  stitches  is  crossed  by  two 

opposite  rows  of  oblique  stitches,  which  are  made 

to  interlace. 

TO  WORK       The  square  at  G  is  worked  by  first  making  rows 
G-  of  short  upright  stitches  worked  into  the  stuff,  and 

then  threading  loose  stitches  through  them. 
TO  WORK       The  square  at  D  is  worked  on  the  open  lattice 
D>  shown  ;  the  solid  parts  are  produced  by  interlacing 

stitches  from  side  to  side,  starting  at  the  angle. 

In  the  square  at  E  (Japanese  Darning)  hori- 
zontal lines  are  first  darned,  and  then  zigzag  lines 
are  worked  between  them,  much  as  in  G ;  but,  as 
they  penetrate  the  material,  this  is  scarcely  a 
surface  stitch. 

TO  WORK       The  horizontal  lines  at  top  and  bottom  of  the 

A<  square  at   A   are  back-stitching,  the  intermediate 

ones  simply  long  threads  carried  from  one  side  to 

the  other  ;  they  are  laced  together  by  lines  looped 

round  them. 

TO  WORK  The  band  at  L  is  begun  by  making  horizontal 
bar  stitches.  A  row  of  crewel-stitch  and  one  of 
outline-stitch,  worked  on  to  the  bars  and  not 
into  the  stuff,  makes  the  central  chain. 

TO  WORK       The  band  at  K  is  merely  surface  buttonholing 
K-  over  a  series  of  slanting  stitches. 

TO  WORK       The  band  at  J  is  buttonhole  stitching  wide  apart, 
J-  the  bars  filled  in  with  surface  crewel-stitch. 

Most  delicate  surface  stitching  occurs  in   Illus- 


LACE   OR   SURFACE   STITCH. 


88  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

tration  35,  the  fine  net  being  worked  only  from 
edge  to  edge  of  the  spaces  it  fills,  and  not  else- 
where entering  the  stuff;  which  accounts  for  most 
of  it  being  worn  away.  The  flower  or  scroll-work 
is  substantial  embroidery,  worked  through  the  stuff. 
The  delicate  network  of  fine  stitching,  which  once 
covered  the  whole  of  the  background,  is  neither 
more  nor  less  than  a  floating  gossamer  of  lacework. 
One  cannot  deny  that  this  is  embroidery,  though 
it  has  to  be  admitted  that  lace-stitches  are  employed 
in  it. 

Stern  embroiderers  would  like  to  deny  it.  Of 
course  it  is  frivolous,  and  in  a  sense  flimsy,  but  it 
is  also  delicate  and  dainty  to  a  degree.  It  is 
suited  only  to  dress,  and  that  of  the  most  exquisite 
kind.  A  French  marquise  of  the  Regency  might 
have  worn  it,  and  possibly  did  wear  it,  with  entire 
propriety — if  the  word  is  not  out  of  keeping  with 
the  period. 

The  frailty  of  this  kind  of  thing  is  too  obvious 
to  need  mention,  and  that,  of  course,  is  a  strong 
argument  against  it. 

All  attempt  to  give  separate  names  to  diapers 
of  this  kind,  whether  worked  upon  the  surface  or 
into  the  stuff,  is  futile.  They  ought  not  even  to  be 
called  stitches,  being,  in  fact,  neither  more  nor  less 
than  stitch  patterns,  to  which  there  is  no  possible 
limit,  unless  it  be  the  limit  of  human  invention. 
Every  ingenious  workwoman  will  find  out  patterns 
of  her  own  more  or  less.  They  are  very  useful  for 


INTERLACINGS,  SURFACE  STITCHES,  ETC.    89 

filling  in  surfaces  (pattern  or  background)  which  it 
may  be  inexpedient  to  work  more  solidly. 

The  greater  part  of  such  patterns  are  geometric 
(Illustrations  35  and  73),  following,  that  is  to  say, 
the  mesh  of  the  material,  and  making  no  secret 
of  it.  On  Illustration  3,  where,  by  the  way,  the 
relation  of  stitch  to  stuff  is  obvious,  you  see  very 
plainly  how  the  rectangular  diaperings  are  built  up 
geometrically  on  the  square  lines  of  the  mesh, 
as  was  practically  inevitable  working  on  such  a 
ground.  In  any  case,  however,  preceptible  weaving 
lines  facilitate  the  setting  out  of  geometric  diaper. 

The  choice  of  stitch  patterns  of  this  kind  is 
inevitably  left  to  the  needlewoman.  The  utmost 
a  designer  need  do  is  to  indicate  on  his  drawing 
that  a  "  full,"  "  open,"  or  "  intermediate "  diaper 
is  to  be  used.  Still,  the  alternation  of  lighter  and 
heavier  diapers  should  be  planned  and  not  left 
altogether  to  impulse,  though  the  pattern  may  be. 
Moreover,  there  is  room  for  the  'exercise  of  con- 
siderable taste  in  the  choice  of  simpler  or  more 
elaborate  patterns,  freer  or  more  geometric.  Many 
a  time  the  shape  of  the  space  to  be  filled,  as  well  as 
its  extent,  will  suggest  the  appropriate  ornament. 
The  diaper  design  is  not,  of  course,  drawn  on  the 
stuff,  but  points  of  guidance  may  be  indicated 
through  a  kind  of  fine  stencil  plate,  supposing  the 
weave  of  the  stuff  not  to  be  plain  enough  to 
go  by. 

The    patterns    used    for   background    diapering 


90  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

need  not,  as  a  rule,  be  intrinsically  so  interesting 
as  those  which  diaper  the  design  itself,  nor  are  they 
usually  so  full.  They  take  more  often  the  form  of 
spot  or  sprig  patterns,  not  continuous,  in  which  the 
geometric  construction  need  not  be  obvious.  Nor 
is  it  necessary.  In  either  case  the  prime  object  of 
the  stitching  is  not  so  much  to  make  ornamental 
patterns  as  to  give  a  tint  to  the  stuff  without 
entirely  hiding  it ;  and  the  worker  chooses  a  lighter 
or  heavier  diaper  according  to  the  tint  required. 

For  a  background,  simple  darning  more  or  less 
open,  in  stitches  not  too  regular,  is  often  the  best 
solution  of  the  difficulty.  The  effect  of  the  ground 
colour  grinning  through  is  delightful. 

In  white  work  the  purpose  of  the  stitching  is  to 
give  texture. 


SATIN-STITCH    AND    ITS    OFFSHOOTS. 

SATIN-STITCH  is  par  excellence  the  stitch  for 
fine  silk  work.  I  do  not  know  if  the  name  of 
"  satin-stitch "  comes  from  its  being  so  largely 
employed  upon  satin,  or  from  the  effect  of  the  work 
itself,  which  would  certainly  justify  the  title,  so 
smooth  and  satin-like  is  its  surface.  Given  a 
material  of  which  the  texture  is  quite  smooth  and 
even,  showing  no  mesh,  satin-stitch  seems  the 
most  natural  and  obvious  way  of  working  upon  it. 
In  it  the  embroidress  works  with  short,  straight 
strokes  of  the  needle,  just  as  a  pen  draughtsman 
lays  side  by  side  the  strokes  of  his  pen  ;  but,  as  she 
cannot,  of  course,  leave  off  her  stroke  as  the  pen- 
man does,  she  has  perforce  to  bring  back  the 
thread  on  the  under  side  of  the  stuff,  so  that,  if 
very  carefully  done,  the  work  is  the  same  on  both 
sides. 

Satin-stitch,  however,  need  not  be,  and  never 
was,  confined  to  work  upon  silk  or  satin.  In  fact 
it  was  not  only  worked  upon  fine  linen,  but  often 
followed  the  lines  of  its  mesh,  stepping,  as  in  Illus- 
tration 9,  to  the  tune  of  the  stuff.  This  may  be 
described  as  satin-stitch  in  the  making — at  any 


92  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

rate,  it  is  the  elementary  form  of  the  stitch,  its 
relation  to  canvas -stitch  being  apparent  on  the  face 
of  it.  Still,  beautiful  and  most  accomplished  work 
has  been  done  in  it  alike  by  Mediaeval,  Renaissance, 
and  Oriental  needleworkers. 

To  cover  a  space  with  regular  vertical  satin 
stitches  (A  on  the  sampler,  Illustration  36),  the 
best  way  of  proceeding  is  to  begin  in  the  centre 
of  the  space  and  work  from  left  to  right.  That 
half  done,  begin  again  in  the  centre  and  work 
from  right  to  left. 

In  order  to  make  sure  of  a  crisp  and  even  edge 
to  your  forms,  always  let  the  needle  enter  the  stuff 
there,  as  it  is  not  easy  to  find  the  point  you  want 
from  the  back. 

In  working  a  second  row  of  stitches,  proceed 
as  before,  only  planting  your  needle  between  the 
stitches  already  done.  Fasten  off  with  a  few  tiny 
surface  stitches  and  cut  off  the  silk  on  the  right 
side  of  the  stuff:  it  will  be  worked  over. 

To  cover  a  space  with  horizontal  satin  stitches 
(B  on  sampler),  begin  at  the  top,  and  work  from 
left  to  right.  The  longer  stretches  there  are  not, 
of  course,  crossed  at  one  stitch  ;  they  take  several 
stitches,  dovetailed,  as  it  were,  so  as  not  to  give 
lines. 

The  easiest,  most  satisfactory,  and  generally 
most  effective  way  of  working  flat  satin  stitch  is 
in  oblique  or  radiating  lines  (C,  D,  E),  working 
in  those  instances,  as  in  the  case  of  A,  from  the 


36.    SATIN-STITCH   SAMPLER. 


SATIN-STITCH   SAMPLER    (BACK). 


SATIN-STITCH  AND  ITS  OFFSHOOTS.        95 


centre,  first  from  left  to  right  and  then  from  right 
to  left. 

Stems,  narrow  leaflets,  and  the  like,  are  best 
worked  always  in  stitches  which  run  diagonally 
and  not  straight  across  the  form. 

In  the  case  of  stems  or  other  lines  curved  and 
worked  obliquely,  the  stitches  must  be  very  much 
closer  on  the  inner  side  of  the  curve  than  on  the 
outside  :  occasionally  a  half-stitch  may  be  necessary 
to  keep  the  direction  of  the  lines  right,  in  which 
case  the  inside  end  of 
the  half-stitch  must  be 
quite  covered  by  the 
stitch  next  following. 

Satin-stitch  is  seen  at 
its  best  when  worked 
in  floss.  Heavy  or 
twisted  silk  looks 
coarse  in  this  stitch,  as 
may  be  seen  by  com- 
paring the  petal  D  in 
the  sampler,  Illustra- 
tion 36,  with  the  petal  in 
twisted  silk  here  given 
(38).  Even  the  needle- 
workers  of  India,  astonishingly  skilful  as  they  are, 
get  rather  broken  lines  when  they  work  in  thick 
twisted  silk  (Illustration  39).  The  precision  of  line 
a  skilled  worker  can  get  in  floss  is  wonderful.  An 
Oriental  will  get  sweeping  lines  as  clean  and  firm 


38.    SATIN-STITCH    IN    COARSE 
TWISTED   SILK. 


96  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

as  if  they  had  been  drawn  with  a  pen,  and  this  not 
merely  in  the  case  of  an  outline,  but  in  voided 
lines  of  which  each  side  has  to  be  drawn  with 
the  needle.  The  voided  outline,  by  the  way,  as 
on  Illustrations  39,  40,  is  not  only  the  frankest  way 
of  defining  form,  but  seems  peculiarly  proper  to 
satin-stitch.  And  it  is  a  test  of  skill  in  workman- 
ship :  it  is  so  easy  to  disguise  uneven  stitching  by 
an  outline  in  some  other  stitch.  The  voiding  in 
the  wings  of  the  birds  in  Illustration  40  is  perfect ; 
and  the  occasional  softening  of  the  voided  line, 
as  in  the  wing  of  the  bird  at  the  bottom  of  Illus- 
tration 40,  by  stitching  in  threads  comparatively 
wide  apart,  is  quite  the  right  thing  to  do.  It  would 
have  been  more  in  keeping  to  void  the  veins  of 
the  lotus  leaves  than  to  plant  them  on  in  cord  in 
the  way  that  has  been  adopted. 

Satin-stitch  must  not  be  too  long  ;  and  it  is  often 
a  serious  consideration  with  the  designer  how  to 
break  up  the  surfaces  to  be  covered  so  that  only 
shortish  stitches  need  be  used.  You  might  follow 
the  veining  of  a  leaf,  for  example,  and  work  from 
vein  to  vein.  But  all  leaves  are  not  naturally  veined 
in  the  most  accommodating  manner.  Treatment 
is  accordingly  necessary,  and  so  we  arrive  at  a 
convention  appropriate  to  embroidery  of  this  kind. 
It  takes  a  draughtsman  properly  to  express  form 
by  stitch  distribution.  The  Chinese  convention 
in  the  lotus  flowers  (Illustration  40)  is  admirable. 

It  is  the  rule   of  the   game  to    lay  satin-stitch 


39-    SATIN-STITCH   IN   FINE  TWISTED  SILK. 
G 


98  ART  IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

very  evenly.  Worked  in  floss,  the  mere  surface  of 
satin-stitch  is  beautiful.  A  further  charm  lies  in 
the  way  it  lends  itself  to  gradation  of  colour. 
Beautiful  results  may  be  obtained  by  the  use  of 
perfectly  flat  tints  of  colour,  as  in  Illustration  40; 
but  the  subtlest  as  well  as  the  most  deliberate 
gradation  of  tint  may  be  most  perfectly  rendered 
in  satin-stitch. 

TO  WORK  SURFACE  SATIN  -  STITCH  (not  the  same  on 
SURFACE  both  sides),  though  it  looks  very  much  like 
STITCH  ordinary  satin-stitch,  is  worked  in  another  way. 
The  needle,  that  is  to  say,  after  each  stitch  is 
brought  immediately  up  again,  and  the  floss  is 
carried  back  on  the  upper  instead  of  the  under 
side  of  the  stuff.  Considerable  economy  of  silk 
is  effected  by  thus  keeping  the  threads  as  much  as 
possible  on  the  surface,  but  the  effect  is  apt  to 
be  proportionately  poorer.  Moreover,  the  work 
is  not  so  lasting  as  when  it  is  solid.  The  satin- 
stitch  in  Illustration  58  is  all  surface  work.  It 
looks  loose,  which  it  is  always  apt  to  do  unless 
it  is  kept  stretched  on  the  frame,  on  which  satin- 
stitch  is  for  the  most  part  worked.  Very  effective 
Indian  work  is  done  of  this  kind — loose  and  flimsy, 
but  serving  a  distinct  artistic  purpose.  It  is  to 
embroidery  of  more  precious  kind  what  scene 
painting  is  to  serious  mural  decoration. 

Embroidery  is  often  described  as  being  in  "long- 
and-short-stitch,"  a  term  properly  descriptive  not 
of  a  stitch,  but  of  its  dimensions.  Whether  you 


40.    CHINESE  SATIN-STITCH. 


TOO  ART  IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

use  stitches  of  equal  or  of  unequal  length  is  a 
question  merely  of  the  adaptation  of  the  stitch  to 
its  use  in  any  given  instance ;  there  is  nothing 
gained  by  calling  an  arrangement  of  alternating 
stitches,  "long  and  short,"  or  by  calling  them 
"plumage-stitch,"  or,  which  is  more  misleading, 
"  feather-stitch,"  when  they  radiate  so  as  to  follow 
the  form,  say,  of  a  bird's  breast.  The  bodies 
of  the  birds  in  Illustrations  40  and  85  are  in 
plumage-stitch  so  called.  This  adaptation  of 
stitch  to  bird  or  other  forms  gives  the  effect  of 
fine  feathering  perfectly.  But  there  is  no  good 
reason  for  applying  the  term  "  satin-stitch  "  exclu- 
sively to  parallel  lines  of  stitches  all  of  a  length. 

"  Long  -  and  -  short  -  stitch,"  then,  is  a  sort  of 
satin-stitch  ;  only,  instead  of  the  stitches  being  all 
of  equal  length,  they  are  worked  one  into  the  others 
or  between  them,  as  in  the  faces  in  Illustrations  79 
and  80. 

A  little  further  removed  from  satin-stitch  is  what 
is  known  as  "  split-stitch,"  in  which  the  needle  is 
brought  up  through  the  foregoing  stitch,  and  splits 
it.  The  way  of  working  this  stitch  is  more  fully 
described  on  page  105. 

The  worker  adapts,  as  a  matter  of  course, 
the  length  of  the  stitch  to  the  work  to  be  done, 
directing  it  also  according  to  the  form  to  be 
expressed,  and  so  arrives,  almost  before  he  is 
aware  of  it,  by  way  of  satin-stitch,  at  what  is 
called  plumage-stitch. 


OFFSHOOTS    FROM    SATIN    AND   CREWEL   STITCHES. 


42.    OFFSHOOTS   FROM   SATIN   AND   CREWEL   STITCHES   (BACK). 


SATIN-STITCH   AND    ITS   OFFSHOOTS.      103 


The  distinction  between  the  stitches  so  far 
described  is  plain  enough,  and  an  all-round  em- 
broidress  learns  to  work  them ;  but  workers  end 
in  working  their  own  way,  modifying  the  stitch 
according  to  the  work  it  is  put  to  do,  and  con- 
stantly arrive  at  results  it  would  be  difficult  to 
describe  and  pedantic  to 
find  fault  with.  Even 
short,  however,  of  such 
individual  treatment,  the 
mere  adaptation  of  the 
stitch  to  thejines  of  the 
design  removes  it  from 
the  normal.  It  makes  a 
difference,  too,  whether 
it  is  worked  in  a  frame 
or  in  the  hand  :  in  the 
one  case  you  see  more 
likeness  to  one  stitch, 
in  the  other  to  another. 
The  flower  at  B,  for 
example,  and  the  leaf 
at  D  on  the  sampler, 
Illustration  41,  are  both 
worked  in  what  is  commonly  called  "  plumage,"  or 
"  embroidery  "  stitch,  though  the  term  ':  dovetail," 
sometimes  employed,  is  used  with  quite  as  much, 
if  not  more,  reason.  Instance  B,  however,  is  worked 
in  the  hand,  and  D  in  a  frame — from  which  very 
fact  it  follows  that  the  worker  is  naturally  disposed 


THE   WORKING   OF   B   ON 
SAMPLER   41. 


104  ART  IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

to  regard  B  as  akin  to  crewel-stitch  and  D  to  satin- 
stitch,  between  which  two  stitches  "dovetail/'  or 
whatever  it  is  to  be  called,  may  be  regarded  as  the 
connecting  link. 

TO  WORK       The   petals   at    B    are   worked    in    the    method 
r"  illustrated  in  the  diagram  on  page  103.     The  first 

step  is  to  edge  the  shape  with  satin-stitches  in 
threes,  successively  long,  shorter,  and  quite  short. 
This  done,  starting  at  the  base  again,  you  put  your 
needle  in  on  the  upper  or  right  side  of  the  first 
short  stitch,  and  bring  it  out  through  the  long 
stitch  (as  shown  in  the  diagram).  You  then  make 
a  short  stitch  by  putting  your  needle  downwards 
through  the  material,  and  taking  up  a  small  piece 
of  it.  You  have  finally  only  to  draw  the  needle 
through,  and  it  is  in  position  to  make  another  long 
stitch.  As  the  concentric  rings  of  stitching  become 
smaller,  you  make,  of  course,  shorter  stitches,  and 
you  need  no  longer  pierce  the  thread  of  the  long 
stitch. 

TO  WORK       The  working  of  the  scroll  at  D  on  the  sampler, 
D*  Illustration  41,  needs  no  detailed  explanation.    Any 

one  who  is  acquainted  with  the  way  satin-stitch 
is  worked  (it  has  already  been  sufficiently  ex- 
plained), and  has  read  the  above  account  of  the 
working  of  B,  will  understand  at  once  how  that 
is  worked  in  the  frame. 

It  will  be  seen  that  there  is  a  slight  difference 
in  effect  between  framework  and  work  done  in  the 
hand,  arising  from  the  fact  that  the  one  is  necessarily 


SATIN-STITCH   AND    ITS   OFFSHOOTS.      105 

more  loosely  and  not  quite  so  evenly  done  as  the 
other. 

Split-stitch  (C  on  the  sampler),  again,  resembles  To  WORK 
either  crewel-stitch  or  satin-stitch,  according  as  it  SPLIT- 
IS  worked  in  the  hand  or  on  a  frame.  In  working 
in  the  hand,  you  take  a  rather  shorter  stitch  back 
than  in  crewel-stitch,  piercing  with  the  needle  the 
thread  which  is  to  form  the  next  stitch.  In  working 
on  a  frame,  you  bring  your  needle  always  up 
through  the  last  made  satin-stitch  in  order  to  start 
the  next.  Whichever  way  it  is  done,  split-stitch  is 
often  difficult  to  distinguish  without  minute  exami- 
nation from  chain-stitch.  It  may  be  interesting  to 
compare  it  with  crewel-stitch  (A  on  the  sampler), 
which  is  also  a  favourite  stitch  for  shading.  Further 
reference  to  its  use  is  made  in  the  chapter  on 
shading  (page  188). 


DARNING. 

It  is  the  peculiarity  of  DARNING  and  RUNNING 
that  you  make  several  stitches  at  one  passing  of 
the  needle. 

Darning  and  running  amount  practically  to  the 
same  thing.  Darning  might  be  described  as  con- 
secutive lines  of  running.  The  difference  is,  in  the 
main,  a  matter  of  multiplication  ;  but  the  distinction 
is  sometimes  made  that  in  running  the  stitches 
may  be  the  same  length  on  the  face  as  on  the 
reverse  of  the  stuff,  whereas  in  darning  the  thread 
is  mainly  on  the  surface,  only  dipping  for  the  space 
of  a  single  thread  or  so  below  it. 

It  results  from  the  way  of  working  that  you  get 
in  darning  an  interrupted  line  which  is  characteristic 
of  the  stitch.  What  is  called  "double  darning," 
by  which  the  breaks  in  the  single  darning  are 
made  good,  has  in  effect  no  character  of  darning 
whatever. 

Darning  has  a  homely  sound,  but  it  is  useful  for 
more  than  mending.  In  embroidery  you  use  it  no 
longer  to  replace  threads  worn  away,  but  to  build  up 
upon  the  scaffolding  of  a  merely  serviceable  material 
what  may  be  a  gorgeous  design  in  silk. 


&ffit? 


43.    DARNING   SAMPLER. 


io8  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

Darning  is  worked,  of  course,  in  rows  backwards 
and  forwards ;  but  if  the  stitches  are  long  and  in 
the  direction  of  the  weft,  it  is  as  well  not  to  run 
the  returning  row  next  to  the  one  just  done,  but 
to  leave  space  for  a  second  course  of  darning  after- 
wards between  the  open  rows. 

The  darning  of  the  sampler,  Illustration  43,  is 
very  simple.  The  flower  is  darned  in  stitches  of 
fairly  equal  length,  taking  up  one  thread  of  the 
material,  and  covering  a  space  of  almost  a  quarter 
of  an  inch  before  taking  up  the  next  thread.  The 
outline  of  a  petal  is  first  worked,  and  successive 
rows  of  darning  follow  the  lines  of  the  flower, 
expressing  to  some  extent  its  form.  Much  depends 
upon  the  direction  of  the  stitch. 

The  texture  of  the  work  depends  upon  the  length 
of  the  stitches,  and  on  the  amount  of  the  stuff 
showing  through. 

Darning  is  usually  supplemented  by  outlining. 
The  sampler  is  designed  to  show  how  far  one  can 
dispense  with  it.  The  flower  stalk  is  defined  by 
darning  the  first  row  in  a  darker  colour ;  for  the 
rest,  voiding  is  employed,  but  it  is  not  easy  to 
void  in  darning. 

The  background  is  darned  diaper  fashion.  It 
gives,  that  is  to  say,  deliberately  diagonal  lines.  A 
background  irregularly  darned  should  be  irregular 
enough  never  to  run  into  lines  the  worker  did  not 
contemplate. 

In  the  case  of  large  leaves,  veined,  the  veining 


44.    DARNING   DESIGNED   BY   WILLIAM   MORRIS. 


i io  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

should  be  worked  first,  and  the  stitches  between 
them  should  radiate  outwards  to  the  edge  of  the  leaf. 

More  accomplished  work  in  darning  is  shown  in 
the  border  by  William  Morris  in  Illustration  44, 
where,  however,  it  appears  much  flatter  than  in 
the  coloured  silk.  It  is  worked  solid,  the  radiating 
stitches  accommodating  themselves  to  the  forms  of 
the  leaves  and  petals,  which,  in  fact,  are  designed 
with  a  view  to  their  execution  in  this  way.  They 
are  defined  by  outline-stitching — light  or  dark  as 
occasion  seemed  to  require. 

Mention  has  already  been  made  of  darning 
a  propos  of  canvas-stitch  ;  and  there  is  a  sort  of 
natural  correspondence  between  the  mechanism  of 
darning  in  its  simplest  form  and  the  network  of 
open  threads  which  gives  to  rectangular  work  like 
that  opposite  a  character  which  more  than  com- 
pensates for  its  angularity  in  outline.  The  darning 
is  there  quite  even  in  workmanship,  but  it  is,  as 
will  be  seen,  of  different  degrees  of  strength — 
lighter  for  the  surface  of  the  pattern,  heavier  for 
the  outline. 

You  may  qualify  the  colour  of  a  stuff  by  lightly 
darning  it  with  silk  of  another  shade ;  and  very 
subtle  tints  may  be  got  by  thus,  as  it  were,  veiling 
a  coloured  ground  with  silks  of  various  hues. 


45-    FLAT   DARNING    UPON   A   SQUARE    MESH. 


LAID-WORK. 

The  necessity  for  something  like  what  is  called 
"LAID-WORK"  is  best  shown  by  reference  to 
satin-stitch.  It  was  said  in  reference  to  it  that 
satin-stitches  should  not  be  too  long.  There  is  a 
great  deal  of  Eastern  work  in  which  surface  satin- 
stitch,  or  its  equivalent,  floats  so  loosely  upon 
the  face  of  the  stuff  that  it  can  only  be  described 
as  flimsy.  Nothing  could  be  more  beautiful  in  its 
way  than  certain  Soudanese  embroidery,  in  which 
coloured  floss  in  stitches  an  inch  or  more  long  lies 
glistening  on  the  stuff  without  any  interruption  of 
threads  to  fasten  it  down. 

Embroidery  of  this  kind,  however,  hardly  comes 
within  the  scope  of  practical  work.  Long,  loose 
stitches  want  sewing  down.  Some  compromise 
has  to  be  made  between  use  and  beauty.  The 
problem  is  to  make  the  work  strong  enough 
without  seriously  disturbing  its  lustrous  surface, 
and  the  solution  of  it  is  "  laid-work,"  at  which  we 
arrive  thus  almost  of  necessity. 

It  involves  no  new  stitch,  but  is  only  another 
way  of  using  stitches  already  described.  In  laid- 
work,  long  tresses  of  silk,  as  William  Morris  called 


46.    LAID-WORK    SAMPLER. 

H 


114  ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK. 

them,  floss  by  preference,  are  thrown  backwards 
and  forwards  across  the  face  of  the  stuff,  only  just 
dipping  into  it  at  the  edges  of  the  forms,  and  up 
again.  These  silken  tresses  are  then  caught  down 
and  kept,  I  will  not  say  close  to  the  ground,  but 
in  their  place  upon  it,  by  lines  of  stitching  in  the 
cross  direction. 

Laid-work  is  not,  at  the  best,  a  very  strong  or 
lasting  kind  of  embroidery  (it  needs  to  be  carefully 
covered  up  even  as  it  is  worked) ;  but  by  no  other 
means  is  the  silky  beauty  of  coloured  floss  so 
perfectly  set  forth.  It  is  hardly  worth  doing  in 
anything  but  floss. 

Laid-work  lends  itself  also  to  gradation  of 
colour  within  certain  limits — the  limits,  that  is 
to  say,  of  the  straight  parallel  lines  in  which 
the  floss  is  laid  ;  the  direction  of  these  is  deter- 
mined often  by  the  lines  of  sewing  which  are 
to  cross  them.  In  any  case  the  direction  of  the 
threads  is  here  more  than  ever  important.  The 
sewing  down  must  take  lines  and  may  form  a 
pattern. 

The  sampler,  Illustration  46,  wants  little  or  no 
explanation.  It  illustrates  the  various  ways  of 
laying.  In  the  leaf  the  floss  is  sewn  down  with 
split-stitch,  which  forms  the  veining.  Elsewhere  it 
is  kept  in  place  by  "  couching,"  a  process  presently 
to  be  described  (page  122).  For  the  outlines,  split- 
stitch  and  couching  are  employed.  The  last  row 
of  laid  work  in  the  grounding  is  purposely  pulled 


47-    JAPANESE   LAID-WORK. 


n6  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

out  of  the  straight  by  the  couching  in  order  to 
give  a  waved  edge.  The  diaper  which  represents 
the  seeding  of  the  flower  is  not,  properly  speaking, 
laid-work  :  separate  threads  of  white  purse  silk  are 
one  by  one  couched  down  with  dark. 

For  the  transverse  stitching,  for  which  also  it 
is  best  to  use  floss,  either  split-stitch  may  be 
used,  as  in  the  leaf  in  the  sampler,  Illustration  46, 
or  a  thread  may  be  laid  across  and  sewn  down — 
couched,  that  is  to  say — as  in  the  flower.  The 
closer  the  cross  lines  the  stronger  the  work,  but 
the  less  lustrous  the  effect. 

Laid  floss  may  be  employed  to  glorify  the  entire 
surface  of  a  linen  material,  as  in  the  sampler,  or  for 
the  pattern  only,  as  in  Illustrations  47,  48,  49,  if  the 
ground  is  worth  showing. 

Laid-work  will  not  give  anything  like  modelling, 
and  it  is  not  best  suited  to  figure  design,  except 
where  it  is  quite  flatly  treated.  An  instance  of  its 
use  in  figure  work  occurs  in  Illustration  79.  It  is 
effective  when  quite  naively  and  simply  used  in 
cross  lines  which  do  not  appear  to  take  any  account 
of  the  forms  crossed — as,  for  example,  in  Illustration 
47,  where  the  stitching  does  not  pretend  to  express 
more  than  a  flat  surface.  The  floss,  however,  is 
there  carefully  laid  at  a  different  angle  of  inclination 
in  each  petal,  so  as  to  give  variety  of  colour.  The 
lines  of  sewing  vary  according  to  the  lines  of  the 
laid  floss,  but  do  not  cross  them  at  right  angles. 
The  important  thing  is,  of  course,  that  they  should 


48.    INDO-POKTUGUESE   LAID-WORK. 


ii8  ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK. 

catch  the  laid  "tresses"  at  intervals  not  too  far 
apart.  If  the  lines  which  sew  down  the  floss  have 
also  to  express  drawing,  as  in  the  case  of  the  bird's 
wings  in  Illustration  48,  the  underlying  floss  must 
be  laid  in  such  a  direction  that  they  will  cross  it. 
In  the  case  of  the  leaves  in  the  same  piece  of  work, 
the  floss  is  laid  in  the  direction  in  which  the  leaf 
grows,  and  the  stitching  across,  which  sews  it 
down,  is  slightly  curved  so  as  to  suggest  roundness 
in  them. 

A  more  finished  piece  of  work  is  shown  in 
Illustration  49,  where  the  laid  floss  crosses  the 
forms,  and  the  sewing  down  takes  very  much  the 
place  of  veining  in  the  flower,  and  of  ribs  in  the 
scroll,  expressing  about  as  much  modelling  as  can 
be  expressed  this  way,  and  more,  perhaps,  than  it 
is  advisable  often  to  attempt. 

The  sewing  down  asserts  itself  most,  of  course, 
when  it  is  in  a  colour  contrasting  with  the  laid 
floss,  as  it  does  in  the  leaves  in  the  smaller  sampler 
overleaf  (50). 

The  stitching  down  makes  usually  a  pattern 
more  or  less  conspicuous.  On  this  same  sampler 
it  does  so  very  deliberately  in  the  case  of  the 
broad  stalk.  The  rather  sudden  variation  of 
the  colour  shown  there  in  the  leaves  is  harmless 
enough  in  bold  work,  to  which  the  process  is  best 
suited.  One  may  be  too  careful  in  gradating 
the  tints  :  timidity  in  this  respect  prevails  too  much 
among  modern  needlewomen :  an  artist  in  floss 


49-    ITALIAN    LAID-WORK. 


I2O 


ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


should  not  want  her  work  to  look  like  a  gradated 
wash  of  colour.  The  Italians  of  the  sixteenth  and 
seventeenth  centuries  (Illustration  49)  were  not 
afraid  of  rather  abrupt  transition  in  the  shades  of 
colour  they  used  for  laid-work. 

When    laid    floss    is   kept  in    place   by  threads 
themselves  sewn  down  across  it,  such  threads  are 


50.    LAID    SAMPLER. 

called  "couched,"  and  the  work  itself  may  be 
described  as  laid  and  couched.  Hence  arises 
some  confusion  between  the  two  methods  of  work 
—  laying  and  couching.  It  saves  confusion  to 
make  a  sharp  distinction  between  the  two — using 
the  term  "  laid  "  only  for  stitches  (floss)  first  loosely 
laid  upon  the  surface  of  the  stuff  and  then  sewn 


LAID-WORK.  121 

down  by  cross  lines  of  stitching  of  whatever  kind, 
and  "  couched  "  for  the  sewing  down  of  cords,  &c. 
(silk  or  gold),  thread  by  thread  or  in  pairs.  Laid 
floss  is  sewn  down  en  masse,  couched  silk  in  single 
or  double  threads.  Accordingly  laid-work  answers 
best  for  surface  covering,  couched  work  for  out- 
lining, except  in  the  case  of  gold,  which  even  for 
surface  covering  is  always  couched. 


COUCHING. 

COUCHING  is  the  sewing  down  of  one  thread  by 
another — as  in  the  outline  of  the  flower  on  the  laid 
sampler,  Illustration  46.  The  stitches  with  which 
it  is  sewn  down,  thread  by  thread,  or  in  the  case 
of  gold,  two  threads  at  a  time,  are  best  worked 
from  right  to  left,  or,  in  outlining,  from  outside  the 
forms  inwards.  A  waxed  thread  is  often  used 
for  the  purpose.  Naturally  the  cord  to  be  sewn 
down  should  be  held  fairly  tightly  in  place  to  keep 
the  line  even. 

It  is  usual  in  couching  to  sew  down  the  silk 
or  cord  with  stitches  crossing  it  at  right  angles, 
except  in  the  case  of  a  twisted  cord,  which  should 
be  sewn  down  with  stitches  in  the  direction  of 
the  twist. 

Couching  is  best  done  in  a  frame ;  but  it  may 
be  done  in  the  hand  by  means  of  buttonhole- 
stitch. 

When  a  surface  is  covered  with  couching,  as  in 
the  seeding  of  the  flower  in  the  sampler,  Illustra- 
tion 46,  the  sewing  down  stitches  make  a  pattern 
— all  the  plainer  there,  because  the  stitching  is  in 
a  contrasting  shade  of  colour.  It  is  quite  per- 


SI.    A.    BULLION.       B.    COUCHED   CORD. 


124  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

missible  to  call  attention  to  the  stitching  when 
there  is  some  artistic  advantage  in  so  doing.  To 
disguise  it  by  sewing  through  the  cord  is  not  a 
workmanlike  practice.  A  worker  should  frankly 
accept  a  method  of  work.  There  is  character  to 
be  got  out  of  it. 

Embroidresses  have  a  clever  way  of  untwisting 
a  cord  before  each  stitch  and  twisting  it  again  after 
stitching  through  it — between  the  strands.  This 
device  by  which  the  stitching  is  lost  to  sight  is  rather 
too  clever.  It  shows  a  cord  with  no  visible  means 
of  attachment  to  the  ground,  which  is  not  desir- 
able, however  much  desired.  There  is  no  advan- 
tage in  attaching  cords  to  the  surface  of  silk  so 
that  they  look  as  if  they  had  been  glued  on  to  it. 
Conjuring  tricks  are  highly  amusing,  but  one  does 
not  think  very  highly  of  conjurers.  Personally,  I 
would  much  rather  have  seen  more  plainly  the  way 
the  cord  is  sewn  down  in  the  graceful  cross  in 
Illustration  51,  a  design  perfectly  adapted  to  couch- 
ing, and  yet  unlike  the  usual  thing. 

Where  it  is  softish  silk  which  is  stitched  down, 
it  makes  a  great  difference  whether  it  is  loosely 
held  and  tightly  sewn,  or  the  contrary.  Contrast 
the  short  puffy  lines  nearest  the  corners  in  the 
sampler,  Illustration  52,  with  the  longer  ones 
between  the  broad  and  narrow  bands.  The  broad 
band  is  worked  in  rows  of  double  filoselle,  of 
various  shades,  sewn  down  with  single  filoselle. 
In  the  narrower  bands  twisted  silk  is  sewn  down 


COUCHING. 


125 


with  stitches  in  the  direction  of  its  twist.  This  is 
more  plainly  seen  in  the  upper  of  the  two  bands, 
where  the  sloping  stitches  are  lighter  in  colour  than 
the  cord  sewn  down. 

Characteristic  use  is  made  of  rather  puffy 
couching  in  the  ornament  of  the  lady's  dress  in 
Miss  Keighley's  panel,  Illustration  61,  where  it  has 


52.    COUCHING    SAMPLER. 

very   much    the   richness    of   embroidery   in    seed 
pearls. 

It  was  a  common  practice  in  Germany  in  the 
sixteenth  century  to  work  in  solid  couching  upon 
cloth,  employing  a  twisted  thread  and  sewing  it 
with  stitches  in  the  direction  of  the  twist,  so  that 
at  first  sight  one  does  not  recognise  it  as  couching. 
It  looks  like  rather  coarse  stitching  in  the  direction 


126  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

of  the  forms,  and  expresses  shading  very  well. 
The  cloth  ground  accounts,  perhaps,  for  the  choice 
of  method  :  the  material  is  not  otherwise  a  pleasant 
one  to  embroider  upon. 

A  rather  earlier  German  method  was  to  couch 
in  parallel  lines  of  white  upon  white  linen,  and  so 
get  relief  and  texture  but  no  modelling,  though  the 
drawing  was  helped  by  varying  the  direction  of 
the  parallel  lines. 

The  entire  surface  of  a  linen  ground  was  some- 
times covered  with  couched  threads  of  silk  or  fine 
wool — some  of  it  in  vertical  and  horizontal  lines, 
some  of  it  in  the  direction  of  the  pattern.  This, 
again,  was  a  German  practice,  as  may  be  seen  in 
the  Hildesheim  Cope  at  South  Kensington. 

All-over  couching  may  be  used  with  advantage 
to  renew  the  ground  of  embroidery  so  worn  as  to 
be  unsightly  ;  and  it  is  more  lasting  than  laid-work 
for  the  purpose.  It  is  laborious  to  do,  but  more 
satisfactory  when  done  than  remounting ;  and  one 
or  the  other  is  sometimes  a  necessity.  The  effect 
of  age  is,  up  to  a  certain  point,  pleasing :  rags 
are  not. 

Couching,  however  (except  with  gold),  was  more 
commonly  used  for  outlining,  and  is  quite  peculiarly 
suited  to  give  a  firm  line.  A  beautiful  example  of 
outline  work  in  coloured  silk  upon  white  linen  is 
pictured  in  Illustration  98,  in  which  the  lines 
of  delicate  Renaissance  arabesque  are  perfectly 
preserved.  The  rare  practice  of  such  work  as 


COUCHING    IN    LOOPED   THREADS. 


128  ART  IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

this,  notwithstanding  its  distinguished  appearance, 
is  sufficiently  accounted  for  by  its  modesty.  It 
wants  well-considered  and  definitely  drawn  design. 
There  is  no  possible  fudging  with  it. 

The  value  of  a  couched  cord  as  an  outline  to 
stitching  (satin-stitch  in  this  instance)  is  shown 
in  Illustration  99,  in  which  the  singularly  well- 
schemed  and  well-drawn  lines  of  the  ornament  are 
given  with  faultless  precision.  This  is  a  portion  of 
an  altogether  admirable  frame  lo  an  altogether 
foolish  picture  in  needlework,  of  which  a  fragment 
only  is  shown. 

The  appropriateness  of  couched  cord  to  the  out- 
lining of  inlay  or  of  applique  is  seen  in  the  two 
examples  which  form  Illustration  62.  In  the  one 
(A)  it  defines  the  clear-cut  counterchange  pattern ; 
in  the  other  (B),  being  of  a  tint  intermediate  between 
the  ground  and  the  ornament,  it  softens  the  contrast 
between  them.  An  interesting  technical  point  in 
the  design  of  this  last  is  the  way  the  cord  outlining 
the  leaves  makes  a  sufficiently  thick  stalk,  coming 
together,  as  it  naturally  does,  double  at  the  ends 
of  the  leaves. 

This  occurs  again  in  Illustration  63,  where  the 
double  threads  which  form  the  stalks,  though 
separately  stitched  down,  are  couched  again  at 
intervals  by  bands  crossing  the  two — at  the  spring- 
ing of  the  stalks  and  tendrils,  for  example,  where 
joins  inevitably  occur.  The  cords  forming  the 
central  stalk  are  in  one  case  looped. 


COUCHING. 


129 


-          f    •      •'    / 

"          '  ' 


54.    REVERSE   COUCHING. 


Fantastic  use  has 
often  been  made 
of  the  looping  of 
couched  cord.  The 
Spanish  embroid- 
erers made  most 
ornamental  use  of 
a  wee  loop  at  the 
points  of  the  leaves 
where  the  cord 
must  turn  ;  but  the 
device  of  looping 
may  easily  be  used 
to  frivolous  pur- 
pose. A  regularly  looped  line  at  once  suggests 
lace.  A  perplexing  Chinese  practice  is  to  couch 
fine  cord  in  little  loops  so  close  together  that  they 
touch.  A  surface  filled  in  after  this  manner,  as  in 
the  butterflies  on  Illustration  53,  might  pass  at  first 
sight  for  French  knots  or  chain-stitch  :  it  is  really 
another  method  of  all-over  couching. 

A  double  course  of  couching  forms  the  outline  in 
Illustration  100,  one  of  filoselle  and  one  of  cord, 
separately  sewn  ;  but  the  tendrils,  which  are  of 
silver  thread,  are  sewn  down,  both  threads  at  a 
time,  with  double  stitches,  very  obvious  in  the 
illustration.  Over  the  couched  silver  threads 
which  form  the  main  rib  of  the  leaf  a  pattern 
is  stitched  in  silk. 

A  propos  of  couching,  mention  must  be  made  of  a 
I 


WX'/?3 


130  ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK. 

way  of  working 
used  in  the  famous 
Syon  Cope  by  way 
of  background 
(Illustration  54). 
The  ground  stuff 
is  linen,  twofold, 
and  it  is  worked 
in  silk,  which  lies 
nearly  all  upon  the 
surface.  The  stitch 
runs  from  point  to 

55.    REVERSE  COUCHING   (BACK).  point  Qf  fa^  zigzag 

pattern ;     there    it 

penetrates  the  stuff,  is  carried  round  a  thread  of 
flax  laid  at  the  back  of  the  material,  and  is  brought 
to  the  surface  again  through  the  hole  made  by  the 
needle  in  passing  down.  That  is  to  say,  the  silken 
thread  only  dips  through  the  linen  at  the  points 
in  the  pattern,  and  is  there  caught  down  by  a 
thread  of  flax  on  the  under-surface  of  the  linen. 
The  reverse  of  the  work  (Illustration  55)  shows 
a  surface  of  flax  threads  couched  with  silk,  for 
which  reason  the  method  may  be  described  as 
reverse  couching.  On  the  face  it  gives  an  admir- 
able surface  diaper,  flat  without  being  mechanical. 
It  is  easily  worked  with  a  blunt  needle;  with  a 
sharp  one  there  would  be  a  danger  of  splitting  the 
stitch.  It  is  a  kind  of  work  on  which  two  persons 
might  be  employed,  one  on  either  side  of  the  stuff. 


COUCHED   GOLD. 

Silk  does  not  appear  to  have  been  couched  in 
the  East  in  early  days  ;  and,  as  it  was  the  custom 
to  couch  gold  thread  in  Europe  at  least  as  early 
as  the  twelfth  century,  it  is  to  be  presumed  that 
the  method  was  first  used  for  gold,  which,  except 
in  the  form  of  thin  wire  or  extraordinarily  fine 
thread,  is  not  quite  the  thing  to  stitch  with. 
Besides,  it  was  natural  to  wish  to  keep  the  precious 
metal  on  the  surface,  and  to  let  none  of  it  be  hidden 
away  at  the  back  of  the  stuff. 

A  distinguishing  feature  about  gold  is  that  by 
common  consent  it  is  used  double  and  sewn  down 
two  threads  at  a  time.  This  is  hot  merely  an 
economy  of  work  ;  but  except  in  the  case  of  thick 
cords  or  strips  of  gold,  it  has  a  more  satisfactory 
effect — why  it  is  not  easy  to  say.  Panels  A,  B,  C, 
in  the  sampler,  Illustration  56,  are  couched  in 
double  threads,  D  in  single  cords. 

Gold  couching  is  there  used,  as  it  mostly  is,  to 
cover  a  surface.  In  doing  that,  it  is  usual  to  sew 
the. threads  firmly  down  at  the  edges  of  the  forms 
and  cut  them  very  sharply  off;  but  they  may 
equally  well  be  carried  backwards  and  forwards 


132  ART  IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

across  the  face  of  the  stuff.  The  slight  swelling  of 
the  gold  thread  where  it  turns  gives  emphasis  to  the 
outline  ;  but  the  turning  wants  carefully  doing,  and 
the  gold  thread  must  not  be  too  thick.  If  you  use 
a  large  needle  (to  clear  the  way  for  the  thread), 
the  turning  of  the  gold  may  take  place  on  the 
back  instead  of  on  the  face  of  the  material,  but 
only  in  the  case  of  very  fine  thread. 

Gold  threads  often  want  stroking  into  position. 
This  may  be  done  with  what  is  called  a  "  pierce  "  ; 
but  a  good  stiletto,  or  even  a  very  large  needle, 
will  answer  the  purpose.  Sharply  pointed  scissors 
are  indispensable. 

In  solid  couching  the  stitches  run  almost 
inevitably  into  pattern ;  and  it  is  customary, 
therefore,  to  start  with  the  assumption  that  they 
will  do  so,  and  deliberately  to  make  them  into 
pattern — to  work  them,  that  is  to  say,  in  vertical, 
diagonal,  or  cross  lines  as  at  A,  in  zigzags  as 
at  B,  or  in  some  more  complicated  diaper  pattern 
as  at  C.  The  stitching  is  there  purposely  in  pro- 
nounced colour,  that  the  pattern  may  be  quite 
clearly  seen  ;  at  D  it  has  more  its  proper  value, 
that  the  effect  of  it  may  be  better  appreciated. 
The  pattern  may,  of  course,  be  helped  by  the  colour 
of  the  stitching.  In  making  the  necessary  stitches 
into  appropriate  pattern  there  is  scope  for  art. 

In  fact  the  ornamentist,  being  an  ornamentist, 
naturally  takes  advantage  of  the  necessity  of  stitch- 
ing, to  pattern  his  metallic  surfaces  with  diaper, 


56.    COUCHED   GOLD   SAMPLER. 


134  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

using  often,  as  in  the  scroll  in  Illustration  57,  a 
diversity  of  pattern,  which  gives  at  once  varied 
texture  and  fanciful  interest  to  the  surface.  There 
is  quite  an  epitome  of  little  diapers  in  that  frag- 
ment of  needlework ;  and  one  can  hardly  doubt 
that  the  embroiderer  found  it  great  fun  to  contrive 
them.  The  flat  strips  of  metal  emphasising  the 
backs  of  the  curves  are  sometimes  twisted  as  they 
are  sewn. 

Relief  is  given  to  the  other  diapers  on  the 
sampler,  F,  G,  H,  J,  by  underlying  cords.  They 
have  been  purposely  left  bare  in  parts  to  show 
the  structure.  These  underlying  cords  must  be 
firmly  sewn  on  to  the  linen  ground  ;  and  if  the 
stitching  follows  the  direction  of  the  twist  in  them, 
the  round  surface  is  not  so  likely  to  be  roughened 
by  it.  By  rights,  the  cords  should  be  laid  farther 
apart  than  in  the  sampler,  where  the  attempt  to 
force  the  effect  (for  the  purpose  of  demonstration) 
has  not  proved  very  successful.  An  infinity  of 
basket  patterns,  as  these  may  be  called  (basket 
stitches  they  are  not),  may  be  devised  by  varying 
the  intervals  at  which  the  gold  threads  are  sewn 
down,  and  the  number  of  cords  they  cross  at  a  time. 

The  central  panel  of  the  sampler  (E)  shows 
a  combination  of  flat  and  raised  gold.  The 
outline  of  the  heart  is  corded  ;  the  centre  of  it  is 
raised  by  stitching,  first  with  crewel  wool  and  then 
with  gold-coloured  floss  across  that  (it  is  difficult 
to  prevent  white  stuffing  from  showing  through 


COUCHED   SILVER. 


136  ART  IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

gold).  This  gives  only  a  hint  of  what  may  be  done 
in  the  way  of  raised  ornament  upon  a  flat  gold 
ground,  and  was  done  in  mediaeval  work.  A  single 
quite  thick  cord  may  be  sewn  down  to  make  a 
pattern  in  relief — leafage,  scrollwork,  or  what  not — 
which  when  the  surface  is  all  worked  over  with 
gold,  has  very  much  the  effect  of  gilt  gesso.  If, 
for  any  reason,  it  is  necessary  to  do  heavy  work  of 
this  kind  on  silk  or  satin,  that  must  first  be  backed 
with  strong  linen. 

In  mediaeval  and  church  work  generally  the 
double  threads  are  usually  laid  close  together, 
forming,  as  in  the  diapers  on  sampler,  a  solid 
surface  of  gold ;  and  that  was  largely  done  in 
Oriental  embroidery  too — in  Chinese,  for  example, 
where,  however,  the  threads,  instead  of  being 
couched  in  straight  lines,  follow  the  outlines  of 
the  design,  and  are  worked  ring  within  ring  until 
the  space  is  filled,  as  in  the  dragon's  face,  A, 
Illustration  58.  There  is  here,  as  in  the  working 
of  the  dragon's  body,  a  certain  economy  of  gold  ; 
a  small  amount  of  the  ground  is  allowed  to  show 
between  the  lines  of  double  gold  thread  —  not 
enough  to  tell  as  ground,  but  enough  to  give  a 
tint  of  the  ground  colour  to  the  metal.  Further,  in 
this  more  open  work  the  direction  of  the  lines  of 
couching  goes  for  more  than  in  solid  embroidery. 
The  pattern  made  by  the  gold  thread  is  tiere  not 
only  ornamental  but  suggestive  of  the  scaly  body  of 
the  creature.  It  will  be  seen,  too,  how,  in  the  working 


>.    COUCHED   GOLD    NOT   QUITE   SOLID. 


138  ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK. 

of  the  legs,  the  relatively  compact  gold  threads  are 
kept  well  within  the  outline,  by  which  means  any- 
thing like  harshness  of  silhouette  is  avoided. 

That  this  less  solid  manner  was  not  confined  to 
the  far  East  is  shown  by  the  Venetian  valance, 
B,  on  the  lower  part  of  page  137,  which  has  very 
much  the  appearance  of  gold  lace. 

A  good  example  of  outline  (single  thread)  in  gold 
is  given  in  Illustration  59,  part  of  an  Italian  housing, 
which  reminds  one  both  in  effect  and  in  design 
of  damascening,  to  which  it  is  in  some  respects 
equivalent ;  only,  instead  of  gold  and  silver  wire 
beaten  into  black  iron  or  steel  we  have  gold  and 
silver  thread  sewn  on  to  dark  velvet.  The  design 
recalls  also  the  French  bookbindings  of  the  period 
of  Henri  II.,  in  which  the  tooled  ornament  was 
precisely  of  this  character.  The  resemblance  is 
none  the  less  that  an  occasional  detail  is  worked 
more  solidly ;  but  in  the  main  this  is  outline  work, 
and  a  beautiful  example  of  it.  The  art  in  work 
of  that  kind  is,  of  course,  largely  in  the  design. 
Gold  thread  work  in  spiral  forms  has  very  much 
the  effect  of  filigree  in  gold  wire. 

The  next  step  is  where  the  cords  of  gold  enclose 
little  touches  of  embroidery  in  coloured  floss,  as 
in  Illustration  99.  These  have  the  value  of  so 
many  jewels  or  bits  of  bright  enamel.  In  fact, 
just  as  outline  work  in  simple  gold  thread  re- 
sembles damascening  or  filigree,  so  this  outlining 
of  little  spaces  of  coloured  silk  suggests  enamel. 


COUCHED   OUTLINE   WORK. 


140  ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK. 

The  cord  of  the  embroiderer  answers  to  the 
cloisons  of  the  enameller,  the  surfaces  of  shining 
floss  to  the  films  of  vitreous  enamel. 

Applique"  embroidery  is  constantly  edged  with 
gold  or  silver  thread.  An  effective,  if  rather  rude, 
example  of  this,  the  threads  always  double,  is 
given  in  Illustration  60. 

In  couching  more  than  one  thread  at  a  time  there 
is  a  difficulty  in  turning  the  angles.  The  threads 
give,  of  necessity,  only  gently  rounded  forms.  To 
get  anything  like  a  sharp  point,  you  must  stop 
short  with  the  inner  thread  before  reaching  the 
extreme  turning  point,  and  take  it  up  again  on 
your  way  back.  What  applies  to  two  threads, 
applies  of  course  still  more  forcibly  to  three. 

The  colour  with  which  gold  thread  is  sewn  is  a 
question  of  considerable  importance.  If  the  stitches 
are  close  enough  together  to  make  sound  work,  they 
give  a  flush  of  colour  to  the  gold.  Advantage  is 
commonly  taken  of  this  both  in  mediaeval  and 
Oriental  work  to  warm  the  tint  by  sewing  it  down 
with  red.  The  Chinese  will  even  work  with  a 
deeper  and  a  paler  red  to  get  two  coppery  shades. 
White  stitching  pales  the  gold,  yellow  modifies  it 
least,  green  cools  it,  and  blue  makes  it  greener. 
The  closer  the  stitches  the  deeper  the  tint  of 
course. 

You  can  get  thus  various  shades  of  gold  out 
of  the  same  thread,  and  even  gradation  from  one 
to  another,  as  may  be  seen  in  a  great  deal  of 


6O.    APPLIQUE — SATIN   ON   VELVET. 


142  ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK. 

Spanish  work  of  the  sixteenth  century,  in  which  the 
gold  ornament  is  often  quite  delicately  shaded 
from  yellowish  gold  to  ruddy  copper  on  the  one 
hand,  and  to  bronzy  green  on  the  other.  Similar 
use  may  be  made  of  vari-coloured  silks  in 
couching  white  or  other  cord  ;  but  gold  reflects 
the  colour  as  silk  does  not,  and  gives  proportion- 
ately more  subtle  effects. 

The  Flemings  and  Italians  of  the  early  Renais- 
sance went  further.  They  had  a  way  of  laying 
threads  of  gold  and  sewing  them  so  closely  over 
with  coloured  silk  that  in  many  parts  it  quite  hid 
the  gold.  Only  in  proportion  as  they  wanted  to 
lighten  the  colour  of  the  draperies  in  their  pic- 
torial embroideries  did  they  space  the  stitches 
farther  and  farther  apart,  and  let  the  gold  gleam 
through.  Except  in  the  high  lights  it  did  not 
pronounce  itself  positively.  The  effect  is  not 
unlike  what  is  seen  in  paintings  of  the  primitive 
school,  where  the  high  lights  of  the  red  and  blue 
draperies  are  hatched  with  gold.  The  practice 
of  the  embroiderer  may  be  reminiscent  of  that,  or 
that  may  be  the  origin  of  the  primitive  painters' 
convention.  It  is  much  as  if  the  embroiderer 
wanted  to  represent  a  precious  tissue,  a  stuff  shot 
with  gold. 

Illustration  80  gives  part  of  a  figure  worked  in 
this  way,  relieved  against  a  more  golden  architec- 
tural background  worked,  as  you  can  see,  over 
the  very  same  double  threads  of  gold  which  run 


COUCHED  GOLD.  143 

across  the  figures.  In  the  architecture,  however, 
they  are  couched  in  stitches  which  are  never  so 
near  as  to  take  away  from  the  effect  of  the  gold. 
The  different  degrees  to  which  the  gold  may 
be  obscured  or  clouded  by  oversewing  are  here 
shown  in.  most  instructive  contrast.  The  cords, 
as  usual,  are  laid  in  horizontal  courses.  That 
was  the  convenient  way  of  working.  It  resulted 
in  a  corded  look,  which  has  very  much  the  appear- 
ance of  tapestry ;  and  there  is  no  doubt  that 
resemblance  to  tapestry  was  in  the  end  con- 
sciously sought.  That  the  method  here  employed 
was  laborious  needs  so  saying ;  but  it  gave  most 
beautiful,  if  at  times  pictorial,  results. 


APPLIQUE. 

Embroidery,  it  has  been  shown,  is  much  of  it 
on  the  surface  of  the  stuff,  not  just  needle  stitches, 
but  the  stitching-on  of  something — cord,  gold 
thread,  or  whatever  it  may  be.  And  instances 
have  been  given  where  the  design  of  such  work 
was  not  merely  in  outline,  but  where  certain 
details  (Illustration  59)  were  filled  in  with  stitch- 
ing. Yet  another  practice,  and  one  more  strictly 
in  keeping  with  the  onlaying  of  cord,  was  to 
onlay  the  solid  too,  applying,  that  is  to  say,  the 
surface  colour  also  in  the  form  of  pieces  of  silk 
or  other  material  cut  to  shape. 

Patterns  of  this  kind  may  be  conceived  as 
line  work  developing  into  more  or  less  leafy 
terminations,  the  APPLIQUE  only  an  adjunct  to 
couching  (Illustration  63) ;  or  they  may  be 
thought  of  as  massive  work  eked  out  with  line — 
the  applique,  that  is  to  say,  the  main  thing,  the 
couching  only  supplementary  (Illustration  100). 
An  intermediate  kind  is  where  outline  and  mass — 
couching  and  applique — play  parts  of  something 
like  equal  importance  in  the  scheme  of  design 
(Illustration  60). 


APPLIQUE.  145 

Couched  cord  or  filoselle  is  used  in  covering 
the  raw  edge  of  the  onlay,  not  merely  masking 
the  joints  but  making  them  sightly. 

Appliqud  must  be  carefully  and  exactly  done, 
and  is  best  worked  in  a  frame.  It  is  almost  as 
much  a  man's  work  as  a  woman's.  Embroidery 
proper  is  properly  woman's  work ;  but  here, 
as  in  the  case  of  tailoring,  the  man  comes  in. 
The  getting  ready  for  applique  is  not  the  kind 
of  thing  a  woman  can  do  best.  In  the  East,  by 
the  way,  embroidery  is  looked  upon  as  man's 
work,  and  so  it  is  in  Brittany. 

The  finishing  it  may  sometimes  be  done  in  the 
hand ;  and  very  bold,  coarse  work  may  possibly 
be  worked  throughout  in  the  hand,  and  outlined 
with  buttonhole-stitch  (chain-stitch  is  not  so 
appropriate) ;  but  when  a  couched  outline  is 
employed  it  must  be  done  in  a  frame,  and, 
indeed,  work  with  any  pretensions  to  finish  is 
invariably  executed  from  first  to  last  in  the 
frame. 

To  work  applique  you  want,  in  fact,  two  frames 
— one  on  which  to  mount  the  material  to  be 
embroidered,  and  another  on  which  to  mount 
the  material  to  be  applied.  The  backing  in  each 
case  should  be  of  smooth  holland.  This  is 
stretched  on  to  the  frame,  and  then  pasted  with 
stiff"  starch  or  what  not ;  the  silk  or  velvet  is  laid 
on  to  it,  stroked  with  a  soft  rag  until  it  adheres, 
and  left  to  dry  gently.  When  dry,  the  outlines 

K 


146  ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK. 

of  the  complete  design  are  traced  upon  the  one, 
and  those  of  the  details  to  be  applied  upon  the 
other.  (You  may  paste,  of  course,  silks  of  two  or 
three  colours  upon  one  backing  for  this.)  The 
stuff  to  be  applied  is  then  loosened  from  its 
frame,  the  details  are  cleanly  cut  out  with  scissors, 
or,  better  still,  a  knife  (in  either  case  sharp),  and 
transferred  to  their  place  in  the  design  on  the 
other  frame.  There  they  are  kept  in  position  by 
short  steel  pins  planted  upright  into  the  stuff,  and 
when  you  are  sure  they  fit,  tacked  firmly  down, 
with  care  that  the  stitches  are  such  as  will  be 
quite  covered  by  the  final  couching,  chain  stitch, 
or  whatever  is  to  be  your  outline. 

In  the  case  of  silk  or  other  delicate  material, 
peculiar  care  must  be  taken  that  the  paste  is  not 
moist  enough  to  penetrate  the  stuff;  but  an 
experienced  worker  has  no  fear  of  that. 

A  firm  outline  is  a  condition  of  applique,  and 
couched  cord  fulfils  it  most  perfectly.  Much 
depends  upon  a  tasteful  and  tactful  choice  of 
colour  for  it.  You  fatten  your  pattern  by  out- 
lining it  with  a  colour  which  goes  with  it 
(Illustration  62,  B).  You  thin  it  by  one  which 
merges  into  the  ground.  Very  subtle  use  may  be 
made  of  a  double  outline  or  of  a  corded  line  upon 
couched  floss.  There  is  a  double  outline  to  the 
ornament  in  Illustration  100 :  the  inner  one  next 
to  the  yellow  satin  appliqu6  is  of  gold,  the  outer 
one  next  the  crimson  velvet  ground  is  of  white 


148  ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK. 

sewn  with  pale  blue.  This  gives  emphasis  to  the 
bold  forms  of  the  leafage.  The  mid-rib  there  is 
of  silver  couching  ;  the  minor  veinings  are  stitched 
in  silk,  and  are  rather  insignificant. 

The  less  there  is  of  extra  stitching  on  applique" 
the  better  as  a  rule.  It  disturbs  the  breadth, 
which  is  so  valuable  a  characteristic  of  onlay.  In 
no  case  is  the  mixing  of  opposite  methods  greatly 
to  be  desired  ;  and  if  applique  is  to  be  supple- 
mented, it  had  best  be  with  couching,  which  is 
not  so  much  stitching  as  stitched  down,  itself 
another  form  of  applied  work. 

Applique  of  itself  is  not,  of  course,  adapted  to 
pictorial  work,  but  that  in  association  with  judicious 
stitching  and  couching  it  may  be  used  to  admir- 
able decorative  purpose  in  figure  design  is  shown 
by  Miss  Mabel  Keighley's  panel,  Illustration  61. 
What  an  artist  may  do  depends  upon  the  artist. 
Miss  Keighley's  panel  indicates  the  use  that  may 
be  made  of  texture  in  the  stuff  onlaid. 

Applique"  is  especially  appropriate  to  bold  church 
work,  fulfilling  perfectly  that  condition  of  legibility 
so  desirable  in  work  necessarily  seen  oftenest  from 
afar.  Broadly  designed,  it  may  be  as  fine  in  its 
way  as  a  mediaeval  stained  glass  window,  and  it 
gives  to  silk  and  velvet  their  true  worth.  The 
pattern  may  be  readable  as  far  off  as  you  can 
distinguish  colour. 

Applique  work  is  thought  by  some  to  be  an 
inferior  kind  of  embroidery.  That  is  not  so.  It 


62.    A.    COUNTERCHANGE. 


B.    APPLIQUE. 


ISO  ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK. 

is  not  a  lower  but  another  kind  of  needlework,  in 
which  more  is  made  of  stuffs  than  of  the  stitches. 
In  it  the  craft  of  the  needleworker  is  not  carried 
to  its  limit ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  it  makes 
great  demands  upon  design.  You  cannot  begin 
by  just  throwing  about  sprays  of  natural  flowers. 
It  calls  peremptorily  for  treatment — by  which 
test  the  decorative  artist  stands  or  falls.  Effective 
it  must  be  ;  coarse  it  may  be ;  vulgar  it  should 
not  be  ;  trivial  it  can  hardly  be.  Mere  prettiness 
is  outside  its  scope.  It  lends  itself  to  dignity  of 
design  and  nobility  of  treatment.  Of  course,  it 
is  not  popular. 

A  usual  form  of  applique  is  in  satin  upon  velvet. 
Velvet  on  satin  (B,  Illustration  62)  is  comparatively 
rare ;  but  it  may  be  very  beautiful,  though  there 
is  a  danger  that  it  may  look  like  weaving. 

Silk  upon  silk  is  shown  in  Illustration  63, 
designed  to  be  seen  from  a  nearer  point  of  view, 
and  less  pronounced  in  pattern  accordingly.  The 
strap  work,  applied  in  ribbon,  is  broken  by  cross 
stitches  in  couples,  which  take  away  from  the 
severity  of  the  lines.  The  grape  bunches  are 
onlaid,  each  in  one  piece  of  silk,  the  forms  of 
the  separate  grapes  expressed  by  couching.  The 
French  knots  in  the  centre  of  the  grapes  add 
greatly  to  the  richness  of  the  surface.  The  leaves 
are  in  one  piece. 

The  application  of  leather  to  velvet  as  in  Illus- 
tration 102,  allows,  if  it  does  not  actually  involve, 


APPLIQUE — SILK   ON    SILK    DAMASK. 


152  ART  IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

some  modification  in  the  way  of  execution,  and 
of  design  adapted  to  it.  Leather  does  not  fray, 
and  needs,  therefore,  no  sewing  over  at  tjie  edge, 
but  only  sewing  down,  which  may  be  done,  as 
in  this  case,  well  within  the  edge  of  the  material, 
giving  the  effect  of  a  double  outline.  The  Chinese 
do  small  work  in  linen,  making  similar  use  of  the 
stitching  within  the  outline,  but  turning  the  cut 
edge  of  the  stuff  under ;  it  would  not  do  to  leave 
it  raw.  On  a  bolder  scale,  but  in  precisely  the 
same  manner,  is  embroidered  the  wonderful  tent 
of  Frangois  Ier,  taken  at  the  battle  of  Pavia,  and 
now  in  the  Armoury  at  Madrid — obviously  Arab 
work.  Something  of  the  kind  was  done  also  in 
Morocco ;  and  this  points  to  leather  work  as  the 
possible  origin  of  the  method. 

Another  ingenious  Chinese  notion  is  to  sew 
down  little  five-petalled  flowers  (turned  under  at 
the  edges)  with  long  stamen  stitches  radiating 
from  a  central  eye  of  knots. 


INLAY,  MOSAIC,  CUT-WORK. 

A  step  beyond  the  process  of  onlaying  is  INLAY, 
where  a  material  is  laid  not  on  to  the  other  but 
into  it,  both  being  perhaps  backed  by  a  common 
material.  The  process  is,  in  fact,  precisely  analo- 
gous to  that  inlay  of  brass  and  tortoiseshell  which 
goes  by  the  name  of  its  inventor,  Boule.  The  work 
is  difficult,  but  thorough.  It  does  not  recommend 
itself  to  those  who  want  to  get  effect  cheaply  ;  and 
it  is  suited  only  to  close-textured  stuffs,  such  as 
cloth,  which  do  not  easily  fray. 

The  materials  are  not  pasted  on  to  linen,  as  in  TO  WORK 
the  case  of  applique.  The  cloth  to  be  inlaid  is  INLAY- 
placed  upon  the  other,  and  both,  are  cut  through 
with  one  action  of  the  knife,  so  that  the  parts 
cannot  but  fit.  The  coherent  piece  of  material 
(the  ground,  say,  of  the  pattern)  is  then  laid  upon 
a  piece  of  strong  linen  already  in  a  frame  ;  the 
vacant  spaces  in  it  are  filled  up  by  pieces  of  the 
other  stuff,  and  all  is  tacked  down  in  place.  That 
done,  the  work  is  taken  out  of  the  frame,  and  the 
edges  sewn  together.  The  backing  can  then,  if 
necessary,  be  removed ;  and  in  Oriental  work  it 
generally  was. 


154  ART  IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

Inlay  lends  itself  most  invitingly  to  COUNTER- 
CHANGE  in  design.  In  the  stole  (A)  on  page  149 
the  light  and  dark  portions  of  the  pattern  are 
identical.  You  cannot  say  that  either  is  the 
ground  ;  each  forms  a  ground  to  the  other.  And 
from  the  mere  fact  of  the  counterchanging  you 
gather  that  it  is  inlaid  and  not  onlaid. 

TO  WORK  Prior  to  inlaying  in  materials  which  are  at  all 
CHANGE  n^ely  to  fray,  you  first  back  them  with  paper,  thin 
but  tough,  firmly  pasted  ;  then,  having  tacked  the 
two  together,  and  pinned  them  with  drawing-pins 
on  to  a  board,  you  slip  between  it  and  the  stuff  a 
sheet  of  glass,  and  with  a  very  sharp  knife  (kept 
sharp  by  an  oilstone  at  hand)  cut  out  the  pattern. 
What  was  cut  out  of  one  material  has  only  to  be 
fitted  into  the  other  and  sewn  together  as  before, 
and  you  have  two  pieces  of  inlaid  work — what  is 
the  ground  in  one  forming  the  pattern  in  the 
other,  and  vice  versa.  By  this  ingenious  means 
there  is  absolutely  no  waste  of  stuff.  You  get, 
moreover,  almost  invariably  a  broad  and  dignified 
effect:  the  process  does  not  lend  itself  to  triviality. 
It  was  used  by  the  Italians,  and  more  especially 
by  the  Spaniards  of  the  Renaissance,  who  borrowed 
the  idea,  of  course,  from  the  Arabs. 

In  India  they  still  inlay  in  cloth  most  marvel- 
lously, not  only  counterchanging  the  pattern,  but 
inlaying  the  inlays  with  smaller  patternwork,  thus 
combining  great  simplicity  of  effect  with  wonderful 
minuteness  of  detail.  The  inlaid  work  of  Retsht 


156  ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK. 

in  Persia,  Illustration  64,  is  of  a  more  elaborate 
character.  In  both  countries  they  mask  the  joins 
with  chain-stitch,  the  colour  of  it  artfully  chosen 
with  regard  to  the  two  colours  of  the  cloth  it 
divides  or  joins.  Further,  they  often  patch  together 
pieces  of  this  kind  of  inlay. 

PATCH-  Inlay   itself  is   a   sort    of   PATCHWORK.      You 

WORK.  cut  pieces  out  of  your  cloth,  and  patch  it  with 
pieces  of  another  colour,  covering  the  joins  perhaps 
as  in  the  Retsht  work,  with  chain-stitch,  which,  by 
its  likeness  to  wire  filigree,  suggests  cloisonne 
enamel. 

Where  there  is  no  one  ground  stuff  to  be 
patched,  but  a  number  of  vari-coloured  pieces  of 
stuff  are  sewn  together,  they  form  a  veritable 
MOSAIC  of  coloured  stuffs,  reminding  one  of  what 
the  mediaeval  glaziers  did  in  coloured  glass. 
Admirable  heraldic  work  was  done  in  Germany 
by  this  method ;  and  it  is  still  universally  employed 
for  flag  making.  The  stuffs  used  should  be  as 
nearly  as  possible  of  one  substance.  In  patchwork 
of  loosely-textured  material  each  separate  piece  of 
stuff  may  be  cut  large,  turned  in  at  the  edge,  and 
oversewn  on  the  wrong  side. 

CUT-  The  relation  of  CUT-WORK  to  inlay  is  clear — in 

WORK.  fac^  the  one  is  the  first  step  towards  the  other. 
You  have  only  to  stop  short  of  the  actual  inlaying, 
and  you  have  cut-work.  Fill  up  the  parts  cut  out 
in  Illustration  65  with  coloured  stuff,  and  it  would 
be  inlay.  The  needlewoman  has  preferred  to  sew 


158  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

over  the  raw  edges  of  the  stuff,  and  give  us  a 
perfect  piece  of  FRETWORK  in  linen.  It  is  part  of 
the  game  in  cut-work  to  make  the  fret  coherent, 
whole  in  itself.  The  design  should  tell  its  own 
tale.  "  Ties  "  of  buttonhole-stitch,  or  what  not,  are 
not  necessary,  provided  the  designer  knows  how 
to  plan  a  fret  pattern.  Their  introduction  brings 
the  work  nearer  to  lace  than  embroidery.  The 
sewing-over  may  be  in  chain-stitch,  satin-stitch 
(as  in  Illustration  65),  or  in  buttonhole-stitch — 
which  last  is  strongest. 

As,  in  the  case  of  applique",  inlay,  and  mosaic,  an 
embroidered  outline  is  usually  necessary  to  cover 
the  join,  so  in  the  case  of  cut-work  sewing-over  is 
necessary  to  keep  the  edges  from  fraying.  It  may 
sometimes  be  advisable  to  supplement  this  out- 
lining by  further  stitching  to  express  veining,  or 
give  other  minute  details — just  as  the  glassworker, 
when  he  could  not  get  detail  small  enough  by 
means  of  glazing,  had  recourse  to  painting  to  help 
him  out.  But  there  is  danger  in  calling  in  auxiliary 
methods.  It  is  best  to  design  with  a  view  to 
the  method  of  work  to  be  employed,  and  to  keep 
within  its  limits.  To  worry  the  surface  of  applied, 
inlaid,  or  cut  stuff  with  fmnikin  stitchery,  is  practi- 
cally to  confess  either  the  inadequacy  of  the  design 
or  the  fidgetiness  of  the  worker.  It  should  need, 
as  a  rule,  no  such  enrichment. 


EMBROIDERY    IN    RELIEF. 

Embroidery  being  work  upon  a  stuff,  it  is 
inevitably  raised,  however  imperceptibly,  above 
the  surface  of  it.  But  there  is  a  charm  in  the 
unevenness  of  surface  and  texture  thus  produced  ; 
and  the  aim  has  consequently  often  been  to  make 
the  difference  of  level  between  ground-stuff  and 
embroidery  more  appreciable  by  UNDERLAY  or 
padding  of  some  kind.  The  abuse  of  this  kind  of 
thing  need  not  blind  us  to  the  advantages  it  offers. 

There  are  various  ways  of  raising  embroidery, 
the  principal  of  which  are  illustrated  on  the 
sampler  overleaf. 

In  sprig  A  the  underlay  is  of  closely-woven  cloth,  TO  WORK 
darker  in  colour  than  would  be  advisable  except  A- 

for  the  purpose  of  showing  what  it  is :  it  is  as 
well  in  the  ordinary  way  to  choose  a  cloth  more 
or  less  of  the  colour  the  embroidery  is  to  be.  The 
cloth  is  cut  with  sharp  scissors  carefully  to  shape, 
but  a  little  within  the  outline,  and  pasted  on  to 
the  linen.  When  perfectly  dry,  it  is  worked  over 
with  thick  corded  silk  couched  in  the  ordinary  way. 

The  raised  line  at  B  reveals  the  way  the  stem  in  TO  WORK 
Illustration  86  was  worked.     Two  cords  of  smooth  B> 


160  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

string  (macrame",  for  example)  are  twisted  and 
tacked  in  place.  Over  this  floss  is  worked  in 
close  satin-stitch. 

TO  WORK  In  sprig  C  the  underlay  is  of  parchment,  lightly 
stitched  in  place.  The  use  of  a  double  underlay 
in  parts  gives  additional  relief.  The  embroidery 
upon  this  (in  slightly  twisted  silk)  is  in  satin- 
stitch. 

TO  WORK       The  leaf  shapes  at  D  are  padded  with  cotton 

D-  wool,  cut  out  as  nearly  as  possible  to  the  shape 

required,  and  tacked  down  with  fine  cotton.  They 
are  then  worked  over  with  floss  in  satin-stitch. 
The  stalks  are  not  padded  with  cotton  wool, 
but  first  worked  with  crewel  wool,  which,  being 
soft  and  elastic,  forms  an  excellent  ground  for 
working  over  in  floss  silk. 

TO  WORK  In  working  a  stalk  like  that  at  E,  you  first  lay 
down  a  double  layer  of  soft,  thick  cotton,  and  then 
work  over  it  with  flatter  cotton  (made  expressly  for 
padding)  in  slanting  satin-stitch.  Three  threads  of 
smooth  round  silk  are  then  attached  to  one  side 
of  the  padding  and  carried  diagonally  across  to 
the  other  side,  where  they  are  sewn  down  with 
strong  thread  of  the  same  colour  close  to  the 
underlay,  so  that  the  stitches  may  not  show. 
They  are  then  brought  back  to  the  side  from 
which  they  started,  sewn  down,  and  returned 
again,  and  so  backwards  and  forwards  to  the 
end.  The  crossing  threads  make  a  sort  of  pat- 
tern, and  it  is  a  point  of  good  workmanship  that 


66.    RAISED    WORK    SAMPLER. 
L 


1 62  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

they  should  cross  regularly.  Such  pattern  is  more 
obvious  when  threads  of  three  different  shades 
of  colour  are  employed.  Threads  of  twisted  silk 
may,  of  course,  be  equally  well  used  this  way 
without  padding  underneath. 

TO  WORK       In  sprig  F  the  underlay  is  of  cardboard,  pasted 
F-  on  to  the  linen.     It  is  worked  over  with  purse  silk, 

to  and  fro  across  the  forms,  and  sewn  down  at  the 
margin  with  finer  silk.  This  is  a  method  of  work 
often  employed  when  gold  thread  is  used. 
TO  WORK  In  sprig  G  the  underlay  or  stuffing  is  of  string 
sewn  down  with  stitches  always  in  the  direction 
of  the  twist.  It  is  worked  over  with  floss  in 
satin-stitch. 

TO  WORK       In  sprig  H  the  underwork  consists  of  stitching 
H*  in  soft  cotton,  over  which  thick  silk  is  embroidered 

in  bullion-stitch.  The  rule  is  to  work  the  first 
stitching  in  such  a  direction  that  the  surface  work 
crosses  it  at  right  angles.  The  small  leaf  is  worked 
over  with  fine  purse  silk  in  satin-stitch,  which 
is  used  also  for  the  stalk. 

In  the  smaller  sampler  of  laid-work,  Illus- 
tration 50,  the  broad  stem  is  twice  underlaid  with 
crewel,  excellent  for  this  soft  sort  of  padding,  on 
account  of  its  elasticity.  The  leaves  have  there 
only  one  layer  of  understitching. 

Raised  work  in  white  upon  white  is  often  used 
for  purposes  which  make  it  inevitable  that  sooner 
or  later  the  work  will  be  washed.  That  is  a  con- 
sideration which  the  embroidress  must  not  leave 


RAISED    WORK    SHOWING    UNDERLAY. 


164  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

out  of  account.  In  any  case,  work  over  stitchery 
is  more  durable  than  over  loose  padding  such  as 
cotton  wool. 

The  fifteenth-century  work  reproduced  in  Illustra- 
tion 67  is  in  flax  thread  on  linen,  and  the  underlay 
(laid  bare  in  the  topmost  flower)  is  of  stiff  linen, 
sewn  down,  not  at  the  margins  as  in  the  case  of 
the  parchment  on  the  sampler  (Illustration  66),  but 
by  a  row  of  stitching  up  the  centre  of  each  petal. 
The  veins  of  the  leaves  in  Illustration  88  are 
padded  with  embroidery  cotton  and  worked  over 
with  filo-floss.  The  leaves  themselves  are  not 
padded,  though  the  sewing  down  of  the  veins 
upon  them,  as  well  as  the  fact  that  they  are 
applied  on  to  the  velvet  ground,  gives  some 
appearance  of  relief. 


RAISED   GOLD. 

Our  sampler  of  raised  work  is  done  in  silk. 
Underlaying  is  more  often  used  to  raise  work  in 
gold,  to  which  in  most  respects  it  is  best  suited. 
The  methods  shown  in  the  sampler  would  answer 
almost  equally  well  for  gold,  except  that  working 
in  gold  one  would  not  at  H  (66)  use  bullion-stitch, 
but  bullion,  first  covering  the  underlay  of  stitching 
with  smoothly-laid  yellow  floss. 

BULLION  consists  of  closely  coiled  wire.  It  is 
made  by  winding  fine  wire  tightly  and  closely 
round  a  core  of  stouter  wire.  When  this  central 
core  of  wire  is  withdrawn,  you  have  a  long  hollow 
tube  of  spirally  twisted  wire.  This  the  embroidress 
cuts  into  short  lengths  as  required,  and  sews  on  to 
the  silk — as  she  would  a  long  bead  or  bugle.  Its 
use  is  illustrated  at  A  in  Illustration  51,  where  the 
stems  of  triple  gold  cord  are  clamped  down  at 
intervals  with  bullion,  and  the  leaves,  again,  are 
filled  in  with  the  same. 

It  was  the  mediaeval  fashion  to  encrust  the 
robes  of  kings  and  pontiffs  with  pearls  and 
precious  stones  mounted  in  gold  :  the  early 
Byzantine  form  of  crown  was  practically  a  velvet 


166  ART    IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

cap,  on  to  which  were  sewn  plaques  of  gorgeous 
enamel  and  mounted  stones.  When  to  such  work 
embroidery  was  added,  it  was  not  unnatural  that 
it  should  vie  with  the  gold  setting.  As  a  matter 
of  fact,  its  design  was  often  only  a  translation  into 
needlework  of  the  forms  proper  to  goldsmith's 
work. 

Yet  more  openly  in  rivalry  with  the  work  of  the 
goldsmith  was  some  of  the  embroidery  of  the 
Renaissance,  in  which  the  idea — a  most  mistaken 
one,  of  course — seems  to  have  been  to  imitate 
beaten  metal.  This  led  inevitably  to  excessively 
high  relief  in  gold  embroidery.  You  may  see  in 
seventeenth-century  church  work  the  height  to 
which  relief  can  be  carried,  and  the  depth  to  which 
ecclesiastical  taste  can  sink. 

The  Spaniards  were,  perhaps,  the  greatest 
sinners  in  this  respect,  seeking,  as  they  did, 
richness  at  all  cost ;  but  it  must  be  confessed  that, 
in  the  sixteenth  century  at  least,  they  produced 
most  gorgeous  results :  there  is  in  the  treasury 
of  the  cathedral  at  Toledo  an  altar  frontal  in 
gold,  silver,  and  coral,  and  a  yet  more  beauti- 
ful mantle  of  the  Virgin  in  silver  and  pearls 
upon  a  gold  ground,  which  make  one  loth  to 
dogmatise  about  excessive  richness. 

The  preciousness  of  gold  and  silver,  points,  in 
the  nature  of  things,  to  their  use  for  church  vest- 
ments and  the  like  ;  and  high  relief  gives,  no  doubt, 
value  to  the  metal  ;  but  the  consideration  of  its 


68.    RAISED   GOLD. 


168  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

intrinsic  value  leads  quickly  to  display.  The  artistic 
value  of  gold  is  not  so  much  that  it  looks  gorgeous 
as  that  it  glorifies  the  colour  caught,  so  to  speak, 
in  its  meshes. 

Admitting  that  there  is  reason  for  relief  in  gold 
embroidery — it  catches  the  light  as  flat  gold  does 
not — one  feels  that  the  very  slightest  modelling  is 
usually  enough.  Reference  was  made  (page  1 36) 
to  the  effect  of  gilt  gesso  obtained  in  raised  gold 
thread  :  that  really  is  about  the  degree  of  relief 
it  is  safe  to  adopt  in  gold  embroidery,  the  relief 
that  is  readily  got  by  laying  on  gesso  with  a  brush, 
not  carving  or  modelling  it ;  and  the  characteris- 
tically blunt  forms  got  by  that  means  repeat 
themselves  when  you  work  with  the  needle. 

There  is  ample  relief  in  the  gold  embroidery  on 
Illustrations  68  and  86.  The  first  of  these  shows 
both  flat  and  raised  work  :  the  latter  illustrates  not 
only  various  degrees  of  relief,  but  several  ways  of 
underlaying.  It  scarcely  needs  pointing  out  that 
the  flatter  serrated  leaves  are  worked  over  parch- 
ment or  paper,  and  the  puffy  parts  of  the  flowers 
over  softer  padding.  Allusion  has  already  been 
made  (page  1 59)  to  the  way  the  stalk  is  worked  over 
twisted  cords,  as  on  the  sampler,  Illustration  66. 
The  patterns  in  which  the  gold  is  worked  do  not 
tell  quite  so  plainly  here  as  on  Illustration  68, 
where  the  basket  pattern  is  more  pronounced.  In 
the  stalk  there  flat  gold  wire  is  used,  and  again 
in  the  broken  surface  towards  the  top  of  the  plate. 


RAISED  GOLD.  169 

SPANGLES  of  gold  may  be  used  with  admirable 
effect,  at  the  risk,  perhaps,  of  a  rather  tinselly  look  ; 
but  that  has  been  often  most  skilfully  avoided  both 
in  mediaeval  work  and  in  Oriental.  In  India  great 
and  very  cunning  use  is  made  of  spangles,  by  the 
Parsees  in  particular,  who,  by  the  way,  embroider 
with  gold  wire. 

Gold  foil  may  be  cut  to  any  shape  and  sewn  on 
to  embroidery,  but  spangles  take  mainly  one  of 
two  shapes,  best  distinguished  as  disc-like  and 
ring-like.  The  discs  are  flat,  pierced  in  the  centre, 
and  sewn  down  usually  with  two  or  three  radiating 
stitches  (A,  Illustration  51,  and  Illustration  67). 
The  rings  may  be  attached  by  a  single  thread. 
They  can  easily  be  made  to  overlap  like  fish  scales, 
and  most  elaborately  embossed  pictures  have  been 
worked  in  this  way.  There  is  a  vestment  in  the 
cathedral  at  Granada  which  is  a  marvel  to  see ;  but 
not  the  thing  to  do,  surely. 

Relief  is  easily  overdone,  in  figure  work  so  easily 
that  one  may  say  safety  is  to  be  found  only  in 
the  most  delicate  relief.  To  make  figures  look 
round  is  to  make  them  look  stuffed.  That  stuffy 
images  are  to  be  found  in  mediaeval  church 
work  is  only  too  true.  In  Gothic  art  one  finds 
this  quaint,  perhaps,  but  it  is  perilously  near  the 
laughable.  The  point  of  the  ridiculous  is  plainly 
overpassed  in  English  work  of  the  seventeenth 
century,  which  degenerates  at  last  into  mere  doll 
work — the  dolls  duly  stuffed  and  dressed  in  most 


i;o  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

childish  fashion,  their  drapery,  in  actual  folds,  pro- 
jecting. Some  really  admirable  needlework  was 
wasted  upon  this  kind  of  thing,  which  has  absolutely 
no  value,  except  as  an  object-lesson  in  the  frivolity 
of  the  Stuarts  and  their  on-hangers. 


QUILTING. 

A  most  legitimate  use  of  padding  is  in  the 
form  of  QUILTING,  where  it  serves  a  useful  as 
well  as  an  ornamental  purpose.  To  quilt  is  to 
stitch  one  cloth  upon  another  with  something  soft 
between  (or  without  anything  between).  Our  word 
"counterpane"  is  derived  from  u contre-poinct," 
a  corruption  of  the  French  word  for  back-stitch, 
or  "  quilting  "  stitch,  as  it  was  called. 

If  you  merely  stitch  two  thicknesses  of  stuff 
together  in  a  pattern,  such  as  that  on  Illustration 
69,  the  stuff  between  the  stitches  has  a  tendency  to 
rise  :  the  two  layers  of  stuff  do  not  lie  close  except 
where  they  are  held  together  .  by  the  stitching, 
and  a  very  pleasantly  uneven  surface  results.  This 
effect  is  enhanced  if  between  the  two  stuffs  there 
is  a  layer  of  something  soft  If,  now,  you  sew 
down  the  groundwork  of  your  design  with  small 
diapering,  you  get  a  pattern  in  relief — more  or 
less,  according  to  the  substance  of  your  padding. 

Another  way  is  to  pad  the  pattern  only,  as  in 
Illustration  70,  where  the  padding  is  of  soft  cord. 

A  cunning  way  of  padding  is  first  to  stitch  the 
outline  of  the  design,  and  then  from  the  back  to 


» — x\  /      i     .>-r;> 

(  r^f^ 

\  10  i^'  I  VXL/f 


69.    QUILTING,    DONE    IN   CHAIN-STITCH    FROM   THE    BACK. 


QUILTING.  173 

insert  the  stuffing.  You  first  pierce  the  stuff  with 
a  stiletto,  and,  having  pushed  in  the  cord,  cotton, 
or  what  not,  efface  as  far  as  possible  the  piercing : 
the  stuffing  has  then  not  much  temptation  to 
escape  from  its  confinement. 

The  Persians  do  most  elaborate  quilting  on  fine 
white  linen,  which  they  sew  with  yellow  silk  ;  but 
the  pattern  is  stuffed  with  cords  of  blue  cotton,  the 
colour  of  which  just  grins  through  the  white 
sufficiently  to  cool  it,  and  to  distinguish  it  from 
the  ground  made  creamy  white  by  the  yellow 
stitching. 

Quilting  is  most  often  done  in  white  upon 
colour,  or  in  one  colour  upon  white.  Yellow  silk 
on  white  linen  (as  in  the  quilting  opposite,  Illus- 
tration 69)  was  a  favourite  combination,  and  is 
always  a  delicate  one.  But  there  is  no  reason 
why  a  variety  of  colours  should  not  be  used  in 
a  counterpane.  When  you  stitch  down  the  ground 
with  coloured  silk  you  give  it,  of  course,  a  tint, 
besides  flattening  it. 


70.    RAISED   QUILTING. 


STITCH    GROUPS. 

There  are  all  sorts  of  ways  in  which  stitches 
might  be  grouped  : — according  to  the  order  of  time 
in  which  historically  they  came  into  use  ;  according 
as  they  are  worked  through  and  through  the  stuff 
or  lie  mostly  on  its  surface ;  according  as  they 
are  conveniently  worked  in  the  hand  or  necessitate 
the  use  of  a  frame;  and  in  other  ways  too  many 
to  mention.  It  is  not  difficult,  for  example,  to 
imagine  a  classification  according  to  which  the 
satin-stitch  in  Illustration  71  would  figure  as  a 
canvas-stitch. 

In  the  Samplers  they  are  grouped  according  to 
their  construction,  that  seeming  to  us  the  most 
practical  for  purposes  of  description.  They  might 
for  other  purposes  more  conveniently  be  classed 
some  other  way.  At  all  events,  it  is  helpful  to 
group  them.  Designer  and  worker  alike  will  go 
straighter  to  the  point  if  once  they  get  clearly  into 
their  minds  the  stitches  and  their  use,  and  the 
range  of  each — what  it  can  do,  what  it  can  best  do, 
what  it  can  ill  do,  what  it  cannot  do  at  all. 

Any  one,  having  mastered  the  stitches  and  grasped 
their  scope,  can  group  them  for  herself,  say,  into 


176  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

stitches  suited  (r)  to  line  work,  (2)  to  all-over  work, 
(3)  to  shading,  and  so  on. 

These  she  might  again  subdivide.  Of  line 
stitches,  for  example,  some  are  best  suited  for 
straight  lines,  others  for  curved  ;  some  for  broad 
lines,  others  for  narrow ;  some  for  even  lines, 
others  for  unequal ;  some  for  outlining,  others 
for  veining. 

And,  further,  of  all-over  stitches  some  give  a  plain 
surface,  others  a  patterned  one ;  some  do  best  for 
flat  surfaces,  others  for  modelled  ;  some  look  best 
in  big  patches,  some  answer  only  for  small  spaces. 

With  regard  to  shading  stitches,  there  are 
various  ways  (see  the  chapter  on  shading)  of 
giving  gradation  of  colour  and  of  indicating  relief 
or  modelling. 

Some  stitches,  of  course,  are  adapted  to  various 
uses,  as  crewel,  chain,  and  satin  stitches  ;  and  these 
are  naturally  the  most  in  use.  Workers  generally 
end  in  adopting  certain  stitches  as  their  own.  That 
is  all  right,  so  long  as  they  do  not  forget  that  there 
are  other  stitches  which  might  on  occasion  serve 
their  purpose.  Anyway,  they  should  begin  by 
knowing  what  stitches  there  are.  Until  they  know, 
and  know,  too,  what  each  can  do,  they  are  hardly 
in  a  position  to  determine  which  of  them  will  best 
do  what  they  want. 

Our  Samplers  show  the  use  to  which  the  stitches 
on  them  may  be  put. 

By  way  of  resume,  it  may  be  added  that  for  line 


71.    SATIN-STITCH    IN    THE    MAKING 
M 


178  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

work,  more  or  less  fine,  crewel,  chain,  back  and 
rope  stitches,  and  couched  cord  are  most  suitable  ; 
crewel  for  long  lines  especially,  and  rope  stitch  for 
both  curved  and  straight  lines ;  for  a  boundary 
line,  buttonhole  is  most  emphatic  ;  for  broader 
lines,  herring-bone,  feather,  and  Oriental  stitches 
answer  better ;  ladder-stitch  has  the  advantage 
of  a  firm  edge  on  both  sides  of  it.  Satin  and 
chain  stitches,  couching  and  laying,  and  basket 
work  make  good  *  bands,  but  are  not  peculiarly 
adapted  to  that  purpose. 

For  covering  broad  surfaces,  crewel,  chain,  and 
satin  stitches  (including,  of  course,  what  are  called 
long-and-short  and  plumage  stitches)  serve  admir- 
ably, as  does  also  darning  and  laid-work  ;  and  with 
gold  thread,  couching.  French  knots  do  best  for 
small  surfaces  only.  The  stitches  most  useful  for 
purposes  of  shading  are  mentioned  later  on. 

No  sort  of  classification  is  possible  until  the 
number  of  stitches  has  been  reduced  to  the  neces- 
sary few,  and  all  fancy  stitches  struck  out  of  the 
list.  Enquiry  should  also  be  made  into  the  title 
of  each  stitch  to  the  name  by  which  it  is  known  ; 
and  the  names  themselves  should  be  brought  down 
to  a  minimum. 

Reduce  them  to  the  fewest  any  needlewoman 
will  allow,  and  they  are  still,  if  not  too  many,  more 
than  are  logically  required.  Some  of  them,  too, 
describe  not  stitches,  but  ways  of  using  a  stitch. 
The  term  long-and-short,  it  has  already  been 


STITCH  GROUPS.  179 

explained  (page  100),  has  less  to  do  with  a  particular 
stitch  than  its  proportion,  and  the  term  plumage- 
stitch  refers  more  to  the  direction  of  the  stitch 
than  to  the  stitch  itself.  And  so  with  other 
stitches.  It  is  its  oblique  direction  only  which 
distinguishes  stem-stitch  from  other  short  stitches 
of  the  kind.  Running,  again,  amounts  to  no  more 
than  proportioning  stitches  to  the  mesh  of  the 
stuff,  and  taking  several  of  them  at  one  passing 
of  the  needle  ;  and  darning  is  but  rows  of  running 
side  by  side.  The  term  split-stitch  describes  no 
new  stitch,  but  a  particular  treatment  to  which  a 
crewel  or  a  satin  stitch  is  submitted. 

The  foregoing  summaries  of  stitches  are  only  by 
way  of  suggestion,  something  to  set  the  embroidress 
thinking  for  herself.  She  must  choose  her  own 
method  ;  but  it  would  help  her,  I  think,  to  schedule 
the  stitches  for  herself  according  to  her  own  ways 
and  wants.  The  most  suitable  stitch  may  not 
suit  every  one.  Individual  preference  and  indi- 
vidual aptitude  count  for  something.  It  is  not 
a  question  of  what  is  demonstrably  best,  but  of 
what  best  suits  you. 


ONE   STITCH,  OR   MANY? 

The  first  thing  to  be  settled  with  regard  to  the 
choice  of  stitch  is  whether  to  employ  one  stitch 
throughout,  or  a  variety  of  stitches.  Much  will 
depend  upon  the  effect  desired.  Good  work  has 
been  done  in  either  way ;  but  one  may  safely  say, 
in  the  first  place,  that  it  is  as  well  not  to  introduce 
variety  of  stitch  without  good  cause — there  is 
safety  in  simplicity  —  and  in  the  second,  that 
stitches  should  be  chosen  to  go  together,  in  order 
that  the  work  may  look  all  of  a  piece.  When  the 
various  stitches  are  well  chosen,  it  is  difficult  at  a 
glance  to  distinguish  one  from  another. 

A  great  variety  of  stitches  in  one  piece  of  work 
is  worrying,  if  not  bewildering.  It  is  as  well  not 
to  use  too  many,  to  keep  in  the  main  to  one  or 
two,  but  not  to  be  afraid  of  using  a  third,  or  a 
fourth  to  do  what  the  stitch  or  stitches  mainly 
relied  upon  cannot  do. 

It  tends  also  towards  simplicity  of  effect  if  you 
use  your  stitches  with  some  system,  not  haphazard, 
and  in  subordination  one  to  the  other  ;  there  must 
be  no  quarrelling  among  them  for  superiority.  You 
should  determine,  that  is  to  say,  at  the  outset, 


72.    STITCHES    IN    COMBINATION. 


182  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

which  stitch  shall  be  employed  for  filling,  which 
for  outline ;  or  which  for  stalks,  which  for  leaves, 
and  which  for  flowers.  Or,  supposing  you  adopt 
one  general  stitch  throughout,  and  introduce 
others,  you  should  know  why,  and  make  up  your 
mind  to  employ  your  second  perhaps  for  emphasis 
of  form,  your  third  for  contrast  of  texture — each 
for  some  quite  definite  purpose. 

It  is  not  possible  here  to  point  out  in  detail  the 
system  on  which  the  various  examples  illustrated 
have  been  worked  ;  the  reader  must  worry  that 
out  for  herself.  But  one  may  just  point  out  in 
passing  how  well  the  various  stitches  go  together 
in  some  few  instances. 

Nothing  could  be  more  harmonious,  for  example, 
than  the  combination  of  knot,  chain,  and  button- 
hole stitches  in  Illustration  24 ;  or  of  ladder, 
Oriental,  herring-bone,  and  other  stitches  in 
Illustration  72.  Again,  in  Illustration  85  the 
contrast  between  satin-stitch  in  the  bird  and 
couched  cord  for  the  clouding  is  most  judicious, 
as  is  the  knotting  of  the  bird's  crest.  Laid  floss 
contrasts,  again,  admirably  with  couched  gold  in 
Illustrations  47,  48,  49,  and  satin-stitch  with  couch- 
ing in  Illustration  99,  where  the  gold,  reserved 
mainly  for  outline,  serves  on  occasion  to  emphasise 
a  detail. 

Couched  gold  and  surface  satin-stitch  are  used 
together  again  in  Illustration  58,  each  for  its 
specific  purpose.  The  harmony  between  applique 


184  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

work  and  couching  or  chain-stitch  outline  has  been 
alluded  to  already. 

A  danger  to  be  kept  in  view  when  working  in 
one  stitch  only  is,  lest  it  should  look  like  a  woven 
textile,  as  it  might  if  very  evenly  worked.  Some 
kinds  of  embroidery  seem  hardly  worth  doing 
nowadays,  because  they  suggest  the  loom.  This 
may  be  a  reason  for  some  complexity  of  stitch,  in 
which  lurks  that  other  danger  of  losing  simplicity 
and  breadth.  The  lace-like  appearance  of  the 
needlework  upon  fine  linen  in  Illustration  73, 
results  chiefly  from  the  extraordinary  delicacy  with 
which  it  is  done,  but  it  owes  something  also  to 
the  variety  of  stitch  and  of  stitch-pattern  employed 
in  it. 

In  complaining  of  needlework  that  it  looks  like 
weaving,  we  are  apt  to  overlook  the  fact  that 
embroidery  is  after  all  the  needlewoman's  way  of 
doing  for  herself  what  she  cannot  get  done,  or 
cannot  afford  to  have  done  for  her.  The  peasant 
woman  may  be  doing  quite  right  in  embroidering 
what  could  just  as  well  be  woven. 


OUTLINE. 

The  use  of  outline  in  embroidery  hardly  needs 
pointing  out.  It  is  often  the  obvious  way  of 
defining  a  pattern,  as,  for  example,  where  there  is 
only  a  faint  difference  in  depth  of  tint  between  the 
pattern  and  its  background  ;  in  applique  work  it  is 
necessary  to  mask  the  joins ;  and  it  is  by  itself  a 
delightful  means  of  diapering  a  surface  with  pattern 
of  a  kind  which  is  never  obtrusive. 

Allusion  to  the  stitches  suitable  to  outline  has 
been  made  already  (see  Stitch-groups),  as  well  as  to 
the  colour  of  outlining  (a  propos  of  applique).  It  is 
difficult  to  overrate  the  importance  of  this  ques- 
tion of  colour  in  the  case  of  outline  ;  but  there  are 
no  rules  to  be  laid  down,  except  that  a  coloured 
outline  is  nearly  always  preferable  to  a  black  one. 
The  Germans  of  the  sixteenth  century  were  given 
to  indulging  in  black  outlines,  and  you  may  see  in 
their  work  how  it  hardened  the  effect,  whereas  a 
coloured  outline  may  define  without  harshness. 
The  Spaniards,  on  the  other  hand,  realised  the 
value  of  colour,  and  would,  for  example,  outline 
gold  and  silver  upon  a  dark  green  ground  in  red, 
with  admirable  effect.  A  double  outline,  for  which 


i86  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

there  is  often  opportunity  in  bold  work,  may  be 
turned  to  good  account.  Among  the  successful 
combinations  which  come  to  mind  is  an  applique 
pattern  in  yellow  and  white  upon  dark  green,  out- 
lined first  with  gold  cord,  and  then,  next  the  green, 
with  a  paler  and  brighter  green.  Another  is  a 
pattern  chiefly  in  yellow  upon  purple,  outlined 
first  with  yellow  couched  with  gold,  and  next  the 
ground  with  silver.  In  the  case  of  couched  cord 
or  gold,  the  colour  of  the  stitching  counts  also. 

Stitches  from  the  edge  of  a  leaf,  inwards, 
alternately  long  and  short,  though  they  form  an 
edge  to  the  leaf,  are  not  properly  outlining 
This  is  rather  a  stopping  short  of  solid  work 
than  outlining,  though  it  often  goes  by  that 
name. 

The  first  condition  of  a  good  outline  stitch  is 
that  it  should  be,  as  it  were,  supple,  so  as  to  follow 
the  flow  of  the  form.  At  the  same  time  it  should 
be  firm.  Fancy  stitches  look  fussy  ;  and  a  spiky 
outline  is  worse  than  none  at  all. 

There  is  absolutely  no  substantial  ground  for 
the  theory  that  outlines  should  be  worked  in  a 
stitch  not  used  elsewhere  in  the  work.  On  the 
contrary,  it  is  a  good  rule  not  to  introduce  extra 
stitches  into  the  work  unless  they  give  something 
which  the  stitches  already  employed  will  not  give. 
The  simplest  way  is  always  safest. 

An  outline  affords  a  ready  means  of  clearing  up 
edges ;  but  it  should  not  be  looked  upon  merely 


OUTLINE.  187 

as  a  device  for  the  disguise  of  slovenliness.  Unless 
the  colour  scheme  should  necessitate  an  outline, 
an  embroidress,  sure  of  her  skill,  will  often  prefer 
not  to  outline  her  work,  and  to  get  even  the 
drawing  lines  within  the  pattern,  by  voiding.  VOIDING. 
She  will  leave,  that  is  to  say,  a  line  of  ground- 
stuff  clear  between  the  petals  of  her  flowers,  or 
what  not ;  which  line,  by  the  way,  should  be 
narrower  than  it  is  meant  to  appear,  as  it  looks 
always  broader  than  it  is.  It  is  more  difficult,  it 
must  be  owned,  thus  to  work  along  two  sides  of 
a  line  of  ground-stuff  than  to  work  a  single  line  of 
stitching ;  but  it  is  within  the  compass  of  any 
skilled  worker ;  and  skilled  workers  have  delighted 
in  it  even  when  their  work  was  on  a  small  scale, 
which  determined  that  the  lines  of  voiding  should 
be  as  fine  as  possible  (Illustrations  39  and  40). 

In  work  on  a  bold  scale  there  is  no  difficulty 
about  it ;  and  it  would  be  remarkable  that  it  is  so 
seldom  used,  were  it  not  that  the  uncertain  worker 
likes  to  have  a  chance  of  clearing  up  ragged  edges, 
and  that  voiding  implies  a  broader  and  more 
dignified  treatment  of  design  than  it  is  the  fashion 
to  affect. 


SHADING. 

One  arrives  inevitably  at  gradation  of  colour 
in  embroidery :  the  question  is  how  best  to  get 
it.  But,  before  mentioning  the  ways  in  which  it 
may  be  got,  it  seems  necessary  to  protest  that 
shading  is  not  a  matter  of  course.  Perfectly 
beautiful  work  may  be  done,  and  ought  more 
often  to  be  done,  in  merely  flat  needlework ;  the 
gloss  of  the  silk  and  its  varying  colour  as  it 
catches  the  light  according  to  the  direction  of 
the  stitching,  are  quite  enough  to  prevent  a 
monotonously  flat  effect. 

Still,  embroidery  affords  such  scope  for  gradation 
of  colour,  not,  practically,  to  be  got  by  any  pro- 
cess of  weaving,  that  a  colourist  may  well  revel 
in  the  delights  of  colour  which  silks  of  various 
dyes  allow.  And  so  long  as  colour  is  the  end  in 
view  there  is  not  much  danger  that  a  colourist  will 
go  wrong. 

The  real  use  of  shading  in  embroidery  is  rather 
to  get  gradation  of  colour  than  relief  of  form.  As 
to  the  stitch  to  be  employed,  that  is  partly  a 
personal  matter,  partly  a  question  of  what  is^  to 
be  done.  The  stitch  must  be  adapted  to  the  kind 


190  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

of  shading,  or  the  shading  must  be  designed  to  suit 
the  stitch.  It  makes  all  the  difference  in  the  world, 
whether  your  shading  is  done  deliberately  in  well- 
marked  shades  of  colour,  or  whether  one  shade 
merges  into  another.  In  the  best  work  it  is  always 
done  with  decision.  There  is  nothing  vague  or 
casual,  for  example,  about  the  shading  of  Mr 
Crane's  animals  in  Illustration  74.  Everywhere 
the  shading  is  drawn,  either  in  lines  or  as  a 
sharply  defined  mass.  Given  a  drawing  in  which 
the  shadows  are  properly  planned  and  crisply 
drawn  like  that,  and  you  may  use  what  stitch 
you  please. 

The  more  natural  way  of  shading  is  to  let  the 
stitches  follow  the  lines  of  the  drawing,  and  so 
make  use  of  them  to  express  form,  as  with  the 
strokes  of  the  pen  or  pencil  upon  paper.  Thus  in 
mediaeval  figurework  prior  to  the  fifteenth  century 
the  faces  were  usually  done  in  split-stitch,  worked 
concentrically  from  the  middle  of  the  cheek  out- 
ward, and  so  suggesting  the  roundness  of  the  face 
(Illustration  87).  But  just  as  there  is  a  system 
of  shading  according  to  which  the  draughtsman 
makes  all  his  strokes  in  one  direction  (slanting 
usually),  so  the  embroidress  may,  if  she  prefer,  take 
her  stitches  all  one  way ;  and  in  the  fifteenth  and 
sixteenth  centuries  the  fashion  was  to  work  flesh 
in  short  satin-stitches  always  in  the  vertical  direc- 
tion (Illustration  79).  The  term  "  long-and-short- 
stitch"  is  frequently  used  by  way  of  describing 


75-    SHADING    IN    CHAIN-STITCH. 


192  ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK. 

the  stitch.  It  does  not,  as  I  have  said,  help 
us  much.  The  stitches  are  in  the  first  place 
only  satin-stitches  worked  not  in  even  rows,  as 
in  Illustration  40,  but  so  that  there  is  no  line 
of  demarcation  between  one  row  and  another. 
And  this,  in  the  case  of  gradated  colour,  makes  the 
shading  softer.  The  words  long-and-short  apply 
strictly  only  to  the  outer  row  of  stitches.  You 
begin,  that  is  to  say,  with  alternately  long 
and  short  stitches.  If  you  work  after  that  with 
stitches  of  equal  length,  they  necessarily  alternate 
or  dovetail.  If  the  form  to  be  worked  necessitates 
radiation  in  the  stitching,  there  results  a  texture 
something  like  the  feathering  of  a  bird's  breast 
(Illustration  85),  whence  the  name  plumage-stitch, 
another  term  describing  not  so  much  a  stitch  as 
the  use  of  a  stitch. 

No  matter  what  the  stitch,  one  must  be  able  to 
draw  in  order  to  express  form  :  it  is  rather  more 
difficult  to  draw  with  a  needle  than  with  a  pen, 
that  is  all.  True,  the  designer  may  do  that  for  you, 
and  make  such  a  workmanlike  drawing  that  there 
is  no  mistaking  it ;  but  it  takes  a  skilled  draughts- 
man to  do  it. 

In  flattish  decorative  work,  where  the  drawing 
is  in  firm  lines,  as  in  Illustration  87,  the  task  of  the 
embroidress  is  relatively  easy — there  is  not  much 
shading,  for  example,  in  the  drapery  of  King 
Abias,  and  the  vine  leaves  are  merely  worked 
with  yellower  green  towards  the  edges.  Even 


76.    SHADING   IN    SHORT  STITCHES. 


N 


194  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

where  there  is  strong  shading,  a  draughtsman 
who  knows  his  business  may  make  shading  easy 
by  drawing  his  shadows  with  firm  outlines.  The 
taste  of  the  artist  who  designed  the  roses  in  Illus- 
tration 75  is  too  pictorial  to  win  the  heart  of  any 
one  with  a  leaning  towards  severity  of  design  ; 
too  much  relief  is  sought ;  but  the  way  he 
has  got  it  shows  the  master  workman ;  he  has 
deliberately  laid  in  flat  washes  of  colour,  each 
with  its  precise  outline,  which  the  worker  had 
only  to  follow  faithfully  with  flat  tambour  work. 
A  design  like  that,  given  the  working  drawing, 
asks  little  of  the  worker  beyond  patient  care :  of 
the  designer  it  asks  considerable  knowledge. 

A  yet  more  pictorial  effect  is  produced  in  much 
the  same  way,  this  time  in  satin-stitch,  in  Illustra- 
tion 76.  The  artist  has  for  the  most  part  drawn 
his  shadows  with  crisp  brush  strokes,  which  the 
worker  had  no  difficulty  in  following  ;  but  there  is 
some  rounding  of  the  bird's  bodies  which  a  merely 
mechanical  worker  could  not  have  got.  In  fact, 
there  are  indications  that  this  is  the  work  of  a 
painter  embroidress  more  intent  in  rendering  with 
the  needle  the  plump  forms  of  the  birds  than 
their  feathering. 

You  can  embroider,  of  course,  without  knowing 
much  about  drawing ;  but  you  cannot  go  far  in  the 
direction  of  shading  (which  has  not  been  drawn  for 
you,  or  has  been  but  vaguely  drawn)  without  the 
appreciation  of  form  which  comes  only  of  knowing 


77-    SHADING   IN   LONG-AND-SHORT  AND   SPLIT  STITCHES. 


196  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

and  understanding.  There  is  evidence  of  such 
knowledge  and  understanding  in  the  working  of 
the  lion  in  Illustration  77.  That  is  not  a  triumph 
of  even  stitching ;  but  it  is  a  triumph  of  drawing 
with  the  needle.  The  short  satin  and  split  stitches 
are  not  placed  with  the  regularity  so  dear  to  the 
human  machine,  but  they  express  the  design 
perfectly.  The  embroiderer  of  that  lion  was  an 
artist,  possibly  the  artist  who  designed  it.  "  It 
might  be  a  man's  work,"  was  the  verdict  of  an 
embroidress.  At  all  events  it  is  the  work  of  some 
one  who  could  draw,  and  only  a  draughtsman  or 
draughtswoman  could  have  worked  it. 

This  is  not  said  wholly  in  praise  of  shading. 
Embroidery  ought,  for  the  most  part,  to  do  very 
well  without  it.  The  point  to  insist  upon  is  that, 
if  shading  is  employed  at  all,  it  should  mean 
something,  and  not  be  mere  fumbling  after  form. 

The  charm  of  shading  in  embroidery  is  not  the 
roundness  of  form  which  you  get,  but  the  grada- 
tion of  colour  which  it  gives.  This  may  be 
very  delicately  and  subtly  got  by  split-stitch, 
which  is  on  that  account  so  valuable  in  the 
rendering  of  flesh  tints.  But  the  blending  of  colour 
into  colour  which  is  universally  admired  is  not 
quite  so  admirable  as  people  think.  One  may 
easily  employ  too  many  shades  of  colour,  easily 
allow  them  to  melt  so  imperceptibly  one  into  the 
other  that  the  result  is  only  unmeaning  softness. 
An  artist  prefers  to  see  few  shades  employed,  and 


SHADING.  197 

those  chosen  with  judgment  and  placed  with 
deliberate  intention.  If  they  mean  something, 
there  is  no  harm  in  letting  it  be  seen  where 
they  meet :  broad  masses  give  breadth  :  vagueness 
generally  means  ignorance.  That  is  perhaps 
why  one  dislikes  it,  and  why  it  is  so  common. 


FIGURE   EMBROIDERY. 

To  an  accomplished  needlewoman  embroidery 
offers  every  scope  for  art,  short  of  the  pictorial ; 
and  the  artist  is  not  only  justified  in  lavishing 
work  upon  it,  but  at  times  bound  to  do  so,  more 
especially  when  it  comes  to  working  with  materials 
in  themselves  rich  and  costly.  A  beautiful  material, 
if  you  are  to  better  it  (and  if  not  why  work  upon 
it  at  all?),  must  be  beautifully  worked.  Costly 
material  is  worth  precious  work  ;  and  there  should 
be  by  rights  a  preciousness  about  the  needlework 
employed  upon  it,  preciousness  of  design  and  of 
execution.  To  put  the  value  into  the  material  is 
mere  vulgarity. 

It  seems  to  an  artist  almost  to  go  without  saying, 
that  the  labour  on  work  claiming  to  be  art  should 
be  in  excess  of  the  value  of  the  stuff  which  goes  to 
make  it.  What  we  really  prize  is  the  hand  work 
and  the  brain  work  of  the  artist ;  and  the  more 
precious  the  stuff  we  employ,  the  more  strictly  we 
are  bound  to  make  artistic  use  of  it.  That  does  not 
mean  pictorial  use.  You  can  get,  no  doubt,  with 
the  needle  effects  more  or  less  pictorial — most  often 
less  pictorial  than  the  worker  means  to  get ;  but, 


FIGURE  EMBROIDERY.  199 

when  got,  they  are  usually  at  the  best  rather  inferior 
to  the  picture  of  which  they  are  a  copy. 

Work  done  should  be  better  always  than  the 
design  for  it.  That  was  a  project  only,  a  promise : 
the  fulfilment  should  be  something  more.  A 
design  of  which  the  promise  is  not  likely  to  be 
fulfilled  in  the  working-out  is,  for  its  purpose,  ill- 
designed.  To  say  that  you  would  rather  have 
the  drawing  from  which  it  was  done  (and  that  is 
what  you  usually  feel  about  "  needle  pictures  ")  is 
most  severely  to  condemn  either  the  designer  or 
the  worker,  or  perhaps  both.  Only  a  competent 
figure  painter,  for  example,  can  be  trusted  to  render 
flesh  with  the  needle ;  her  success  is  in  proportion 
to  her  skill  with  the  implement,  but  in  any  case 
less  than  what  might  be  achieved  in  painting  :  then 
why  choose  the  needle  ? 

Admitting  that  a  painter  who  by  choice  or 
chance  takes  to  the  needle  may  paint  with  it 
satisfactorily  enough,  that  does  not  go  to  prove 
the  needle  a  likely  tool  to  paint  with.  It  is 
anything  but  that.  There  was  never  a  greater 
mistake  than  to  suppose,  as  some  do  who  should 
know  better,  that,  to  raise  embroidery  to  the  rank 
of  art,  figure  work  is  necessary.  The  truth  is  that 
only  by  rare  exception  does  embroidered  figure 
work  rise  to  the  rank  of  art :  the  rule  is  that  it  is 
degraded — the  more  surely  as  it  aims  at  picture. 
And  that  is  why,  for  all  that  has  been  done  in  the 
way  of  wonderful  picture  work,  say  by  the  Italians 


200  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

and  the  Flemings  of  the  Early  Renaissance,  the 
pictorial  is  not  the  form  of  design  best  suited  to 
embroidery. 

Needlework,  like  any  other  decorative  craft, 
demands  treatment  in  the  design,  and  the  human 
figure  submits  less  humbly  to  the  necessary  modi- 
fication than  other  forms  of  life.  Animals,  for 
instance,  lend  themselves  more  readily  to  it,  and  so 
do  birds  ;  fur  and  feathers  are  obviously  translatable 
into  stitches.  Leaves  and  flowers  accommodate 
themselves  perhaps  better  still ;  but  each  is  best 
when  it  is  only  the  motive,  not  the  model,  of 
design.  If  only,  then,  on  account  of  the  greater 
difficulty  in  treating  it,  the  figure  is  not  the  form 
of  design  most  likely  to  do  credit  to  the  needle, 
and  it  is  absurd  to  argue  that,  figure  work  being 
the  noblest  form  of  design,  therefore  the  noblest 
form  of  embroidery  must  include  it. 

The  embroidress  entirely  in  sympathy  with  her 
materials  will  not  want  telling  that  the  needle 
lends  itself  better  to  forms  less  fixed  in  their  pro- 
portions than  the  human  figure  ;  the  decorator  will 
feel  that  there  is  about  fine  ornament  a  nobility  of 
its  own  which  stands  in  need  of  no  pictorial  support ; 
the  unbiassed  critic  will  admit  that  figure  design  of 
any  but  the  most  severely  decorative  kind  is  really 
outside  the  scope  of  needle  and  thread  ;  and  that 
the  desire  to  introduce  it  arises,  not  out  of  crafts- 
manlikeness,  but  out  of  an  ambition  which  does 
not  pay  much  regard  to  the  conditions  proper  to 


FIGURE   EMBROIDERY.  201 

needlework.  Those  conditions  should  be  a  law  to 
the  needlewoman.  What  though  she  be  a  painter 
too?  She  is  painting  now  with  a  needle.  It  is 
futile  to  attempt  what  could  be  better  done  with 
a  brush.  She  should  be  content  to  work  the  way 
of  the  needle.  Common-sense  asks  that  much  at 
least  of  loyalty  to  the  art  she  has  chosen  to 
adopt. 

Wonderful  and  almost  incredibly  pictorial  effects 
have  been  obtained  with  the  needle  ;  but  that  does 
not  mean  to  say  it  was  a  wise  thing  to  attempt 
them.  The  result  may  be  astonishing  and  yet 
not  worth  the  pains.  The  pains  of  flesh-painting 
with  the  needle  (if  not  the  impossibility  of  it  for 
all  practical  purposes)  is  confessed  by  the  habit 
which  arose  of  actually  painting  the  flesh  in  water 
colour  upon  satin.  Paint  on  satin,  if  you  please : 
there  are  occasions  when  there  is  no  time  to  stitch 
and  it  may  be  necessary,  perhaps,  for  some  cere- 
monial and  more  or  less  theatric  purpose,  to  paint 
what  had  better  have  been  worked.  The  more 
frankly  such  work  acknowledges  its  temporary  and 
makeshift  character  the  better.  Scene  painting  is 
art,  until  you  are  asked  to  take  it  for  landscape 
painting.  Anyway,  the  mixture  of  painting  and 
embroidery  is  not  to  be  endured  ;  and  it  is  a  poor- 
spirited  embroidress  who  will  thus  confess  her 
weakness  and  call  on  paint  to  help  her  out.  It 
does  not  even  do  that,  it  fails  absolutely  to  pro- 
duce the  desired  effect.  The  painting  quarrels 


202 


ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


with  the  stitching,  and  there  is  after  all  no 
semblance  of  that  unity  which  is  the  very  essence 
of  picture. 

An  instance  of  painted  flesh  occurs  upon  Illus- 
tration 99.  Can  any  one,  in  view  of  the  bordering 
to  the  picture,  doubt  that  the  worker  had  much 
better  have  kept  to  what  she  could  do,  and  do 


78.    CHINESE   CHAIN-STITCHING. 

perfectly,  ornament?  An  example,  on  the  other 
hand,  of  what  may  be  done  in  the  way  of  expressing 
action  in  the  fewest  and  simplest  chain  stitches 
(if  only  you  know  the  form  you  want  to  represent 
and  can  manage  your  needle)  is  given  in  the  wee 
figures  in  the  landscape  above  (78). 

In  speaking  of  the  necessary  treatment  of  the 
human  figure  (as  of  other  natural  form)  in  needle- 
work, it  is  not  meant  to  contend  that  there  is  one 


79.    FIFTEENTH-CENTURY    FIGURE   WORK. 


204  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

only  way  of  treating-  it  consistently,  or  that  there 
are  no  more  than  two  or  three  ways.  There  are 
various  ways,  some  no  doubt  yet  to  be  devised, 
but  they  must  be  the  ways  of  the  needle.  The 
flesh,  of  course,  is  the  main  difficulty.  A  Gothic 
practice,  and  not  the  least  happy  one,  was  to 
show  the  flesh  in  the  naked  linen  of  the  ground, 
only  just  working  the  outlines  of  the  features  in 
black  or  brown.  Another  way  was  to  work  the 
face  in  split  stitch,  as  already  explained,  and 
over  that  the  markings  of  the  features,  the  fine 
lines  in  short  satin-stitches,  the  broader  in  split- 
stitch,  as  shown  in  the  figure  of  King  Abias  in 
Illustration  87. 

The  general  treatment  of  the  figure  there  is  of 
course  in  the  manner  of  the  fourteenth  century, 
better  suited,  from  its  severe  simplicity,  for  render- 
ing in  needlework  than  later  and  more  pictorial 
forms  of  design.  That  needlework  can,  however, 
in  capable  hands,  go  farther  than  that  is  shown  in 
Illustration  79,  a  rather  threadbare  specimen  of 
fifteenth-century  work,  in  which  the  character  of 
the  man's  face  is  admirably  expressed.  It  is  first 
worked  in  short,  straight  stitches,  all  of  white,  and 
over  that  the  drawing  lines  are  worked  in  brown. 
The  artist  gets  her  effect  in  the  simplest  possible 
way,  and  apparently  with  the  greatest  ease. 

More  like  painting  is  the  head  in  Illustration 
80,  worked  in  short  stitches  of  various  shades, 
which  give  something  of  the  colour  as  well  as  the 


80.    SIXTEENTH-CENTURY   ITALIAN   FIGURE   WORK, 


206  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

modelling  of  flesh.  This  is  a  triumph  in  its  way. 
It  goes  about  as  far  as  the  needle  can  go,  and 
farther  than,  except  under  rare  conditions,  embroid- 
ery need  go.  But  it  may  be  carried  to  that  point 
and  yet  be  essentially  needlework. 

Equally  wonderful  in  their  miniature  way  are 
the  faces  of  the  little  people  on  Illustration  81, 
about  the  size  of  your  finger  nail.  They  are 
worked  in  solid  satin-stitch,  and  the  two  layers  of 
silk  (back  and  front)  give  a  substance  fairly  thick 
but  at  the  same  time  yielding,  so  that  when  the 
stitches  for  the  mouth  and  eyes  are  sewn  tightly 
over  it  they  sink  in,  and,  as  it  were,  push  up  the 
floss  between  and  give  relief.  The  nose  is  worked 
in  extra  satin-stitch  over  the  other,  and  the  slight 
depression  at  the  end  of  the  stitch  gives  lines  of 
drawing.  This  trenches  upon  modelling,  but,  on 
such  a  minute  scale,  does  not  amount  to  very 
pronounced  departure  from  the  flat.  The  method 
employed  does  not  lend  itself  to  larger  work. 

The  last  word  on  the  question  as  to  what  one 
may  do  with  the  needle  is,  that  you  may  do  what 
you  can;  but  it  is  best  to  seek  by  means  of  it  what 
it  (or  you  with  it)  can  best  do,  and  always  to  make 
much  of  the  texture  of  silk,  and  of  the  quality  of 
pure  and  lustrous  colour  which  it  gives — in  short, 
to  work  with  your  materials. 


8l.    CHINESE   FIGURES. 


THE   DIRECTION    OF   THE    STITCH. 

The  effect  of  any  stitch  is  vastly  varied,  according 
to  the  use  made  of  it.  Satin-stitch,  it  was  shown 
(38),  worked  in  twisted  silk,  ceases  to  have  any 
appearance  of  satin  ;  and  it  makes  all  the  differ- 
ence whether  the  stitches  are  long  or  short,  close 
together  or  wide  apart.  More  important  than  all 
is  the  direction  of  the  stitch.  By  that  alone  you 
can  recognise  the  artist  in  needlework. 

The  DIRECTION  of  the  stitch  deserves  con- 
sideration from  two  points  of  view — that  of  colour 
and  that  of  form.  First  as  to  colour.  It  is  not 
sufficiently  realised  that  every  alteration  in  the 
direction  of  the  stitch  means  variety  of  tone,  if  not 
of  tint.  Take  a  feather  in  your  hand,  and  turn  it 
about,  so  that  now  one  side  of  the  quill  now  the 
other  catches  the  light ;  or  notice  the  alternate 
stripes  of  brighter  and  greyer  green  on  a  fresh- 
trimmed  lawn,  where  the  garden  roller  has  bent 
the  blades  of  grass  first  this  way  and  then  that. 
So  it  is  with  the  colour  of  silken  stitches.  The 
pattern  opposite  (82)  looks  as  if  it  had  been 
embroidered  in  two  shades  of  silk  ;  in  the  work 
itself  it  has  still  more  that  appearance ;  but 


210  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

it  is  all  in  one  shade  of  brownish  gold  :  the 
difference  which  you  see  is  merely  the  effect  of 
light  upon  it.  The  horizontal  stitches,  as  it 
happens,  catch  the  light;  the  vertical  ones  do 
not.  Had  the  light  come  from  a  different  point, 
the  effect  might  have  been  reversed.  If  there  had 
been  diagonal  stitches  from  right  to  left,  they 
would  have  given  a  third  tint ;  and,  if  there  had 
been  others  from  left  to  right,  they  would  have 
given  a  fourth. 

Suppose  a  pattern  in  which  the  leaves  were 
worked  horizontally,  the  flowers  vertically,  and 
the  stalks  in  the  direction  of  their  growth,  all  in 
one  stitch  and  in  one  colour,  there  would  be  a  very 
appreciable  difference  in  tone  between  leaves, 
flowers,  and  stalks.  In  gold,  the  difference  would 
be  yet  more  striking.  And  that  is  one  reason 
why  gold  backgrounds  are  worked  in  diapers ; 
not  so  much  for  the  sake  of  pattern  as  to  get 
variety  of  broken  tint. 

In  the  famous  Syon  Cope  the  direction  of  the 
stitching  is  frankly  independent  of  the  design. 
That  is  to  say,  while  the  pattern  radiates  natur- 
ally from  the  neck,  the  stitches  do  not  follow 
suit,  but  go  all  one  way — the  way  of  the  stuff. 
This,  though  rather  a  brutal  solution  of  the  diffi- 
culty, saves  all  after-thought  as  to  what  direction 
the  stitches  shall  take ;  but  it  has  very  much 
the  effect  of  weaving.  The  embroiderer  of  the 
thirteenth  century  was  not  afraid  of  that  (aimed  at 


THE  DIRECTION  OF  THE  STITCH.         211 


it,  perhaps  ?),  and  was,  apparently,  afraid  of  letting 
go  the  leading  strings  of  warp  and  weft. 

When  stitches  follow  the  direction  of  the  form 
embroidered,  accommodating  themselves  to  it, 
all  manner  of  subtle  change  of  tone  results.  You 
get,  not  only  variety  of  colour,  but  more  than  a 
suggestion  of  form. 

That  is  the  second  point  to  be  considered. 

The  direction 
taken  by  the  stitch 
always  helps  to 
explain  the  drawing ; 
or,  if  the  needle- 
woman cannot 
draw,  to  show  that 
she  cannot — as,  for 
example,  in  the  tulip 
herewith  (83).  A  less 
intelligent  manage- 
ment of  the  stitch 
it  would  be  hard 
to  find.  The  needle- 
strokes,  far  from  helping  in  the  very  slightest 
degree  to  explain  the  folding  over  of  the  petals, 
directly  contradict  the  drawing.  The  flower 
might  almost  have  been  designed  to  show  how 
not  to  do  it  ;  but  it  is  a  piece  of  old  work, 
quite  seriously  done,  only,  without  knowing. 
The  embroidress  is  free,  of  course,  to  work  her 
stitches  in  a  direction  which  does  not  express 


83.    MEANINGLESS    DIRECTION 
OF   STITCH. 


212 


ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


form  at  all,  so  as  to  give  a  flat  tint,  in  which 
is  no  hint  of  modelling ;  but  the  intention  is  here 
quite  obviously  naturalistic.  The  rendering  below 
(84)  shows  the  direction  the  stitches  should  have 
taken.  The  turn-over  of  the  petals  is  even  there  not 
very  clearly  expressed,  but  that  is  the  fault  of  the 
drawing  (very  much  on  a  par  with  the  workman- 
ship), from  which  it 
would  not  have  been 
fair  to  depart. 

A  more  clever 
fulfilment  of  the 
naturalistic  inten- 
tion is  to  be  seen 
in  Illustration  76. 
The  drawing  of  the 
doves  is  in  the  rather 
loose  manner  of  the 
period  of  Marie 
Antoinette ;  but  the 
treatment  of  the 
stitch  is  clever  in  its 
way — the  way,  as  I 

have  said,  rather  ol  painting  than  of  embroidery, 
giving  as  it  does  the  roundness  of  the  birds'  bodies 
but  no  hint  of  actual  feathering,  such  as  you  find 
in  the  bird  opposite  (85).  There,  every  stitch 
helps  to  explain  the  feathering.  By  a  discreet  use 
of  what  I  must  persist  in  calling  the  same  stitch 
(that  is,  satin-stitch  and  the  variety  of  it  known  as 


84.    MORE   EXPRESSIVE  LINES 
OF  STITCHING. 


214  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

plumage-stitch)  the  embroiderer  has  rendered  with 
equal  perfection  the  sweep  of  the  broad  wing 
feathers  and  the  fluffy  feathering  of  the  breast. 
It  is  by  means  of  the  direction  of  the  stitch, 
too,  that  the  drawing  of  the  neck  is  so  perfectly 
expressed. 

The  direction  of  the  stitch  is  varied  to  some 
purpose  in  the  head  in  Illustration  80,  where  the 
flesh  is  all  in  straight  upright  stitches,  whilst  the 
hair  is  stitched  in  the  direction  of  its  growth. 

The  five  petals  on  the  satin-stitch  sampler 
(Illustration  36) — to  descend  from  the  masterly  to 
the  elementary — show  something  of  the  difference 
it  makes  in  what  direction  the  stitch  is  worked.  It 
matters  more,  of  course,  in  some  stitches  than  in 
others ;  but  in  most  cases  the  direction  of  the 
stitch  suggests  form,  and  has  accordingly  to  be 
considered. 

It  scarcely  needs  further  pointing  out  how  the 
direction  of  the  stitch  may  help  to  explain  the 
construction  of  the  form,  as  in  the  case  of  leaves, 
for  example,  where  the  veining  may  be  suggested  ; 
or  of  stalks,  where  the  fibre  may  be  indicated. 
There  is  no  law  as  to  the  direction  of  stitch,  except 
that  it  should  be  considered.  You  may  follow  the 
direction  of  the  forms,  you  may  cross  them,  you 
may  deliberately  lay  your  stitches  in  the  most 
arbitrary  manner ;  but,  whatever  you  do,  you  must 
do  it  with  intelligent  purpose.  An  artist  or  a  work- 
woman can  tell  at  once  whether  your  stitch  was 


THE  DIRECTION  OF  THE  STITCH.          215 

laid  just  so  because  you  meant  it  or  because  you 
knew  no  better. 

Having  laid  your  stitches  deliberately,  it  is  best 
to  leave  them,  and  not  to  work  over  them  with 
other  stitching.  Stitching  over  stitching  was 
resorted  to  whenever  elaboration  was  the  fashion  ; 
but  the  simpler  and  more  direct  method  is  the 
best.  The  way  the  veins  are  laid  in  cord  over  the 
satin-stitch  in  the  lotus  leaves  in  Illustration  40 
is  the  one  fault  to  be  found  with  an  all  but  perfect 
piece  of  workmanship. 

The  stitching  over  the  laid  silver  mid-rib  in 
Illustration  100  is  better  judged.  It  may  be  said, 
generally  speaking,  that  except  where,  as  in  the 
case  of  laid-work,  the  first  stitching  was  done  in 
anticipation  of  a  second,  and  the  work  would  be 
incomplete  without  it,  stitching  over  stitches  should 
be  indulged  in  only  with  moderation. 

Stitching  is  sometimes  done  not  merely  over 
stitches,  but  upon  the  surface  of  them,  not  pene- 
trating the  ground-stuff.  Unless,  in  such  a  case 
the  first  stitching  is  of  such  compact  character 
as  to  want  no  strengthening,  it  amounts  almost 
to  a  sin  against  practicality  not  to  take  advantage 
of  the  second  stitching  to  make  it  firmer. 


CHURCH   WORK. 

It  is  customary  to  draw  a  distinction  between 
church  or  ecclesiastical,  as  it  is  called,  and  other 
embroidery ;  but  it  is  a  distinction  without  much 
difference.  Certain  kinds  of  work  are  doubtless 
best  suited  to  the  dignity  of  church  ceremonial 
and  to  the  breadth  of  architectural  decoration  ; 
accordingly,  certain  processes  of  work  have  been 
adopted  for  church  purposes,  and  are  taken  as  a 
matter  of  course — too  much  as  a  matter  of  course. 
The  fact  is,  work  precisely  like  that  employed  on 
vestments  and  the  like  (Illustration  86)  was  used 
also  for  the  caparison  of  horses  and  other  equally 
profane  purposes. 

Practical  considerations,  alike  of  ceremonial  and 
decoration,  make  it  imperative  that  church  work 
should  be  effective :  religious  sentiment  insists  that 
it  should  be  of  the  best  and  richest,  unsparingly 
and  even  lavishly  given  ;  common-sense  dictates 
that  the  loving  labour  spent  upon  it  should  not  be 
lost.  And  these  and  other  such  considerations 
involve  methods  of  work  which,  by  constant 
use  for  church  purposes,  have  come  to  be  classed 
as  ecclesiastical  embroidery.  But  there  is  no 


86.    RENAISSANCE   CHURCH    WORK. 


218  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

consecrated  stitch,  no  stitch  exclusively  belong- 
ing to  the  church,  none  probably  invented  by  it. 
For  embroidery  is  a  primitive  art — clothes  were 
stitched  before  ever  churches  were  furnished — and 
European  methods  of  embroidery  are  all  derived 
from  Oriental  work,  which  found  its  way  west- 
wards at  a  very  early  date.  Phrygia  (sometimes 
credited  with  the  invention  of  embroidery)  passed 
it  on  to  Greece,  and  Greece  to  Italy,  the  gate  of 
European  art. 

Christianity  produced  new  forms  of  design,  but 
not  new  ways  of  work.  The  methods  adopted  in 
the  nunneries  of  the  West  were  those  which  had 
already  been  perfected  in  the  harems  of  the  East. 

Embroidery  for  the  church  must  naturally  take 
count  of  the  church,  both  as  a  building  and  as  a 
place  of  worship ;  but,  as  apart  from  all  other 
needlework,  there  is  no  such  thing  as  church 
embroidery ;  and  the  branding  of  one  very  dull 
kind  of  thing  with  that  name  is  in  the  interest 
neither  of  art  nor  of  the  church,  but  only  of 
business.  "Ecclesiastical  art"  is  just  a  trade- 
term,  covering  a  vast  amount  of  soulless  work. 
There  is  in  the  nature  of  things  no  reason  why 
art  should  be  reserved  for  secular  purposes,  and 
only  manufacture  be  encouraged  by  the  clergy. 
The  test  of  fitness  for  religious  service  is  religious 
feeling ;  but  that  is  hardly  more  likely  to  be  found 
in  the  output  of  the  church  furnisher  (trade 
patterns  overladen  with  stock  symbols),  than  in 


CHURCH  WORK.  219 

the  stitching  of  the  devout  needlewoman,  working 
for  the  glory  of  God,  in  whose  service  of  old  the 
best  work  was  done. 

Many  of  the  examples  of  old  work  given  on  these 
pages  are  from  church  vestments,  altar  furniture, 
and  the  like  ;  information  on  that  point  will  be 
found  in  the  descriptive  index  of  illustrations  at 
the  beginning  of  the  book  ;  but  they  are  here 
discussed  from  the  point  of  view  of  workmanship, 
with  as  little  reference  as  possible  to  religious  or 
other  use  :  that  is  a  question  apart  from  art. 

The  distinguishing  features  of  church  work 
should  be,  in  the  first  place,  its  devotional  spirit, 
and,  in  the  second,  its  consummate  workman- 
ship. In  it,  indeed,  we  might  expect  to  find 
work  beyond  the  rivalry  of  trade,  controlled  as  that 
is  by  conditions  of  time  and  money.  Even  then 
it  would  be  but  the  more  perfect  expression  of  the 
same  art  which  in  its  degree  ennobled  things  of 
civic  and  domestic  use. 

Church  embroidery,  as  usually  practised  in  these 
days,  is  not  only  the  most  rigid  and  frigid  in  design, 
but  the  hardest  and  most  mechanical  in  execution. 
The  defect  of  hardness  arises  in  great  part  from 
the  way  it  is  done.  It  is  not  embroidered  straight 
upon  the  silk  or  velvet  which  forms  the  ground- 
work of  the  design,  but  separately  on  linen.  The 
pattern  thus  worked  is  cut  out,  and  either  pasted 
straight  on  to  the  ground-stuff,  or,  if  the  linen  is 
at  all  loose,  first  mounted  on  thin  paper  and  then 


220  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

cut  out  and  pasted  on  to  the  velvet,  where  it  is 
kept  under  pressure  until  it  is  dry.  In  either  case 
the  edges  have  eventually  to  be  worked  over. 

This  habit  of  working  on  linen  or  canvas  and 
applying  the  embroidery  ready  worked  on  to  the 
richer  stuff,  though  early  used  on  occasion,  does 
not  seem  to  have  been  common  until  a  period  when 
manufacture  generally  usurped  the  place  of  art. 
The  work  in  Illustration  87  was  done  directly  on 
to  the  silk.  But  at  a  comparatively  early  date 
there  was  already  a  regular  trade  in  embroidery 
ready  to  sew  on,  by  means  of  which  purveyors 
could  turn  out  in  a  day  or  two  what  would  have 
taken  months  to  embroider  directly  on  to  the  stuff. 

Even  if  it  had  been  the  invariable  mediaeval 
practice  to  work  sprays  or  what  not  upon  canvas 
and  apply  them  bodily  to  the  velvet,  that  would 
not  make  it  the  more  workmanlike  or  straight- 
forward way  of  working.  If  needle  stitches  are  the 
ostensible  means  of  getting  an  effect  upon  a  stuff, 
it  seems  only  right  they  should  be  stitched  upon 
that  stuff.  To  work  the  details  apart  and  then 
clap  them  on  to  it,  stands  to  embroidery  very  much 
in  the  relation  of  applied  fretwork  to  wood  carving. 
Nor  is  it  usually  happy  in  result.  Occasionally, 
as  in  the  case  of  Miss  Shrewsbury's  vine-leaf 
pattern  (Illustration  88),  it  disarms  criticism. 
More  often  it  looks  stuck-on.  A  way  of  avoiding 
that  look  is  to  add  judicious  after-stitching  on  the 
stuff  itself.  This  must  not  be  confined  to  the  sewing 


GOTHIC    CHURCH    WORK. 


222  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

on  or  outlining  merely,  but  should  be  allowed  to 
wander  playfully  over  the  field,  so  as  to  draw  your 
eye  away  from  the  margin  of  the  applied  patch, 
and  lead  you  to  infer  that,  some  of  the  needlework 
being  obviously  done  on  the  velvet,  all  of  it  is. 
But  to  disguise  in  this  way  the  line  of  demarca- 
tion, even  if  you  succeed  in  doing  it,  is  at  best  the 
art  of  prevarication. 

No  doubt  it  is  difficult  to  work  upon  velvet. 
The  stuff  is  not  very  sympathetic,  and  the  stitch- 
ing has  a  way  of  sinking  into  the  pile,  and  being, 
as  it  were,  drowned  in  it.  But  the  trailing  spirals 
of  split-stitch  which  play  about  the  applied  spots 
in  many  a  mediaeval  altar  cloth  (Illustration  89) 
hold  their  own  quite  well  enough  to  show  that  silk 
can  be  worked  straight  on  to  the  velvet. 

That  gold  may  be  equally  well  worked  straight 
on  to  velvet  may  be  seen  in  any  Indian  saddle 
cloth.  Heavy  work  of  this  kind  may  be  rather 
man's  work  than  woman's;  but  that  is  not  the 
point.  The  question  is,  how  to  get  the  best 
results  ;  and  the  answer  is,  by  working  on  the 
stuff. 

It  may  be  argued  that  in  this  way  you  cannot 
get  very  high  relief;  but  the  occasions  for  high 
relief  are,  at  the  best,  rare.  If  you  want  actual 
modelling,  as  in  the  Spanish  work  referred  to  in  a 
previous  chapter,  that  must,  of  course,  be  worked 
separately,  built  up,  as  it  were,  upon  the  canvas 
and  worked  over.  And  there  is  no  reason  why  it 


224 


ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


should  not,  for  in  no  case  does  it  appear  to  be 
stitching.  In  fact,  it  aims  deliberately  at  the 
effect  of  chased  and  beaten  metal. 

Heavy  appliqu£  of  any  kind  affects,  of  course, 
not  only  the  thickness  but  the  flexibility  of  the 
material  thus  enriched — an  important  considera- 
tion if  it  is  meant  to  hang  in  folds. 


GOTHIC   SPRIG   APPLIQUE. 


WHITE   WORK. 

Reference  has  already  been  made  in  passing  to 
the  texture  given  by  stitching,  and  to  the  variation 
in  colour  produced  by  it  according  to  the  direction 
of  the  stitch.  In  white  embroidery  upon  white  the 
contrast  between  work  and  ground  is  entirely  a 
contrast  of  texture,  which  thus  takes  the  place  of 
colour.  And  when  it  is  remembered  that  in  linen 
damask  the  pattern  is  entirely  the  result  of  the 
different  direction  of  the  warp  and  weft  threads,  it 
is  not  surprising  that  the  embroiderer,  with  the 
whole  range  of  stitches  at  her  command,  can  by 
texture  alone,  by  difference  of  surface  that  is  to 
say,  produce  pattern  work  of  very  great  variety. 
The  differences  are  subdued,  of  course ;  the  worker 
plays  in  a  minor  key — but  those  who  care  for 
delicate  work  enjoy  it  none  the  less  that  it  is 
played  in  undertones,  "  pianissimo,"  as  it  were. 

White  work  gains  something  in  effect  when  it  is 
worked  in  thread  of  different  material  from  the 
ground — in  silk  on  linen,  for  example — as  in  some 
of  the  old  Persian  work,  which  is  singularly  beauti- 
ful. In  Indian  and  Chinese  work  the  difference  of 
texture  is  accentuated  by  working  in  floss  or  in 

P 


226  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

twisted  silk  upon  crepe  or  "  tabby."  The  contrast 
obtained  in  modern  embroidery  by  working  in 
cotton  upon  cambric  is  less  satisfactory.  There  is 
something  rather  objectionable  in  ornamenting  one 
material  with  another  that  is  inferior  to  it ;  and 
cotton  is  a  poor  thread  with  which  to  decorate 
linen. 

Nevertheless  embroidery  in  white  on  white  has 
been  carried  in  our  own  time  to  a  point  of  very 
considerable  accomplishment,  which  is  the  more 
remarkable  because  it  is  practised  not  as  an  art 
but  as  an  industry,  and  apparently  a  paying  one. 
We  have  been  able,  with  the  assistance  of  Mr 
James  Jeffrey,  to  explain  the  stitches  and  processes 
generally  employed  by  the  peasant  women  of 
Down  and  Donegal,  and  to  illustrate  them  in  a 
series  of  patterns  which  he  has  had  worked  for  us 
at  Belfast,  chiefly  from  designs  devised  to  illustrate 
the  capabilities  of  the  stitches  generally  in  use. 
The  bird  pattern,  however,  in  Illustration  90  is  by 
Mr  Jeffrey  himself,  designed  by  him  in  the  ordinary 
way  of  trade.  The  execution  of  these  examples, 
by  women  working  for  a  factory,  speaks  better  for 
the  ability  of  the  needlewomen  than  for  the  public 
taste  which  they  follow.  Such  work  as  theirs  under 
existing  conditions  argues  well  for  what  even  peas- 
ant women  might  do  if  only  they  were  directed  by 
some  one  whose  first  care  and  thought  was  for  art. 

There  is  nothing  very  new  about  the  stitches 
employed  in  white  work,  but  they  need  to  be 


WHITE    WORK.  227 

chosen  with  a  view  to  the  effect  that  can  be  got  by 
texture — by  the  contrast,  that  is   to   say,  of  the 


90.    WHITE    WORK    BY    JAMES  JEFFREY. 

surface  of  one  stitch  with  the  surface  of  another, 
and  of  the  work  generally  with  the  plain  linen.     It 


228 


ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 


SATIN 
STITCH. 


is  by  leaving  ample  surface  of  this  last  intact,  and 
judiciously  massing  the  ornament  upon  it,  that  the 
most  refined  and  beautiful  results  are  obtained. 

Of  the  stitches  commonly  employed  the  most 
serviceable  is — 

Satin  stitch,  always  more  or  less  raised  by  an 
under-padding  of  stitches  in  the  cross  direction — 
"  tracing  "  is  the  trade  name  for  it.  The  longer  the 
satin  stitches,  the  more  likely  they  are  to  open  out 
or  get  loose  and  show  the  under-sewing.  Broad 


91.    WHITE   WORK   ON   LINEN. 


WHITE    WORK. 


229 


92.    DETAILS    DESIGNED   TO   BE   WORKED    CHIEFLY    IN 
SHORT   SATIN    STITCHES. 


surfaces  are  therefore  better  broken  up.  A  leaf, 
for  example,  that  is  too  wide  to  be  satisfactorily 
worked  in  single  stitches — they  are  always  carried 
straight  across  the  forms — is  crossed  by  a  double 
series  of  stitches,  in  which  case  (as  in  the  rose 
leaves  in  Illustration  92)  the  dip  between  the  two 
stitches  gives  a  well-defined  mid-rib.  The  design, 
in  short,  is  affected  by  the  method  of  work,  and 
the  method  of  work  should  affect  the  design.  The 
leaves  above  are  deliberately  designed  to  be  worked 
in  sufficiently  short  satin  stitches. 


230  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

The  common  ideal  is  always  to  make  the  design 
stand  out  as  much  as  possible  from  the  ground, 
and  the  relief  is  often  excessive.  Sufficient  dis- 
tinction between  the  ground  and  the  pattern  is  all 
that  is  necessary,  and  that  is  easily  got  in  quite 
low  relief.  Outlines  (Illustration  91)  are  worked  in 
satin  stitch,  sometimes  over  a  cord,  but  more  often 
over  two  or  three  strands  of  the  same  kind  of  thread 
that  is  afterwards  used  in  working  over  them. 

Another  obvious  way  of  getting  over  broader 
masses  than  it  is  convenient  to  work  straight  across 
in  satin  stitch,  is  to  employ  what  is  known  as  "  long 

PLUMAGE  and  short,"  or  "plumage"  stitch  (they  call  it 
"feather"  stitch  in  Belfast)  which,  as  already 
explained  (page  100),  is  only  another  form  of  satin 
stitch.  It  is  in  this  way  that  the  breasts  of  the 
birds  are  worked  in  Illustration  90 ;  but  it  is  only 
in  design  of  a  rather  ambitious  kind  that  there  is 
occasion  for  this ;  and  it  is  not  often  that  there  is 
occasion  for  very  ambitious  design  in  white  work. 
A  more  minute  version  of  the  stitch  is  used  to 
suggest,  for  example,  the  texture  of  fur  in  the 
rendering  of  heraldic  animals  —  which  there  is, 
artistically  speaking,  no  need  to  do,  though  it  may 
be  occasionally  advisable  to  work  in  the  finest 
possible  stitches. 

SEEDING.  Great  decorative  use  may  be  made,  and  is  made, 
in  white  work  of  dots  or  spots,  "  seeding  "  as  they 
call  it,  which  may  be  executed  in  French  knots, 
but  is  more  often  stitched  with  a  double  thread 


WHITE   WORK. 


231 


93.    WHITE  WORK   WITH   SEEDING  AND   MATTING. 

from  the  back,  the  worker  holding  the  cloth  upside 
down  in  her  hoop  while  she  does  it.  It  is  probably 
only  by  the  association  of  ideas  that  the  dots  of 


232  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

thread  thus  left  exposed  suggest  something  like 
seed  pearls  ;  they  are  not  really  round,  as  may  be 
seen  in  the  dotted  leaves  in  Illustration  93.  The 
filling  in  of  the  leaves  outlined  in  satin  stitch  in 
Illustration  92  shows  a  very  minute  variety  of  seed- 

MATTING.  ing  technically  known  as  "  matting."  The  value 
of  this  kind  of  stitching  in  white  work  is  apparent 
in  most  of  the  illustrations  to  this  chapter,  where  it 
is  used  to  give  texture  varying  from  just  a  tint,  as 
in  Illustration  92,  to  a  more  or  less  conspicuously 
dotted  surface  as  in  the  butterfly  in  Illustra- 
tion 96. 

APPLIQUE.  By  means  of  applique  the  worker  on  fine  cambric 
has  an  opportunity  of  getting  the  effect  of  solid 
white  upon  a  relatively  greyish  tint.  It  is  a  simple 
and  quite  a  common  device  to  plant  little  squares 
of  cambric  upon  cambric  in  the  way  shown  in 
Illustration  94.  They  are  very  often  sewn  down 
with  a  sort  of  herring-bone  stitch ;  but  that  is  for  the 
worker  to  decide,  according  as  she  may  wish  to 
emphasise  the  outline  or  not.  It  will  be  seen 
that  the  stitching  down  in  Illustration  94  draws 
the  threads  of  the  cambric  ground  apart,  and 
gives  the  sort  of  open  outline  so  familiar  in  hem- 
stitch. 

EYELETS.  "  Eyelets  "  such  as  those  forming  the  berries  in 
Illustration  92,  are  worked  by  first  piercing  little 
holes  in  the  cloth  and  then  stitching  round  them  in 
satin  stitch — not,  as  might  have  been  supposed,  in 
buttonhole  stitch. 


WHITE    WORK. 


233 


By  piercing  a  number  of  holes  very  close  one  to  SPARRING 
another,  and  binding  them  together  at  the  edges,  a  OR  SPOKE 
kind  of  open-work  is  produced  which,  as   may  be 
seen  in  the  vase  shape  in   Illustration  91,  need  not 


94.    WHITE    WORK   ON    CAMBRIC   WITH    APPLIQUE. 

by  any  means  follow  the  square  lines  of  the  weav- 
ing, as  drawn  work  must  do.  The  lines,  for  example, 
across  the  butterfly's  body  in  Illustration  96  would 
of  necessity  have  been  straight  if  they  had  been 


234  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

"  drawn,"  and  the  open  pattern  on  the  wings  could 
not  possibly  have  followed  their  outline  as  it  does 
in  this  "  sparring  "  or  "  spoke  "  stitch  as  they  call  it. 
DRAWN  What  comes  of  drawn  work,  also  largely  used  in 
WORK.  white  embroidery,  is  shown  in  Illustration  95,  where 
the  square  lattice  pattern  is  the  natural  result  of 
working  on  the  threads  of  the  material.  A  diaper 
which  followed  the  radiating  lines  of  the  design 
could  not  possibly  have  been  executed  in  drawn 
work.  The  drawing  of  the  threads — they  are  not 
cut  —  does  not,  if  judiciously  done,  appreciably 
weaken  the  linen.  There  is  no  suggestion  of 
weakness,  for  example,  in  the  instance  given,  and 
such  open-work  is  an  excellent  foil  to  the  satin 
stitch  and  applique  with  which  it  is  constantly 
associated. 

This  enumeration  of  the  stitches  employed  in 
County  Down  and  Donegal,  and  the  illustration  of 
the  practical  uses  to  which  they  may  be  put,  is  only 
by  way  of  showing  the  kinds  of  work  which  have 
answered  the  purpose  of  white  embroidery,  and  will 
stand  the  wear  and  washing  it  has  ordinarily  to  un- 
dergo. It  is  probable,  too,  that  women  working  for 
their  living  have  discovered  for  themselves  the  short- 
est, simplest,  and  in  so  far  the  best,  way  of  doing 
what  they  set  out  to  do.  But  they  have  by  no  means 
exhausted  the  possibilities  of  workmanship  in 
white — there  is  ample  evidence  in  old  work  (page 
45)  to  the  contrary.  Any  stitch  used  in  coloured 
work  will  serve,  provided  only  that  it  will  give  the 


WHITE    WORK. 


235 


texture  necessary  to  relieve  the  pattern  from  the 
ground,  and  that  it  is  firm  and  substantial  enough 


95.    WHITE    EMBROIDERY   WITH    APPLIQUE   AND 
DRAWN   WORK. 

for  its  purpose.     No  artist  or  amateur  will  think  of 
limiting  herself  to  the  devices  current  in  manufac- 


236  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

ture  ;  but  to  know  them  is  to  be  the  better  prepared 
to  make  use  of  the  suggestions  everywhere  to  be 
found  in  needlework  generally,  no  matter  what  its 
colour  may  be.  Our  illustrations  are  enough  to 
show  this.  The  artist  in  white  will  in  the  end  work 
out  her  own  system.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to 
insist  that  there  is  room  in  white  work  for  the  most 
delicate  and  delightful  art — none  the  less  delightful 
that  it  is  modest.  It  is 'inherently  that. 


96.    WHITE    WORK    WITH    SEEDING   AND   SPARRING. 


A    PLEA    FOR   SIMPLICITY. 

The  simplest  patterns  are  by  no  means  the 
least  beautiful.  It  is  too  much  the  fashion  to 
underrate  the  artistic  value  of  the  less  pretentious 
forms  of  needlework,  and  especially  of  flat  orna- 
ment, which  has,  nevertheless,  its  own  very  impor- 
tant place  in  decoration.  As  for  geometric  pattern, 
that  is  held  to  be  beneath  consideration — it  is  so 
mechanical !  Mechanical  is  a  word  as  easily  spoken 
as  another ;  but  if  needlework  is  mechanical, 
that  is  more  often  the  fault  of  the  needlewoman 
than  of  the  mechanism  she  employs.  The  Orientals, 
who  indulged  so  freely  in  geometric  device,  were 
the  least  mechanical  of  workers.  It  is  our  rigid 
way  of  working  it  which  robs  geometric  ornament 
of  its  charm.  The  needleworker  has  less  than 
ever  occasion  to  be  afraid  of  geometric  pattern  ; 
for  it  is  peculiarly  difficult  to  get  with  the  needle 
that  appearance  of  rule-and-compass-work  which 
makes  ornament  so  dull. 

The  one  real  objection  to  geometric  pattern  is 
that  it  is  nowadays  so  cheaply  and  so  mechanically 
got  by  weaving  that,  however  freely  it  may  be 
rendered,  there  is  a  danger  of  its  suggesting 


238  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

mechanical  production,  which  embroidery  em- 
phatically ought  not  to  do.  There  is  a  similar 
objection  nowadays  to  some  stitches,  such,  for 
example,  as  chain-stitch  and  back-stitch :  they 
suggest  the  sewing-machine. 

Embroidery  does  not  to-day  take  quite  the  place 
it  once  did.  It  was  used,  for  example,  by  the  early 
Coptic  Christians  to  supplement  tapestry.  That 
is  to  say,  what  they  could  not  weave  they  stitched  ; 
it  was  only  to  get  more  delicate  detail  than  their 
tapestry  loom  would  allow,  that  they  had  recourse 
to  the  needle.  Needlework  was,  in  fact,  an  adjunct 
to  weaving.  Later,  in  mediaeval  times,  the  Germans 
of  Cologne,  for  their  church  vestments  and  the 
like,  wove  what  they  could,  and  enriched  their 
woven  figures  with  embroidery. 

Again,  a  great  deal  of  Oriental  embroidery,  and 
of  peasant  work  everywhere,  is  merely  the  result 
of  circumstances.  Where  money  is  scarce  and 
time  is  of  no  account,  it  answers  a  woman's  pur- 
pose to  do  for  herself  with  her  needle  what  might 
in  some  respects  be  even  better  done  on  the  loom. 
Her  preference  for  handwork  is  not  that  it  has 
artistic  possibilities,  but  that  it  costs  her  less. 
She  would  in  many  cases  prefer  the  more  mechani- 
cally produced  fabric,  if  she  could  get  it  at  the 
same  price.  We  do  not  find  that  Orientals  reject 
the  productions  of  the  power-loom — which  they 
would  do  if  they  had  the  artistic  instincts  with 
which  we  credit  them. 


97-    SIMPLE   STITCHING   ON    LINEN. 


240  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

It  results  from  our  conditions  of  to-day  that 
there  are  some  kinds  of  needlework  we  admire, 
which  yet  are  seldom  worth  our  doing,  such,  for 
example,  as  the  all-over  work,  which  does  not 
amount  to  more  than  simple  diaper,  and  which 
really  is  not  so  much  embroidering  on  a  textile  as 
converting  it  into  one  of  another  kind.  Glorified 
instances  of  this  kind  of  work  occur  in  the  shawl 
work  of  Cashmere,  and  in  those  beautiful  bits  of 
Persian  stitching  which  remind  one  of  carpet-work 
in  miniature,  if  they  are  not  in  fact  related  to 
carpet-weaving. 

Embroidery  was  at  one  time  the  readiest,  and 
practically  the  only,  means  of  getting  enrichment 
of  certain  kinds.  To-day  we  get  machine  em- 
broidery. As  machinery  is  perfected,  and  learns 
to  do  what  formerly  could  be  done  only  by 
the  needle,  handworkers  get  pushed  aside  and 
fall  out  of  work.  Their  chance  is,  in  keeping 
always  in  advance  of  the  machine.  There  is  this 
hope  for  them,  that  the  monotony  of  machine- 
made  things  produces  in  the  end  a  reaction  in 
favour  of  handwork — provided  always  it  gives  us 
something  which  manufacture  cannot.  Possibly 
also  there  is  scope  for  amateurs  and  home-artists 
in  that  combination  of  embroidery  and  hand- 
weaving  with  which  the  power-loom,  though  it  has 
superseded  it,  does  not  enter  into  competition. 

It  is  not  so  much  for  geometric  ornament  as 
for  simple  pattern  that  the~plea  is  here  made  for 


98.    SIMPLE    COUCHING    ON    LINEN. 


242  ART    IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

that  reticent  work  of  which  so  much  was  at  one 
time  done  in  this  country — mere  back-stitching, 
for  example,  or  what  looks  like  it,  in  yellow  silk 
upon  white  linen  ;  or  the  modest  diaper,  archaic,  if 
you  like,  but  inevitably  characteristic,  in  which  the 
naiVete"  of  the  sampler  seems  always  to  linger  ;  or 
again,  the  admirably  simple  work  in  Illustration  97. 
This  last  does  not  show  so  delicately  in  the  photo- 
graphic reproduction  as  it  should,  because,  being 
in  grey  and  yellow  on  white  linen,  the  relative 
value  of  the  two  shades  of  colour  is  lost  in  the 
photograph.  In  the  original  the  broader  yellow 
bands  are  much  more  in  tone  with  the  ground,  and 
do  not  assert  themselves  so  much.  Such  as  it  is, 
only  an  artist  could  have  designed  that  border- 
work  ;  and  any  neat-handed  woman  could  have 
embroidered  it. 

Think  again  of  the  delicate  work  in  white  or 
in  self  colour,  which  makes  no  loud  claim  to  be 
art,  but  is  content  to  be  beautiful !  Is  that  to  be 
a  thing  altogether  of  the  past  now  that  we  have 
Art  Needlework  ?  Art  needlework  !  It  has  helped 
to  put  an  end  to  the  patience  of  the  modern 
worker,  and  to  inspire  her  too  often  with  ambi- 
tions far  beyond  her  powers  of  fulfilment. 

What  one  misses  in  the  work  of  the  present  day 
is  that  reticent  and  unpretending  stitchery,  which, 
thinking  to  be  no  more  than  a  labour  of  loving 
patience,  is  really  a  work  of  art,  better  deserving 
the  title  than  much  that  is  done  in  the  name  of 


A   PLEA   FOR   SIMPLICITY.  243 

"art  needlework."  We  plume  ourselves  too  much 
upon  our  art.  Is  any  one  nowadays  modest 
enough  to  do  work  such  as  the  couching  in 
outline  in  Illustration  98?  Yet  what  distinction 
there  is  about  it ! 


EMBROIDERY   DESIGN. 

Perfect  art  results  only  when  designer  and 
worker  are  entirely  in  sympathy,  when  the 
designer  knows  quite  what  the  worker  can  do 
with  her  materials,  and  when  the  worker  not  only 
understands  what  the  designer  meant,  but  feels 
with  him.  And  it  is  the  test  of  a  practical 
designer  that  he  not  only  knows  the  conditions 
under  which  his  design  is  to  be  carried  out,  but  is 
ready  to  submit  to  them. 

The  distinction  here  made  between  designer 
and  embroiderer  is  not  casual,  but  aforethought, 
notwithstanding  the  division  of  labour  it  implies. 
Enthusiasm  has  a  habit  of  outrunning  reason. 
Because  in  some  branches  of  industry  subdivision 
of  labour  has  been  carried  to  absurd  excess,  it  is 
the  fashion  to  demand  in  all  branches  of  it  the 
autograph  work  of  one  person.  That  is  no  less 
absurd.  To  try  and  link  together  faculties  which 
Nature  has  for  the  most  part  put  asunder,  is 
futile. 

To  insist  that  designer  and  worker  should  be 
one  and  the  same  person  is  to  set  up  an  ideal 
for  the  most  part  impossible  of  fulfilment.  When 


EMBROIDERY   DESIGN.  245 

that  happens  (Illustrations  61  and  88)  it  is  well. 
But  the  attempt  to  realise  it  commonly  works 
out  in  one  of  two  ways :  either  a  good  design  is 
spoilt  in  the  working  for  want  of  executive  skill 
on  the  part  of  the  designer,  or  good  workman- 
ship is  spent  on  poor  design,  as  good,  perhaps, 
as  one  has  any  right  to  expect  of  a  needleworker, 
skilful  as  she  may  be. 

The  fact  is,  you  can  only  make  out  all  the  world 
to  be  designers  by  reducing  design  to  what  all  the 
world  can  do.  And  that  is  not  much.  There  is 
a  point  of  view  from  which  it  does  not  amount  to 
design  at  all. 

The  study  of  design  forms  part  of  the  education 
of  an  embroidress,  not  so  much  that  she  may 
design  what  she  works,  but  that  she  may  know  in 
the  first  place  what  good  design  is,  and,  in  the 
second,  be  equal  to  the  ever-recurring  occa- 
sion when  a  design  has  to  be  modified  or 
adapted.  If,  in  thus  manipulating  design  not 
hers,  she  should  discover  a  faculty  of  invention, 
she  will  want  no  telling  to  exercise  it.  A 
designer  wants  no  encouragement  to  design — 
she  designs. 

There  would  be  no  occasion  to  dwell  upon 
this,  were  it  not  for  the  prevalence  at  the  present 
moment  of  the  idea  that  a  worker,  in  whatever  art 
or  handicraft,  is  in  artistic  duty  bound  to  design 
whatever  she  puts  hand  to  do.  That  is  a  theory 
as  false  as  it  is  unkind  :  let  no  embroidress  be  dis- 


246  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

couraged  by  it.  Let  her,  unless  she  is  inwardly 
impelled  to  invent,  remain  content  to  do  good 
needlework.  That  is  her  art.  Her  business  as 
an  artist  is  to  make  beautiful  things.  Co-operation 
in  the  making  of  them  is  no  crime. 

And  what,  then,  about  originality  ?  Originality 
is  a  gift  beyond  price.  But  it  is  not  a  thing  which 
even  the  designer  should  struggle  after.  It  comes, 
if  it  is  there.  There  is  a  revengeful  consolation 
for  the  pain  we  suffer  from  design  about  us  writh- 
ing in  the  endeavour  to  be  up-to-date,  in  the 
thought  that  its  contortions  tell  what  pain  it  cost 
to  do  it.  The  birth  of  beauty  is  a  less  agonising 
travail  ;  and  the  thing  to  seek  is  beauty,  not 
novelty.  Whoever  planned  the  lines  of  the  border 
in  Illustration  99,  or  treated  the  leafage  in  Illus- 
tration loo,  was  not  trying  to  be  original,  but 
determined  to  do  his  best.  Artists  and  workers 
of  individuality  and  character  are  themselves, 
without  being  so  much  as  aware  that  originality 
has  gone  out  of  them. 

To  assume,  then,  that  every  needlewoman  is, 
or  can  ever  be,  competent  to  design  what  she 
embroiders,  is  to  make  very  small  account  of 
design.  How  is  it  possible  to  take  design  seri- 
ously and  yet  think  it  is  to  be  mastered  without 
years  of  more  serious  study  than  workwomen 
can  or  will  as  a  rule  devote  to  it  ?  Any  cultivated 
woman  may  for  herself  invent  (if  it  is  to  be  called 
invention)  something  better  worth  working  than 


RENAISSANCE    ORNAMENT. 


248  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

is  to  be  bought  ready  to  work.  And  that  may 
do  for  many  purposes,  so  long  as  it  does  not 
claim  to  be  more  than  it  is ;  but  in  the  case  of 
really  important  work,  to  be  executed  at  con- 
siderable cost  not  only  of  material  but  of  patient 
labour,  surely  it  is  worth  giving  serious  thought 
to  its  design.  The  scant  consideration  commonly 
given  to  it  hardly  suggests  a  worker  very  much  in 
earnest.  Of  has  she  thought?  And  is  she  per- 
suaded that  her  artless  spray  of  flowers,  or  the 
ironed-off  pattern  she  has  bought,  is  all  that  art 
could  be?  It  would  be  rude  to  tell  her  she  was 
wasting  silk ! 

A  worker  should  know  what  is  worth  working ; 
and  the  only  way  of  knowing  is  to  study,  to 
look  at  good  work,  old  work  by  preference ;  it  is 
worth  no  one's  while  to  praise  that  unduly.  And 
if  in  all  that  is  now  so  readily  accessible  she  finds 
nothing  to  admire,  nothing  which  appeals  to 
her,  nothing  which  inspires  her,  then  her  case  is 
hopeless.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  she  finds  only 
so  much  as  one  style  of  work  sympathetic  to 
her,  studies  that,  lets  its  spirit  sink  into  her,  tries 
to  do  something  worthy  of  it,  then  she  is  on  the 
right  road.  Measure  yourself  with  the  best,  not 
with  the  common  run  of  work ;  if  that  should 
put  you  out  of  conceit  with  your  own  work,  no 
great  harm  is  done ;  sooner  or  later  we  have  got 
to  come  to  a  modest  opinion  of  ourselves,  if  ever 
we  are  to  do  even  moderately  good  things. 


100.    LEAF    TREATMENT   IN   APPLIQUE. 


250  ART    IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

But  the  "  best "  above  referred  to  does  not 
necessarily  mean  the  most  masterly.  The  best 
of  a  simple  kind  is  not  calculated  to  discourage 
any  one — rather,  it  looks  as  if  it  must  be  easy  to 
do  that ;  and  in  trying  to  do  it  we  learn  how 
much  goes  to  the  doing  it.  Good  design  need  not 
be  of  any  great  importance  or  pretensions.  It 
may  be  quite  simple,  if  only  it  is  right ;  if  the  lines 
are  true,  the  colour  harmonious  ;  if  it  is  adapted 
to  its  place,  to  its  use  and  purpose,  to  execution 
not  only  with  the  needle  but  in  the  particular 
kind  of  needlework  to  be  employed. 

There  has  of  late  years  been  something  of  a 
revival  of  needlework  design  in  schools  of  art, 
and  some  very  promising  and  even  most  ac- 
complished work  has  been  done ;  but  in  many 
instances  it  is  rather  design  which  has  been 
translated  into  needlework,  than  design  clearly 
made  for  execution  with  the  needle.  A  really 
appropriate  and  practical  design  for  embroidery 
should  be  schemed  not  merely  with  a  view  to 
its  execution  with  the  needle,  but  with  a  view 
to  its  execution  in  a  particular  stitch  or  stitches 
—possibly  by  a  particular  embroidress.  To  be 
safe  in  designing  work  so  minute  as  that  on 
Illustration  101,  one  must  be  sure  of  the  needle- 
woman who  is  to  execute  it. 

Reference  to  old  work  must  not  be  taken  to 
imply  that  design  should  be  in  imitation  of  what 
has  been  clone,  or  that  it  should  follow  on  those 


IOI.    DELICATE   SATIN-STITCH  —  WORKED    BY    MISS    BUCKLE. 


252  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

lines.  Design  was  once  upon  a  time  traditional ; 
but  the  chain  of  tradition  has  snapped,  and  now 
conscious  design  must  be  eclectic — that  is  to  say, 
one  must  study  old  work  to  see  what  has  been 
done,  and  how  it  has  been  done,  and  then  do 
one's  own  in  one's  own  way.  It  is  at  least  as 
foolish  to  break  quite  away  from  what  has  been 
done  as  to  tether  yourself  to  it.  And  in  what  has 
been  done  you  will  see,  not  only  what  is  worth  doing, 
but  what  is  not.  That,  each  must  judge  for  herself. 
To  the  lover  of  ornament  it  will  seem  that  the  thing 
best  worth  doing  in  embroidery  is  ornament.  Any 
way,  this  much  is  certain  (and  you  have  only  to 
go  to  the  nearest  museum  to  prove  it),  that  there 
is  no  need  for  needleworkers,  unless  their  instinct 
draws  them  that  way,  to  take  to  needle  painting, 
to  pictures  in  silk,  or  even  to  flower  stitching. 

The  limitations  of  embroidery  are  not  so  rigidly 
marked  as  the  boundaries  of  many  another  craft. 
There  is  little  technical  difficulty  in  representing 
flowers,  for  example,  very  naturally — too  naturally 
for  any  dignified  decorative  purpose.  Embroiderer 
or  embroidery  designer  will,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  be 
constantly  inspired  by  flower  forms,  and  silk  gives 
the  pure  colour  of  their  petals  as  nearly  as  may  be. 
But,  though  the  pattern  be  a  veritable  flower 
garden,  the  embroidress  will  not  forget,  to  use 
the  happy  phrase  of  William  Morris,  that  she  is 
gardening  with  silks  and  gold  threads. 

Let   the   needleworker   study  the   work   of  the 


EMBROIDERY   DESIGN.  253 

needle  in  preference  to  that  of  the  brush ;  let  her 
aim  at  what  stuff  and  threads  will  give  her,  and 
give  more  readily  than  would  something  else. 
Let  her  work  according  to  the  needle,  and  take 
that  for  her  guide,  not  be  misled  by  what  some 
other  tool  can  do  better,  but  do  what  the  needle  can 
do  best,  and  be  content  with  that.  That  is  the  way 
to  Art  in  Needlework,  and  the  surest  way. 


EMBROIDERY    MATERIALS. 

Embroidery  is  not  among  the  things  which 
have  to  be  done,  and  must  be  done,  therefore, 
as  best  one  can  do  them.  It  is  in  the  nature 
of  a  superfluity :  the  excuse  for  it  is  that  it  is 
beautiful.  It  is  not  worth  doing  unless  it  is 
done  well,  and  in  material  worth  the  work  done 
on  it.  If  you  are  going  to  spend  the  time  you 
must  spend  to  do  good  work,  it  is  worth  while 
using  good  stuff,  foolish  to  use  anything  else. 
The  stuff  need  not  be  costly,  but  it  should  be  the 
best  of  its  kind ;  and  it  should  be  chosen  with 
reference  to  the  work  to  be  done  on  it,  and  vice 
versa.  A  mean  ground-stuff  implies,  if  it  does  not 
necessitate,  its  being  embroidered  all  over,  ground- 
work as  well  as  pattern  ;  a  worthier  one  suggests 
that  it  should  not  be  hidden  altogether  from  view  ; 
a  really  beautiful  one  asks  that  enough  of  it  should 
be  left  bare  of  ornament  that  its  quality  may  be 
appreciated. 

STUFFS.  It  goes  without  saying,  that  for  big,  bold 
stitching  a  proportionately  coarse  ground-stuff 
should  be  used,  and  for  delicate  work,  one  of 
finer  texture — whether  it  be  linen,  woollen  cloth, 
or  silk,  your  purpose  will  determine. 


EMBROIDERY   MATERIALS.  255 

Linen  is  a  worthy  ground-stuff,  which  may  be  STUFFS. 
worked  on  with  flax  thread,  crewel,  or  silk,  but 
they  should  not  be  mixed.  Cotton  is  hardly 
worth  embroidering.  Of  woollen  stuffs,  good 
plain  cloth  is  an  excellent  ground  for  work  in 
wool  or  silk,  but  it  is  not  pleasant  to  the  touch 
in  working.  Serge,  if  not  too  loose,  may  serve 
for  curtains  and  the  like,  but  it  is  not  so  well 
worth  working  upon.  Felt  is  beneath  contempt. 

The  nobler  the  material,  the  more  essential  it  is 
that  it  should  be  of  the  best.  Poor  satin  is  not 
"  good  enough  to  work  on  "  ;  it  looks  poorer  than 
ever  when  it  is  embroidered. 

Satin  should  be  stretched  upon  the  frame  the 
way  of  the  stuff,  and  it  should  not  be  forgotten 
that  it  has  a  right  and  a  wrong  way  up.  If  it  is 
backed,  the  linen  should  be  fine  and  smooth :  on 
a  coarse  backing,  the  satin  gets  quickly  worn 
away,  as  you  may  see  in  many  a  piece  of  old 
work  that  has  gone  ragged. 

"  Roman  satin "  and  what  is  called  "  satin  de 
luxe"  (perhaps  because  it  is  not  so  luxurious  as  it 
pretends  to  be)  are  effective  ground-stuffs  easy 
to  work  upon ;  but  there  is  an  odour  of  pretence 
about  satin-faced  cotton. 

A  corded  silk  is  not  good  to  embroider  ;  the  work 
on  it  looks  hard  ;  but  a  close  twill  answers  very 
well.  Silk  damask  makes  an  admirable  ground, 
beautifully  broken  in  colour,  if  only  it  is  simple 
and  broad  enough  in  pattern.  Generally  speaking. 


256  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

you  can  hardly  choose  a  design  too  big  and 
flat ;  but  something  depends  upon  the  work  to 
be  done  on  it.  In  any  case,  the  pattern  of  the 
damask  ought  not  to  assert  itself,  and  if  you  can't 
make  out  its  details,  so  much  the  better. 

Brocade  asserts  itself  too  much  to  form  a  good 
background.  There  is  a  practice  of  embroidering 
the  outlines,  or  certain  details  only,  of  damask 
and  brocade  patterns.  That  is  a  fair  way  of 
further  enriching  a  rich  stuff ;  but  it  is  embroidery 
merely  in  the  sense  that  it  is  literally  embroidered  : 
the  needlework  is  only  supplementary  to  weaving. 

Tussah  silk  of  the  finer  sort  is  easy  to  work  in 
the  hand.  The  thinner  and  looser  quality  needs 
to  be  worked  in  a  frame,  and  with  smooth  silk 
not  tightly  twisted. 

THREAD.  With  regard  to  the  thread  to  work  with  :  The 
coarser  kinds  of  flax  are  best  waxed  before  using. 
The  crewel  to  be  preferred  is  that  not  too  tightly 
twisted.  Filoselle  is  well  adapted  to  couching,  and 
may  be  laid  double  (24  threads).  French  floss  is 
smooth,  and  does  well  for  laid  work ;  for  fine 
work  bobbin  floss,  or  what  is  called  "  church 
floss,"  is  better ;  the  slight  twist  in  filo-floss  is 
against  it ;  very  thick  floss  may  be  used  for 
French  knots. 

For  couching  gold,  a  very  fine  twisted  silk  does 
well.  Purse  silk,  thick  and  twisted,  lends  itself 
perfectly  to  basket  work.  Working  in  coloured 
silks,  one  should  take  advantage  of  the  quality 


EMBROIDERY   MATERIALS.  257 

of  pure  transparent  colour  which  silk  takes  in 
the  dyeing.  The  palette  of  the  embroiderer  in 
silk  is  superlatively  rich. 

The  purest  gold  is  generally  made  on  a  founda-  GOLD. 
tion  of  red  silk.  Japanese  gold  does  not  tarnish 
so  readily  as  "  passing,"  which  is  in  some  respects 
superior  to  it.  For  stitching  through,  there  is  a 
finer  thread,  called  "  tambour."  Flat  gold  wire  is 
known  by  the  name  of  "  plate,"  and  various  twisted 
threads  by  the  name  of  "  purl." 

A  not  very  promising  substance  to  embroider  CHENILLE 
with  is  chenille.  It  came  into  use  in  the  latter 
half  of  the  seventeenth  century,  and  was  still  in 
fashion  in  the  time  of  Marie  Antoinette.  The  use 
of  it  is  shown  in  Illustration  75,  where  the  darker 
touches  of  the  roses  are  worked  in  it.  Chenille 
seems  to  have  been  used  instead  of  smooth  silk, 
much  as  in  certain  old-fashioned  water-colour 
paintings  gum  was  used  with  the  paint,  or  over 
it,  to  deepen  the  shadows.  The  material  is  used 
again  in  the  wreath  on  Illustration  76.  It  is 
worked  there  in  chain-stitch  with  the  tambour 
needle :  it  may  also  be  worked  in  satin-stitch ;  but 
the  more  obvious  way  of  using  it  is  to  couch  it, 
cord  by  cord,  with  fine  silk  thread.  There  is 
this  against  chenille,  that  its  texture  is  not 
sympathetic  to  the  touch,  and  that  there  is  a 
stuffy 'look  about  it  always.  Nor  does  it  seem 
ever  quite  to  belong  to  the  smooth  satin  ground 
on  which  it  is  worked. 

R 


258  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

RIBBON.  There  is  less  objection  to  embroidery  in  ribbon, 
which  also  had  its  day  in  the  eighteenth  century. 
It  was  very  much  the  fashion  for  court  dresses 
under  Louis  Seize.  " Broderie  de  faveur"  it  was 
called,  whence  our  "  lady's  favour  "—faveur  being 
a  narrow  ribbon.  Beautiful  work  of  its  kind  was 
done  in  ribbon,  sometimes  shaded  ribbon.  Shaded 

SHADED  silk,  by  the  way,  may  be  used  to  artistic  purpose. 
There  is, 'for  example,  in  the  treasury  of  Seville 
Cathedral  a  piece  of  work  on  velvet,  thirteenth 
century  it  is  said,  rather  Persian  in  character,  in 
which  the  forms  of  certain  nondescript  animals 
are  at  first  sight  puzzlingly  prismatic  in  colour. 
They  turn  out  to  be  roughly  worked  in  short 
stitches  of  parti-coloured  silk  thread.  The  result 
is  not  altogether  beautiful,  but  it  is  extremely 
suggestive. 

RIBBON.  The  effect  of  ribbon  work  is  happiest  when  it  is 
not  sewn  through  the  stuff  after  the  manner  of 
satin-stitch,  but  lies  on  the  surface  of  the  satin 
ground,  and  is  only  just  caught  down  at  the  ends 
of  the  loops  which  go  to  make  leaves  and  petals. 
The  twist  of  the  ribbon  where  it  turns  gives 
interest  to  the  surface  of  the  embroidery,  which 
is  always  more  or  less  in  relief  upon  the  stuff. 
It  is  easy  to  crush,  and  of  limited  use  therefore. 

An  effect  of  ribbon  work,  but  of  a  harder  kind, 
was  produced  by  onlaying  narrow  strips  of  card 
or  parchment  upon  a  silken  ground,  twisted  about 
after  the  fashion  of  ribbon.  These,  having  been 


260  ART   IN    NEEDLEWORK. 

stitched  in  place,  were  worked  over  in  satin-stitch. 
The  work  has  the  merit  of  looking  just  like  what 
it  is.  But  neither  it  nor  ribbon  embroidery  is  of 
any  very  serious  account. 

Passing  reference  has  been  made  to  other 
materials  to  embroider  with  besides  thread.  Gold 
wire,  for  example,  and  spangles,  coral  and  pearls, 
which  have  been  used  with  admirable  discretion, 
as  well  as  to  vulgar  purpose.  Jewels  also  were 
lavished  upon  the  embroidery  of  bishops'  mitres, 
gloves  and  other  significant  apparel,  and  in  default 
of  real  stones,  imitations  in  glass,  and  eventually 
beads  (or  pearls)  of  glass,  in  which  we  have  possibly 
the  origin  of  knots.  Bead  embroidery  is  at  least 
as  old  as  ancient  Egypt.  Even  atoms  of  looking- 
glass,  sewn  round  with  silk,  are  used  to  really 
beautiful  effect  (barbaric  though  it  may  be)  in 
Indian  work.  The  question  almost  occurs  :  with 
what  can  one  not  embroider?  In  Madras  they 
produce  most  brilliant  embroidery  upon  muslin 
with  the  cases  of  beetles'  wings.  In  the  Mauritius 
they  use  fish-scales ;  in  North  America,  porcu- 
pine quills ;  and  everywhere  savage  tribes  use 
seeds,  shells,  feathers,  and  the  teeth  and  claws  of 
animals. 

To  return  to  more  civilised  work,  there  is 
embroidery  in  gold  and  silver  wire,  allied  to  the  art 
of  the  goldsmith,  and  on  leather  (Illustration  102), 
allied  to  the  art  of  the  saddler.  It  would  be 
difficult  to  set  any  limit  to  the  directions  in  which 


EMBROIDERY   MATERIALS.  261 

embroidery  may  branch  out,  impossible  to  describe 
them  all.  Happily,  it  is  not  necessary.  A  skilled 
worker  adapts  herself  to  new  conditions,  and  the 
conditions  themselves  dictate  the  necessary  modi- 
fication of  the  familiar  way. 


A    WORD    TO    THE    WORKER. 

A  good  workwoman  will  not  encumber  herself 
with  too  many  tools  ;  but  she  will  not  shirk  the 
expense  of  necessary  implements,  the  simplest  by 
preference,  and  the  best  that  are  made. 

NEEDLES.  Embroidery  needles  should  have  large  eyes  :  the 
silk  is  not  rubbed  in  threading  them,  and  they 
make  way  for  the  thread  to  pass  smoothly  through 
the  stuff.  For  working  in  twisted  silk,  the  eye 
should  be  roundish  ;  for  flat  silk,  long ;  for  surface 
stitching  or  interlacing,  a  blunt  "  tapestry  needle  " 
is  best ;  for  carrying  cord  or  gold  thread  through 
the  stuff,  a  "  rug  needle." 

THIMBLE.  For  a  thimble,  choose  an  old  one  that  has  been 
worn  quite  smooth. 

SCISSORS.  For  scissors,  be  sure  and  have  a  strong,  short, 
sharp  and  pointed  pair — the  surgical  instrument, 
not  the  fancy  article.  Nail  scissors  would  not  be 
amiss  but  for  the  roughness  of  the  file  on  the 
blades. 

PINS.  For  pins,  use  always  steel  ones ;  and  for  tacks, 

those  which  have  been  tinned ;  or  they  will  leave 
their  mark  behind  them. 

For  a  frame,  get  the  best  you  can  afford;  a  cheap 


A  WORD   TO   THE  WORKER.  263 

one  is  no  economy ;  but  a  stand  for  it  is  not  FRAMES. 
always  necessary.  It  should  be  rather  wider  than 
might  seem  necessary,  as  the  work  should  never 
extend  to  the  full  width  of  the  webbing.  A 
tambour  frame  is  also  useful,  even  though  you  have 
no  intention  of  doing  tambour  work. 

In  stretching  silk  (not  backed  with  linen)  upon  To 

a  frame,  some  preliminary  care  is  necessary.  The  STRETCH 
stuff  should  first  be  bordered  with  strips  of  linen 
or  strong  tape,  and  into  the  two  sides  of  this 
border  which  are  to  be  laced  up  a  stout  string 
should  be  tacked,  to  prevent  it  from  giving  when 
the  work  is  drawn  tight. 

The  way  to  put  embroidery  material  (thus  FRAMING. 
bordered  or  not)  into  a  frame  is  :  first  to  sew  it 
to  the  webbing  (top  and  bottom),  then  to  put  the 
laths  or  screws  into  the  bars,  tightening  them 
evenly,  and  lastly  to  lace  it  to  the  sides  with  fine 
string  and  a  packing  needle. 

The  ordinary  ways  of  transferring  a  design  to  TRANS- 
embroidery  material  are  well  known  :  the  outline  FERRING- 
may  be  traced  down  with  a  point  over  transfer 
paper ;  it  may  be  pricked  upon  paper  and  pounced 
upon  the  stuff  in  chalk  or  charcoal,  and  then  traced 
in  with  a  brush  or  pen  ;  or  it  (still  the  outline  only) 
may  be  stencilled.  In  any  case,  the  outline  marked 
upon  the  stuff  should  be  well  within  what  is  to  be 
the  actual  outline  of  the  embroidery  when  worked. 
Another  way,  more  peculiarly  adapted  to  needle- 
work, is  to  trace  the  outline  in  ink  upon  fine 


264  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

tarlatan  (leno  muslin  will  do  for  very  coarse  work), 
and,  having  laid  this  down  upon  the  stuff,  to  go 
over  the  lines  again  with  a  ruling  pen  and  Indian 
ink  or  colour.  On  a  light  stuff  it  is  possible  to 
use,  instead  of  a  pen,  a  hard  pencil.  On  a  dark 
material  one  must  use  Chinese  white,  to  which  it 
is  well  to  add,  not  only  a  little  gum  (arabic),  but 
a  trace  of  ox-gall,  to  make  it  work  easily.  One 
gets  by  this  method  naturally  rather  a  rotten  line 
upon  the  ground-stuff,  but  it  is  enough  for  all 
practical  purposes. 

KEEPING  Delicate  work  is  easily  rubbed  and  soiled  in  the 
CLEAN.  working.  It  is  only  reasonable  precaution  to  pro- 
tect it  by  a  veil  or  covering  of  thin,  soft,  white, 
glazed  lining,  tacked  round  the  edges  on  to  the 
stuff.  On  this  you  mark  the  four  lines  enclosing 
the  actual  embroidery,  and,  cutting  through  three 
of  them,  you  have  a  flap  of  lining,  which  you  raise 
and  turn  back  when  you  are  at  work.  If  the  work 
is  very  delicate,  you  may  make  instead  of  one  flap 
a  succession  of  little  ones ;  but  you  see  then  only 
a  portion  of  your  work  at  a  time,  and  cannot  so 
well  judge  its  effect. 

STARTING       In   starting  work,   do    not   begin    by   making  a 

FINISH-      knot  in  your  thread  ;  run  a  few  stitches  (presently 

ING.          t0  be  worked  over)  on  the  right  side  of  the  stuff. 

In  finishing,  you  run  them  at  the  back  of  the  stuff; 

for   greater   security   still,   one   may    end    with    a 

buttonhole-stitch. 

There  is  less  danger  of  puckering  the  stuff  if 


A  WORD   TO   THE  WORKER.  265 

you  hold  it  over  two  fingers  (at  least),  keeping  it    PUCKER- 
taut  and  the  thread  loose. 

Working  without  a  frame,  it  often  comes 
handiest  to  hold  the  stuff  askew,  and  there  is 
a  natural  inclination  to  pull  it  in  that  direction. 
This  temptation  must  be  resisted,  or  puckering 
is  sure  to  result. 

In  working  with  double  silk  or  wool,  it  is  better      DOUBLE 
not  to  double  back  a  single  thread,  but  to  pass  two    THREAD- 
separate  threads  through  the  eye  of  the  needle. 
The  four  threads  (where   these   are  turned    back 
near  the  eye)  make  way  through  the  stuff  for  the 
double  thread,  which  passes  easily ;  moreover,  the 
thread  by  this  means  is  not  pulled  too  tight,  and 
the  effect  is  richer. 

The  stitch  wants  always  adaptation  to  the  work 
it  has  to  do.  In  working  a  curved  line,  for  example, 
say  in  herring-bone-stitch,  one  is  bound  always  to 
take  up  a  larger  piece  of  stuff  on  its  outside  than 
on  its  inner  edge. 

When  a  thread  runs  short,  it  is  better  not  to  go 
on  working  with  it,  but  to  take  another ;  and,  in 
finishing  off,  remember  to  run  the  thread  in  the 
direction  opposite  to  that  from  which  you  are 
going  to  run  the  new  one.  In  starting  the  new 
stitch,  you  naturally  bring  your  needle  out  as  if 
it  were  a  continuation  of  that  last  made. 

If  your  work  is  faulty,  cut  it  out  and  do  it  again.  UNDOING. 
Unpicking  is  not  so  satisfactory  :  it  loosens  the  stuff 
to  drag  the  thread  back  through  it,  and  the  thread 


266  ART   IN   NEEDLEWORK. 

saved  is  of  no  further  use.  Beginners  find  it 
hard  to  undo  work  once  done ;  but  a  really  good 
needlewoman  never  hesitates  about  it — her  one 
thought  is  to  get  the  thing  right.  Don't  break 
your  thread  ever :  that  pulls  it  out  of  condition  : 
always  cut  it. 

In  working,  it  is  well  to  keep  strictly  to  the 
stitch  you  have  chosen,  but  not  to  the  point  of 
bigotry.  One  may  finish  off  darning,  for  example, 
at  the  edges  with  a  satin-stitch.  The  thing  to 
avoid  is  fudging.  Moreover,  stitches  should  be 
laid  right  at  once;  there  should  be  no  boggling 
and  botching,  no  working-over  with  stitches  to 
make  good — that  is  not  playing  fair. 

SMOOTH-  When  the  needlework  is  done,  do  not  finish  it 
with  a  flat  iron.  That  finishes  it  in  more  senses 
than  one.  But  suppose  it  is  puckered  ?  In  that 
case,  stretch  it  and  damp  it.  To  do  this,  first 
tack  on  to  it  (as  explained  on  page  263)  a  frame  of 
strong  tape.  Then,  on  a  drawing-board  or  other 
even  wooden  surface,  lay  a  piece  of  clean  calico, 
and  on  that,  face  downwards,  the  embroidery,  and, 
slightly  stretching  it,  nail  it  down  by  the  tape  with 
tin-tacks  rather  close  together.  If  now  you  lay 
upon  it  a  damp  cloth,  the  embroidery  will  absorb 
the  moisture  from  it,  and  when  that  is  removed, 
should  dry  as  flat  as  it  is  possible  to  get  it. 

A  rather  more  daring  plan  is  to  damp  the  back 
of  the  stuff  with  a  wet  sponge.  The  work,  instead 
of  being  nailed  on  to  a  board,  may  just  as  well  be 


A   WORD   TO   THE   WORKER.  267 

laced  to  a  frame  by  the  tape.  In  the  case  of  raised 
embroidery  there  must  be  between  it  and  the  wood, 
not  a  cloth  merely,  but  a  layer  of  wadding. 

The  damping  above  described  may  take  the  form 
of  a  thin  paste  or  stiffening  but  upon  silk  or  other 
such  material  this  wants  tenderly  doing. 

One  last  word  as  to  thoroughness  in  needlework. 
Those  who  have  really  not  time  to  do  much,  should 
be  satisfied  with  simple  work.  The  desire  to  make 
a  great  show  with  little  work  is  a  snare.  Ladies 
make  protest  always,  "  There  is  too  much  work  in 
that."  Well,  if  they  are  not  prepared  to  work, 
they  may  as  well  give  themselves  up  to  their  play. 
There  was  no  labour  shirked  in  the  old  work 
illustrated  in  these  pages  ;  and  nothing  much  worth 
doing  was  ever  done  without  work,  hard  work,  and 
plenty  of  it.  Should  that  thought  frighten  folk 
away,  they  may  as  well  be  scared  off  at  once. 
Art  can  do  very  well  without  them. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

ADAPTATION  of  stitch         103, 

1 88,  265 

ANTiQUE-stitch        -         -       66 

(See  also  Oriental-stitch.) 
APPLIQUE  140,  144  et  seq., 220, 
222,  224,  232,  233 
ARAB  work  -  -  -  152 
ARTLESS  art  -  -  37,  248 
ATTACHMENT  of  cord  -  124 

BACKSTITCH  30,  37,  41,  53, 
83,  86,  172,  238,  242 
BASKET  patterns  -  -  134 
BEADS  -  -  -  -  260 
BEGINNING  &  FINISHING  264 
BLANKET-STITCH  -  -  56 
BRAID-STITCH  -.  42,  43 
BROAD  surfaces  (covering)  178 
BROCADE  256 

BULLION  165 

BULLION-STITCH    75,  76,  162, 

165 
BUTTONHOLE-STITCH     8,  55  et 

seq.,  69,   122,   145,   158, 

178,  182 

BUTTONHOLING  (lace)      84,  86 
BYZANTINE  embroidery     12,  24 


PAGE 

CABLE-CHAIN  -        -        -      42 

CANVAS  -        -        -        -  7,  25 

CANVAS  stitches       -     12  et  seq. 

CANVAS-STITCH  embroidery   22 

CARD  underlay         -      162,  258 

CASHMERE  embroidery     •     240 

CASHMERE-STITCH  -        -      18 

CHAIN-STITCH    38  et  seq.,  61, 

83,  129,   145,   156,   158, 

178,  182,  202,  238,  257 

CHENILLE       -        -        -    257 

CHINESE  embroidery      78,   96 

129,  136,  140,  152 

CHURCH  work     41,    136,    148 

166,  216  et  seq. 

CLASSIFICATION  of  stitches    9, 


CLOTH    -      125,  126,  159,  255 

COLOUR  -        -        -     1 10,  208 

COLOUR  gradation     98,  114,  118 

COLOUR  and  outline      146,  185 

COMBINATION  of  stitches  -     182 

COPTIC  embroidery  -        12,  238 

,,       tapestry        -         -         2 

CORAL     -        -        -     166,  260 

CORD  -        -     122 

,,      (couched)     128,  144,  178 

182 


270 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

CORD  (attachment  of)       -     124 

COTTON  -        ...    255 

COUCHED  cord     128,  144,  178, 

182 

,,          gold    131  et  seq.,  182 

,,          outline     -         -     146 

COUCHING     22,  114,  120,  121, 

122  et  seq  ,  256 

,,          (reverse)-         -     130 

COUNTERCHANGE     -  -       154 

CRETAN  embroidery          -       12 
CRETAN-STITCH       -        -      61 

(See  also  Ladder-stitch. ) 

CREWEL  -        ...    256 

CREWEL-STITCH    26  et  seq. ,  83, 

86,  103,  105,  178, 

,,  (surface)-       86 

CREWEL  work-        -  26,  36,  37 

CROSS-STITCH-        -  12,  14,  16 

CROSSED  buttonhole-stitch      56 

CUSHION-STITCH      -        20,  21 

CUT-WORK      -        -        -     156 


DAMASK-        -        -     255,  256 

DAMPING        -        -     266,  267 

DARNING        8,  22,  83,  90,  106 

et  seq.,  178,  179 

,,         (Japanese)        -       86 

,,         (surface)  -         -       84 

DESIGN   -    150,219,245^^. 

,,        traditional   -      250,  252 

DESIGN  and  stitch    -       10,  250 

DESIGNER  and  embroiderer 

244,  245 

DIAPERS    87,  88,  108,  132,  134, 
210 

DIRECTION  of  stitch  92,95,108 
114,  136,  190,  208  et  seq.,  225 


PAGE 

DOUBLE  darning      -        -     106 
,,        thread         -         -     265 
DOVETAIL-STITCH   -     103,  104 
(See  also  Embroidery  and 

Plumage  Stitches. ) 
DRAWING  with  the  needle    192, 
194,  196,  199,  211 
DRAWN  work  -         -     2,  4,  234 


EASTERN      embroidery.       (See 

Oriental. ) 

EFFECT  and  stitch    -         36,  78 
EIGHTEENTH  century  em- 
broidery   -        -     220,  258 
EMBROIDERY  and  painting 

201,  202 
EMBROIDERY-STITCH       -    103 

(See  also  Phimage-stitch. ) 
ENGLISH  embroidery       34,  36, 
169 
EYELETS-        -        -        -    233 


FEATHER-STITCH      62  et  seq., 
83,  loo,  178,  230 
FELT     ,-    •  -    255 

FIFTEENTH    century  em- 
broidery   -         -        24,  164 
FIGURE  work     116,    169,    190, 
198  et  seq. 
FILLING-IN  patterns         -       24 

FlLO-FLOSS         -  -        164,  256 

FILOSELLE  124,  144,  256 

FISHBONE  -  21,  47,  51 

FLAX  thread  -  -  164,  256 
FLEMISH  embroidery  142,  200 
FLESH  -  -  -  204,  206 


INDEX. 


271 


PAGE 

FLORENTINE-STITCH        18,  21 

(See  also  Cushton-sti(ch.) 
FLOSS     95,  114,  116,  118,  120, 
256 

FORM  and  stitch    44,  47,  100, 

118,  176,  211,  265 

FRAMING  work        -        -     263 

FRENCH  embroidery       88,  257 

,,        floss  -        -        -    256 

„        knots        77,  129,  150, 

178,  256 

GEOMETRIC  pattern-        -    237 

GERMAN  embroidery    no,  125, 

126,  156,  185,  238 

,,         knot-stitch          -       72 

GOBELIN-STITCH     -        -      18 

GOLD      -        -     210,  222,  257 

,,      (couched)   1311/^,182 

,,      (raised)  -      134,  136,  165 

,,      thread    -         -      131,  257 

,,      tinted  by  couching 

stitches       -         -     142 
,,      wire       -         -      169,  260 


HALF-CROSS-STITCH        -      20 

HEMSTITCH     -        -        -    233 

HERALDIC  embroidery     -     156 

HERRING-BONE-STITCH    8,  22, 

47  et  seq.t  83,  178,  182,  233 

HILDESHEIM  cope  (the)   -     126 

HUNGARIAN  embroidery  -         2 

stitch  -         -       1 8 


INDIAN  embroidery    41,  46,  61, 

95,  98,  154,  169,  222,  260 

INDIAN  herring-bone       -      48 


PAGE 

INLAY  ...        -     153 

INTERLACING  stitches  83 

ITALIAN  embroidery       22,  24, 

37,  46,  138 

ITALIAN  embroidery  (Re- 
naissance)       22,  41,  1 20, 
142,  154,  199 


JAPANESE  darning   -  86,  87 

,,         embroidery  -       80 

gold         -  -     257 

JEWELS   -        -        -  165,  260 


KNOT-STITCHES   72  etse?.,  182 

LACE  -  -  -  -  i,  2 
LACE  stitches  -  -  84  et  seq. 
LADDER-STITCH  59,  61,  182 
LAID-WORK  ii2etseq.,  162,  178 
LEATHER  -  -  -  260 
LEATHER  on  velvet  -  -  150 
LENGTH  of  stitch  -  96,  100 
LIMITATIONS  of  embroidery  252 
LINE  work  176,  178 

LINEN     -        -        -     164,  255 
,,      (embroidery  on)     -       24 
LONG-AND-SHORT-STITCH       36, 

98,  ioo,  178,  190,  192,  230 


MAGIC-STITCH        -        -41 
MATERIAL  (influence  of  on 

stitch)      12,  13,  16,  18,  24, 

88,91 

MATERIALS     -        -  242  et  seq. 
MATTING         -  -     232 

MECHANICAL  embroidery    237 


272 


INDEX. 


MEDIEVAL  work    92,  136,  140, 
190 

MILANESE-STITCH  -  -  18 
MODELLING  -  -  -  222 
MODEST  work  -  -  242,  243 
MOORISH-STITCH  -  18,  21 
MOROCCO  embroidery  -  152 

NEEDLE  (tambour)  -  38,  257 

NEEDLE  pictures      -  -     201 

NEEDLES         -        -  -    262 

NET  passing  86 

OLD  ENGLISH  KNOT-STITCH  75 

OPUS  Anglicanum    -         -         9 

ORIENTAL  embroidery    2,   22, 

61,  92,  112,  136,  140, 

153,  238 

,,         stitch     66  ef  set?.,  $3, 
178,  182 

ORIGINALITY  -        -        -    246 

OUTLINE    22,77, 108, 146, 158, 

178,  184,  185  et  seq. 

,,         (couched)     126,  128, 

146 

(double)  146,185,186 

,,         (stepped)  -         1 6,  24 

,,         (voided)    -       96,  187 

OUTLINE  embroidery        -     138 

,,         stitch     29,  30,  32,  86 


PADDING  -  -  159,  172 
PAINTING  -  201,  202 

PARCHMENT  -  160,  168,  258 
PARISIAN-STITCH  -  -  18 
PATCHWORK  -  -  -  156 
PEARLS  -  -  165,  166,  260 


PAGE 

PEASANT  work          12,  13,  238 

PERSIAN  embroidery    7,  24,  41, 

174,  240 

PICTORIAL  effect  198,  199,  201 
PICTURES  (tent-stitch)  14,  20 
PIERCE  -  -  -  -  132 
PINS  -  -  146,  262 

PLAIT-STITCH  -        -  21 

PLATE     -        -  -    257 

PLUMAGE-STITCH  62,  100,  103, 
178,  179,  192,  212,  230 
PRECIOUSNESS  -  -  198 
PURL  ....  257 
PURSE  silk  -  -  116,  162 


QUILTING 
RAISED  gold 


-  172  et  seq. 


134,  136,  165 
ct  seq. 

„       work    -       134,  136,  159 
et  seq. 

RELIEF    -  i$get  seg.,  166, 

1 68,  169,  172,  222,  230 

RENAISSANCE  embroidery     41, 

92,  142,  154,  166 

RENEWING  ground  -        -     126 

REVERSE-couching  -         -     130 

RIBBON  -        -        .     150,  258 

RIBBON  work  -  -     258 

ROLL-STITCH  75 

(See also  Bullion- stitch.} 
ROMAN  satin    -         -         -     255 
ROPE-STITCH  -    '  71  et  seg.,  ifS 
RUNNING         -       83,  106,  179 


SATIN 


"deluxe" 
on  velvet 


255 
255 
105 


INDEX. 


273 


PAGE 

SATIN-STITCH  -  24,  91  et  seq. 
103,  112,  128,  158,  160, 
162,  175,  178,  182,  192, 

206,     212,     228,     229,     230, 
234,  257 

SATIN-STITCH  (surface)  98,  182 
SATIN-  STITCH  in  the  making  91 
SCISSORS  -  -  -  262 
SEEDING  -  -  230,  231 
SERGE  ....  255 
SEVENTEENTH  century 

embroidery  -  14,  166 
SHADED  silk  -  -  -  258 
SHADING  34,176,188^^. 
SILK  -  -  146,  255 

,,    (tussah)     -         -         -     256 
„    (twisted)  -        95,  124,  125 
,,    on  silk      -         -         -     150 
SILKS      ....     256 
SILVER    -        -      135,  138,  166 
SIMPLICITY     -      180,  248,  250 
, ,  (a  plea  for)  237  et  seq. 

SIXTEENTH    century  em- 
broidery 22,  120,  125,  I42} 
185,  199 

SOLID  chain-stitch    -         43,  44 

,,      crewel-stitch  -         32,  34 

SOUDANESE  embroidery    -     112 

SPANGLES        -        -     169,  260 

SPANISH  embroidery      129,  142 

154,  1 66,  185 

SPANISH-STITCH      -        18, 22 

(See  also  Plait-stitch. ) 
SPARRING  -  -  -  234 
SPLIT-STITCH  -  38,  100,  105 
114,  179,  190,  196,  222 
SPOKE-STITCH  -  -  234 
SPOT-STITCH  30 

STEM-STITCH  -  32 


STEMS     - 

STEPPED  outline-  • 
STILETTO  -'  -  - 
STITCH  (definition  of) 


PAGE 

-  95 
1 6,  24 

-  174 

ii 


,,       adaptation        103,  188, 
265 

,,       and  effect     -         36,  78 

,,       and  form      44,  47,  100, 

118,  176,  211,  265 

„       and  stuff  12,  13,  16,  18, 

24,  88,  91 

,,       groups        9,  175^  seq. 

,,       names          -         -    8,  9 

,,       patterns       -         87,  88 

,,       and  design  -        10,  250 

STITCHES        -        -        -        7 

STITCHING  over  stitching      215 

STRETCHING  work  -     263,  266 

STRING    -        -      159,  160,  162 

STROKE-STITCH       -        -      16 

STUFFS    ....    254 

SURFACE  crewel-stitch     -      86 

,,        darning     -         -       84 

,,        satin-stitch       98,  182 

,,        stitches     -         -       84 

SYON  COPE,  (the)       7,  130,  210 


TAILORS'  buttonhole  -      56 

TAMBOUR        -  -    257 

,,         frame        -  -       44 

needle      -  38,  257 

,,        stitch  -       38 

„         work         -  44,  194 

TAPESTRY         i,  2,  4,  143,  220 

TAPESTRY-STITCH   -  -      53 

TENDRILS        -        -  -     13° 

TENT-STITCH  -        -  14,  18 


274 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

TEXTURE  given  by  stitch- 
ing -  -  225,  226,  227 
THIMBLE  -  -  -  262 
THREAD  -  -  -  256 
"TRACING"  -  -  •-.  -  228 
TRADITIONAL  design  .  250,  252 
TRANSFERRING  design  -  263 
TURKISH  embroidery  -  22 
TUSSAH  silk  -  -  -  256 
TWISTED  silk  -  95,  124,  125 


UNDERLAY 
UNPICKING 


159,  1 60,  165,  228 
-        -        -    265 


PAGE 

VANDYKE  chain  -  -  42 
VARIETY  of  method  148,158 
,,  of  stitch  iSoetse?. 
VELVET  -  -  -  150,  222 
VENETIAN  embroidery  -  138 
VOIDING  -  -  96,  187 


WEAVING        ...        2 

WHITE  on  white        162,  225  et 

seq.,  242 

WOOL.     (See  Crewel.} 
WOOLLEN  stuffs       -        -     255 


Printed  at  THE  DARIEN  PRESS,  Edinburgh. 


A  CATALOGUE 

°F    STANDARD    BOOKS    ON 

DECOM/EART 

ORNAMENT,  £ 

DESIGN 

PUBLISHED  AND  SOLD  BY 

B.T  BATSFORD 

94,  HIGH  HOLBORN,  LONDON 


A  List  of  Standard  Books 

ON 

ORNAMENT   &   DECORATION, 

INCLUDING    FURNITURE, 
WOOD-CARVING,    METAL    WORK,    DESIGN,    &c., 

PUBLISHED   AND   SOLD   BY 

B.     T.     BATSFORD, 

94,  HIGH   HOLBORN,   LONDON,    W.C. 

THE  ART  OF  THE  PLASTERER.  An  Account  of  its 
Decorative  Development,  chiefly  in  England,  from  the 
XVI. — XVIII.  Centuries,  with  Chapters  on  the  Stucco  of 
the  Classic  Period  and  of  the  Italian  Renaissance,  also  on 
Sgraffito,  Pargetting,  Scottish,  Irish  and  Modern  Plaster- 
work.  By  GEORGE  P.  BANKART,  Architect  and  Craftsman. 
Containing  about  100  full- page  and  many  smaller  Illustra- 
tions chiefly  from  specially  taken  Photographs,  or  of  specially 
prepared  Sections  and  Mouldings,  comprising  in  all  over  500 
Examples,  and  one  Plate  in  Colour.  Demy  4to  (12  ins. 
by  8J  ins.),  cloth  gilt,  price  255.  net.  [In  the  Press. 

A  book  of  exceptional  interest  and  value  to  Plasterers,  Architects, 
Modellers,  and  all  interested  in  the  Practice  or  Development  of  the 
Decorative  Arts,  forming  an  exhaustive  collection  of  the  choicest 
English  Renaissance  Ornament. 

OLD  LACE.  A  Handbook  for  Collectors.  An  Account  of  the 
different  styles  of  Lace,  their  History,  Characteristics,  and 
Manufacture.  By  M.  JOURDAIN,  Joint  Editor  of  Palliser's 
"History  of  Lace."  Containing  upwards  of  120  Pages,  with 
nearly  100  Plates  comprising  over  150  Historic  Examples 
from  Photographs.  Large  square  8vo  (8J  ins.  by  6J  ins.), 
cloth  gilt,  price  los.  6d.  net. 

This  book  is  designed  to  provide,  in  a  handy  and  inexpensive  form, 
a  guide  to  the  different  varieties  of  Lace.  The  Author  gives  a  brief 
history  of  each  style,  sketches  the  characteristics  of  its  design  and  the 
method  of  its  manufacture.  Some  of  the  best  specimens  from  public 
and  private  collections  in  England  and  abroad  are  described  and 
illustrated  from  Photographs.  Special  attention  is  devoted  to  English 
and  Irish  Laces. 

CONTENTS. — Introduction — Early  History  of  Lacemaking— Tests  for 
Real  Lace — Lacis — Cutwork  —  Early  Italian  Pillow  Lace  (Punto  in 
Aria) — Venetian  and  Burano  Lace — Rosepoint — Milanese  and  Cretan 
Lace —Flanders,  Bruges,  and  Brussels  Lace  —  Valenciennes  —  Dutch 
— Argentan  and  Alen9on  —  Lille  —  Chantilly  —  English  Needlepoint 
Lace  —  Honiton  —  Devonshire  Trolley  —  Midland  —  Irish  Laces,  — 
Blondes — Glossary  of  Terms — Index, 


DECORATIVE  PLANT  AND  FLOWER  STUDIES.  Uni- 
form with  "  Decorative  Flower  Studies  "  (to  which  it  forms  a 
Second  Series).  By  J.  FOORD.  For  the  use  of  Artists, 
Designers,  Students,  &c.  Containing  40  Coloured  Plates 
printed  in  facsimile  of  the  original  drawings,  with  a  Descrip- 
tion and  Sketch  of  each  Plant  and  450  Studies  of  Growth 
and  Detail.  Imperial  4to,  handsomely  bound  in  cloth  gilt, 
with  an  attractive  cover  design  by  the  Author,  price  305.  net. 

Extract  front  Introductory  Note  by  Lewis  F.  Day : — The  author  has  made  careful 
choice  of  the  most  beautiful  features  of  the  plant  and  rendered  it  simply  and  broadly  in 
outline  and  flat  tints.  Her  studies  are  to  be  trusted.  They  are  drawn  with  care  and  exact- 
ness, and  with  a  firm  line  there  is  no  mistaking. 

"  This  exquisitely  printed  and  coloured  book  will  prove  the  most  desirable  of  all  Yuletide 
publications."—  The  Daily  Telegraph. 

DECORATIVE  FLOWER  STUDIES  for  the  use  of  Artists, 
Designers,  Students  and  others.  A  series  of  40  Coloured 
Plates,  printed  by  hand  by  a  stencil  process  in  facsimile  of 
the  original  drawings,  accompanied  by  350  Studies  of  Detail 
showing  the  Development  of  the  Plant  in  successive  stages 
of  growth.  With  Descriptive  Notes.  By  J.  FOORD.  Imperial 
4to,  handsomely  bound  in  cloth  gilt,  price  2$s.  net. 

STUDIES  IN  PLANT  FORM.  For  the  use  of  Students, 
Designers,  and  Craftsmen.  By  G.  WOOLLISCROFT  RHEAD, 
R.E.,  Hon.  A.R.C.A.  Containing  25  Photo-lithographic 
Plates,  size  17  \  x  13,  reproduced  in  black  and  white  from 
the  author's  drawings,  illustrating  upwards  of  60  varieties 
of  Plants,  together  with  over  80  Illustrations  of  Detail. 
Folio,  in  cloth  portfolio,  price  20^.  net. 

A  HANDBOOK  OF  PLANT  FORM  FOR  STUDENTS  OF 
DESIGN.  By  ERNEST  E.  CLARK,  Art  Master,  Derby 
Technical  College.  Containing  100  Plates  (size  roj  x  yj  in.), 
illustrating  6 1  varieties  of  Plants  with  numerous  figures  in  the 
text,  comprising  in  all  800  Illustrations.  With  an  Introductory 
Chapter  on  Design,  Notes  on  the  Plants,  and  a  Glossary  of 
Botanical  Terms.  Large  8vo,  cloth,  price  5^.  net. 

6TUDE  DE  LA  PLANTE,  SON  APPLICATION  AUX  INDUSTRIES 
D'ART.  By  M.  P.  VERNEUIL.  Comprising  120  Drawings  of 
Natural  Plants  and  280  Conventional  Designs  all  coloured 
after  Water-colour  Drawings,  with  French  text.  Large  4to, 
cloth,  price  £2  los.  net. 

FLOWERS  AND  THEIR  DECORATIVE  DESIGN.  By 
Professor  G.  FRAIPONT.  A  Series  of  examples,  delicately 
printed  in  colours,  entitled  "Decorations  Florales."  Com- 
prising 20  full-page  Plates  (15  in.  x  n  in.),  with  20  examples 
of  the  natural  flower,  and  over  100  decorative  compositions. 
4to,  in  cloth  portfolio,  price  125.  6d.  net. 


.       MR.    LEWIS    F.    DAY'S 

HANDBOOKS  OF  ORNAMENTAL  DESIGN. 
ENAMELLING.  A  Comparative  Account  of  the  Development 
and  Practice  of  the  Art.  For  the  Use  of  Artists,  Craftsmen, 
Students,  &c.  By  LEWIS  F.  DAY,  Author  of  "  Pattern 
Design,"  "Ornament  and  its  Application,"  "Alphabets,"  &c. 
Containing  214  Pages  of  Text,  with  115  Illustrations,  repro- 
duced from  Special  Drawings  and  Photographs.  Demy  8vo, 
cloth  gilt,  price  75.  6d.  net. 

The  plan  of  Mr.  Lewis  Day's  new  book  is  not  quite  that  of  any  other 
work  on  Enamelling.  It  does  not  set  out  to  be  a  learned  history  of  the 
subject,  though  it  endeavours  to  put  into  concise  and  easily  intelligible 
form  the  gist  of  what  learned  historians  have  to  tell  us.  Neither  does  it 
pretend  to  teach  the  beginner  how  to  enamel,  though  it  goes  very 
thoroughly  into  the  processes  employed.  What  it  does  undertake  is, 
first,  to  show  what  has  been  done  and  where  it  was  done  ;  and, 
secondly,  to  explain  how  it  was  done,  and  why  it  was  done  so.  The 
result  is  a  very  comprehensive  survey  of  the  course  of  enamelling,  both  as 
an  art  in  itself  and  as  a  branch  of  the  jeweller's  craft.  The  book  should 
appeal  to  all  who  practise  enamelling,  and  to  those  who  only  take  an 
interest  in  it. 

PATTERN  DESIGN.  A  Book  for  Students,  treating  in  a 
practical  way  of  the  Anatomy,  Planning,  and  Evolution  of 
Repeated  Ornament.  By  LEWIS  F.  DAY.  Containing  300 
pages  of  text,  with  upwards  of  300  Illustrations,  chiefly  from 
drawings  by  the  author.  Demy  8vo,  cloth  gilt,  price  js.  6d.  net. 

"  Every  line  and  every  illustration  in  this  book  should  be  studied  carefully  and 
continually  by  everyone  having  any  aspiration  toward  designing.  It  would  probably  be 
going  a  little  too  far  to  assert  that  anyone  studying  this  book  throughout  would  become 
designer,  but  it  is  certainly  a  fact  that  designing  would  be  rendered  comparatively  easy  to 
those  having  a  complete  knowledge  of  its  contents  ;  while  it  is  equally  true  that  the  best 
artists  could  not  produce  designs  of  any  value  unless  they  understood  the  principles  so  clearly 
explained  and  admirably  illustrated  in  this  work." — The  Decorator. 

"The  book  is  a  serious  contribution  to  the  question  of  pattern  designing,  and  is  written 
expressly  for  the  designer.  It  may  be  strongly  commended  to  all  who  are  studying  the 
designing  of  textiles  or  wall  papers,  as  the  counsel  it  gives  is  the  result  of  long  years  of 
experience. " —  The  Journal  of  Decorative  A  rt, 

ORNAMENT  AND  ITS  APPLICATION.  A  Book  for 
Students,  treating  in  a  practical  way  of  the  Relation  of 
Design  to  Material,  Tools,  and  Methods  of  Work.  By 
LEWIS  F.  DAY.  Containing  320  pages,  with  about  300  full- 
page  and  other  Illustrations  of  Decorative  Objects  and 
Ornament,  reproduced  from  photographs  and  drawings. 
Demy  8vo,  cloth  gilt,  price  Ss.  6d.  net. 

Mr.  WALTER  CRANE  in  the  Manchester  Guardian. — "The  author  brings  not  only  his 
extensive  knowledge  of  historic  styles,  but  also  the  results  of  his  ripe  and  varied  practical 
experience  as  a  designer  to  the  exposition  of  the  nature  of  ornament  itself,  and  the  necessary 
conditions  of  its  design.  His  illustrations  are  extremely  rich  and  varied.  .  .  .  The  work 
can  be  confidently  commended  as  a  most  workmanlike  and  accomplished  treatise  not  or.ly 
to  all  students  of  design,  but  to  artists  and  craftsmen  generally." 

"  It  bears  the  unmistakable  impress  of  originality  and  practical  utility  .  .  .  It  deals  with 
its  subject  far  more  fully  than  any  previous  publication,  whilst  the  numerous  excellent  illus- 
trations will  be  an  invaluable  aid  to  teacher  and  student." — The  Studio. 


MR.    LEWIS    F.    DAY'S    WORKS— continued. 
NATURE  AND  ORNAMENT.     Being  a  new  treatise  founded 
on  the  author's  "Nature  in  Ornament,"  which  is  now  in- 
corporated in  it.     By  LEWIS  F.  DAY.     Two  vols.,  medium 
8vo  (9  ins.  by  6  ins.),  cloth  lettered. 

Vol.  I. — NATURE  THE  RAW  MATERIAL  OF  ORNAMENT. 
With  special  reference  to  Plant  Form.  Containing 
1 20  pages  and  350  illustrations,  including  full-pages, 
comprising  500  examples,  and  a  fine  series  of 
specially  drawn  plates  of  plant  form,  growth,  and 
detail.  Price  5*.  net. 

Vol.  II. — ORNAMENT  THE  FINISHED  PRODUCT  OF  NATURE. 
With  very  numerous  full-page  and  smaller  illustra- 
tions, either  new  or  re-drawn,  of  the  treatment  of 
Natural  form  in  Design  and  Decoration. 

[/n  preparation. 
An  invaluable  Review  of  the  Art  and  Practice  of  Embroidery. 

ART  IN  NEEDLEWORK:  A  BOOK  ABOUT  EMBROIDERY. 
For  the  use  of  Needleworkers  and  other  Students  of  Em- 
broidery, and  Designers  for  it.  By  LEWIS  F.  DAY  and  MARY 
BUCKLE.  Third  Edition,  revised  and  enlarged.  Containing 
8 1  Plates  reproduced  from  photographs,  and  39  text  Illustra- 
tions, of  Historical  Examples,  special  Stitches,  and  Samplers 
of  executed  Work  in  Various  Stages,  with  a  Special  Chapter 
(new  to  this  edition)  on  White  Work,  with  Illustrations. 
Crown  8vo,  cloth,  price  55.  net. 

11  No  worker's  table  can  be  considered  complete  without  a  copy." — Home  Art  Work. 

"An  extremely  valuable  book,  forming  a  much-needed  addition  to  the  library  of  needle- 
workers,  and  one  which  will  grow  in  value  the  longer  and  the  more  closely  it  is  consulted." — 
The  Queen. 

WINDOWS.— A  BOOK  ABOUT  STAINED  AND  PAINTED 
GLASS.  By  LEWIS  F.  DAY.  Third  Edition,  revised  and 
enlarged,  containing  60  full-page  Plates  and  over  200  Illus- 
trations in  the  text,  all  of  Old  Examples.  400  pages,  large 
8vo,  cloth  gilt,  price  2is.  net.  The  plates  have  been  entirely 
reproduced  afresh,  and  many  are  new  to  this  edition. 

The  Most  Handy ',  Useful,  and  Comprehensive  Work  on  the  Subject. 

ALPHABETS,  OLD  AND  NEW.  Containing  over  200  complete 
Alphabets,  30  Series  of  Numerals,  and  numerous  Facsimiles 
of  Ancient  Dates.  Selected  and  arranged  by  LEWIS  F.  DAY. 
Preceded  by  a  short  account  of  the  Development  of  the 
Alphabet.  With  Modern  Examples  specially  Designed  by 
R.  ANNING  BELL,  WALTER  CRANE,  MUCHA,  E.  GRASSET, 
J.  WALTER  WEST,  PATTEN  WILSON,  the  Author,  and  others. 
Second  Edition,  revised  and  enlarged,  with  many  additional 
examples.  Crown  8vo,  art  linen,  price  $s.  6d.  net. 

"  We  receive  so  many  applications  asking  us  to  recommend  a  good  reliable  book  on 
Alphabets,  that  it  is  a  pleasure  to  note  the  issue  of  this  second  edition,  which,  with  its 
additional  alphabets,  appears  to  meet  almost  every  want." — The  Decorator. 


7 

MR.  LEWIS    F.  DAY'S    WORKS— continued. 
LETTERING  IN  ORNAMENT.    An  Enquiry  into  the  Decora- 
tive Use  of  Lettering,  Past,  Present  and  Possible.     By  LEWIS 
F.  DAY.     With  200  full-page  and  smaller  Illustrations  from 
photographs  and  drawings.     Crown  8vo,  cloth,  price  55.  net. 
This  work  is  uniform  in  size  and  style  with  the  author's  "  ALPHABETS, 
OLD  AND  NEW,"  and    is   at   once   a  companion  and   a  sequel   to   it. 
But,  whereas  that  dealt  only  with  the  forms  of  letters,  this  has  to  do  with 
their  use  in  ornament,  the  way  they  have  been  and  are  to  be  employed  in 
decoration. 

CONTENTS — The  Printed  and  Written  Page,  Inscriptions,  Scrolls  and 
Labels,  Monograms,  Cyphers,  Combinations,  Initial  Letters,  Decorative 
Lettering,  &c. 

MOOT  POINTS  :  Friendly  disputes  upon  Art  and  Industry 
between  WALTER  CRANE  and  LEWIS  F.  DAY.  Demy  8vo, 
90  pages,  with  8  Ornamental  and  very  amusing  Caricatures  of 
the  artists  by  WALTER  CRANE.  In  paper  wrapper,  price  ii.net 
SUBJECTS  :  The  Ideal  Artist ;  Designer  and  Executant ;  the  Artist 
and  his  Livelihood  ;  Art  and  Industry  ;  Work  and  Pleasure  ;  the  Pro- 
fession of  Art ;  Poetic  Ornament ;  the  Living  Interest  in  Ornament. 


PROFESSOR    MEYER'S   TEXTBOOKS. 

A  HANDBOOK  OF  ORNAMENT.  With  300  Plates,  contain- 
ing about  3,000  Illustrations  of  the  Elements  and  Application 
of  Decoration  to  Objects.  By  F.  S.  MEYER.  Third  Edition, 
revised  by  HUGH  STANNUS,  F.R.I.B.A.  Thick  8vo,  cloth 
gilt,  price  12S.  6d. 

"A  Library,  a  Museum,  an  Encyclopaedia  and  an  Art  School  in  one.  To  rival  it  as  a 
book  of  reference,  one  must  fill  a  bookcase.  The  quality  of  the  drawings  is  unusually  high, 
the  choice  of  examples  is  singularly  good.  .  .  .  The  work  is  practically  an  epitome  of  a 
hundred  Works  on  Design." — Studio. 

"Asa  treasury  of  ornament  drawn  to  scale  in  all  styles,  and  derived  from  genuine 
concrete  objects,  we  have  nothing  in  England  which  will  not  appear  as  poverty-stricken  as 
compared  with  Professor  Meyer's  book." — Architect. 

A  HANDBOOK  OF  ART  SMITHING.  For  the  use  oi 
Practical  Smiths,  Designers,  and  in  Art  and  Technical 
Schools.  By  F.  S.  MEYER,  Author  of  "A  Handbook  of 
Ornament."  With  an  Introduction  by  J.  ST  \RKIE  GARDNER. 
Containing  214  Illustrations.  Demy  8vo,  cloth,  price  6s. 

"  A  most  excellent  manual,  crowded  with  examples  of  ancient  work.  The  Introduction 
is  by  Mr.  Starkie  Gardner,  and  students  know  what  that  name  implies." — The  Studio. 


AN  ALPHABET  OF  ROMAN  CAPITALS,  together  with 
three  sets  of  lower-case  letters  selected  and  enlarged  from 
the  finest  examples  and  periods.  Prepared  for  the  use  of 
Schools.  By  G.  WOOLLISCROFT  RHEAD,  R.E.,  HON.  A.R.C.A., 
Lond.  Each  letter  7  in.  square,  with  descriptive  text,  printed 
on  strong  drawing  paper.  In  stout  envelope,  price  2s.  6d.  net. 


8 

LETTERING  AND  WRITING.  A  series  of  Alphabets  and 
their  Decorative  Treatment,  with  examples  and  notes  illus- 
trative of  Construction,  Arrangement,  Spacing  and  Adapta 
tion  of  Letters  to  Materials.  By  PERCY  J.  SMITH,  Instructor 
in  Writing  and  Illuminating  at  theL.C.C.  Camberwell  School 
of  Arts  and  Putney  School  of  Art.  Containing  16  Plates  in 
line,  reproduced  to  a  large  scale  from  sheets  entirely  drawn 
and  written  by  the  Author.  Printed  on  stout  boards  for 
purposes  of  teaching,  study,  &c.  Large  quarto  (13  J  ins.  by 
8J  ins.),  in  stout  cardboard  case,  price  35.  6d.  net. 

SOME  TERMS  COMMONLY  USED  IN  ORNAMENTAL 
DESIGN,  their  Explanation  Defined  and  Explained.  By 
T.  ERAT  HARRISON  and  W.  G.  PAULSON  TOWNSEND, 
Examiners  to  the  Board  of  Education.  With  numerous 
illustrations,  including  many  beautiful  examples  of  design. 
Large  8vo,  cloth,  price  $s.  6d.  net. 

DECORATIVE  BRUSHWORK  AND  ELEMENTARY 
DESIGN.  A  Manual  for  the  Use  of  Teachers  and 
Students  in  Elementary,  Secondary  and  Technical  Schools. 
By  HENRY  CADNESS,  Second  Master  of  the  Municipal 
School  of  Art,  Manchester.  With  upwards  of  450  Examples 
of  Design  on  Plates.  Second  Edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 
Crown  8vo,  cloth,  price  3^.  6d.  net. 

"  One  of  the  most  instructive  books  we  have  ever  seen  on  this  subject.  Design  is  here 
treated  in  a  masterly  way,  the  author  going  to  the  best  available  sources  for  his  illustrations, 
all  of  which  are  admirable." — The  Sclioolmaster. 

A  MANUAL  OF  HISTORIC  ORNAMENT,  being  an 
Account  of  the  Development  of  Architecture  and  the 
Historic  Arts,  for  the  use  of  Students  and  Craftsmen.  By 
RICHARD  GLAZIER,  A.R.I.B.A.,  Headmaster  of  the  Man- 
chester School  of  Art.  Containing  500  Illustrations.  Second 
edition,  enlarged.  Demy  8vo,  cloth,  price  6s.  net. 

"  Not  since  the  publication  of  Owen  Jones'  celebrated  '  Grammar  of  Ornament '  have  we 
seen  any  book,  brought  out  on  popular  lines,  that  could  compare  with  Mr.  Glazier's  '  Manual.' 
In  many  ways  it  is  the  better  book  of  the  two.  ...  It  simply  abounds  with  beautiful, 
delicately-drawn  illustrations,  and  forms  a  perfect  treasury  of  designs." — The  Bookseller. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  DESIGN.  A  Textbook  for  Students 
and  others,  especially  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of 
the  Board  of  Education  Examination  Syllabus  on  "  Principles 
of  Ornament."  By  G.  WOOLLISCROFT  RHEAD,  Hon.  A.R.C.A. 
With  1 6  photographic  Plates  and  over  350  diagrams  drawn 
by  the  author,  on  60  Plates.  Large  crown  8vo,  art  linen, 
gilt,  price  6s.  net. 

"  Certainly  no  one  is  better  qualified  to  write  such  a  book.  .  .  .  The  illustrations,  con- 
sisting of  photographic  reproductions  and  several  hundred  line  drawings  by  the  Author,  are 
excellent.  The  few  specimens  of  Mr.  Rhead's  own  work  as  a  decorative  designer,  which  he 
introduces,  makes  one  wish  for  more  of  them  ;  they  remind  one  of  the  thorough  equipment  of 
this  admirable  artist  to  speak  with  authority  on  his  subject." — Arts  and  Crafts, 


PLASTERING— PLAIN  AND  DECORATIVE.  A  Practical 
Treatise  oh  the  Art  and  Craft  of  Plastering  and  Modelling. 
With  chapters  on  the  History  of  the  Art,  illustrated  by 
numerous  fine  examples.  By  WILLIAM  MILLAR.  With  an 
Introduction  by  G.  T.  ROBINSON,  F.S.A.  Third  Edition 
revised,  containing  550  Illustrations,  of  which  50  are  full- 
page  Plates.  Thick  410,  cloth,  price  iS^net. 

"  Mr.  Millar's  book  is  in  all  respects  admirable  ;    written  in  a  simple,  effective  style, 
dealing  with  the  whole  field  of  the  art,  and  showing  in  its  criticisms  no  lack  of  historical 

perspective It  is  full  of  technical  information,  while  the  illustrations  contain  some 

good  examples  of  the  best  work  of  all  kinds." — The  Studio. 

THE  ART  OF  BRASS  REPOUSS&  A  Manual  of  Practical 
Instruction  for  the  Use  of  Amateurs.  By  T.  G.  and  W.  E. 
GAWTHORP,  Art  Metal  Workers  to  His  Majesty.  Fourth 
Edition,  revised  and  enlarged,  with  50  Illustrations.  Cr.  8vo, 
paper  cover,  price  is.  net. 

"DER  MODERNE  STIL."  (THE  MODERN  STYLE.)  An 
International  Review  of  Art  applied  to  Industry  as  represented 
in  the  best  productions  of  leading  decorative  artists  in 
England,  France  and  Germany.  Containing  a  rich  collection 
of  Illustrations  of  Art- Work  and  Design  of  all  kinds,  includ- 
ing Wall  Papers,  Textiles,  Lace,  Embroidery,  Bookbinding, 
Pottery,  Furniture,  Carving,  Stained  Glass,  Metal  Work,  &c. 
Each  volume  is  complete  in  itself  and  is  sold  separately : — 
VOLUME  I. — With  815  Illustrations  on  120  Plates.  Large 

4to,  boards,  cloth  backs,  price  20$.  net. 
VOLUMES  II.-VIL,  each  containing  96  Plates,  exhibiting 
600  to  800  Illustrations.  4to,  boards,  price  1 51.  net  each. 

OLD  CLOCKS  AND  WATCHES  AND  THEIR  MAKERS. 
Being  an  Historical  and  Descriptive  Account  of  the  different 
Styles  of  Clocks  and  Watches  of  the  Past  in  England  and 
Abroad,  with  a  List  of  10,000  Makers.  By  F.  J,  BRITTEN. 
Second  Edition,  much  enlarged,  containing  740  pages  with 
700  Illustrations  of  choice  and  curious  specimens,  mostly 
reproduced  from  photographs.  Medium  8vo,  cloth  gilt, 
price  151.  net. 

THE  DECORATION  OF  HOUSES.  By  EDITH  WHARTON 
and  OGDEN  CODMAN,  Architect.  With  56  full-page  Photo- 
graphic Plates  of  Interior  Views,  Doors,  Ceilings,  Chimney- 
pieces,  examples  of  Furniture,  &c.  Large  square  8vo,  cloth 
gilt,  price  i2s.  6d.  net. 

This  volume  describes  and  illustrates  in  a  very  interesting  way  the 
Decorative  treatment  of  Rooms  during  the  Renaissance  period,  and 
deduces  principles  for  the  decoration,  furnishing,  and  arrangements  of 
Modern  Houses. 


TO 

OLD  ENGLISH  WOOD-CARVING  PATTERNS— from  Oak 
Furniture  of  the  Jacobean  Period.  A  series  of  examples 
selected  and  drawn  in  facsimile  from  rubbings,  for  the  use  of 
Teachers,  Students  and  Classes.  By  MARGARET  F.  MALIM. 
Comprising  30  Examples  on  20  Plates,  reproduced  by  photo- 
tint  process.  Imperial  4to,  in  portfolio,  price  85.  6d.  net. 

This  work  has  been  undertaken  in  the  hope  of  meeting  the  increased 
demand  for  simple  wood-carving  patterns.  The  rubbings  have  been 
taken  from  the  best  specimens  of  Jacobean  furniture,  and  the  details 
have  been  drawn  in  and  shaded  most  carefully  in  order  to  reproduce  the 
effect  of  the  carving  as  accurately  as  possible.  For  the  purpose  of 
making  her  selection,  the  Author  has  visited  many  important  private 
collections.  The  Introduction  gives  a  clear  explanation  of  the  method 
of  reproduction  and  also  many  valuable  suggestions. 

"To  the  amateur  wood-carver  and  elementary  student  in  the  craft,  this  collection  or 
thirty  simple  examples  will  be  extremely  useful.  They  are  confined  almost  entirely  to  a  flat 
form  of  decoration,  therefore  admirable  exercises  for  beginners." — Art  Workers'  Quarterly. 

WOOD-CARVING  DESIGNS.  A  Series  for  Students,  Teachers, 
Designers  and  Amateurs.  By  MURIEL  MOLLER.  With  a 
Foreword  by  WALTER  CRANE.  Six  Imperial  Sheets  com- 
prising 31  Working  Drawings  of  Panels,  Frames,  &c.,  12 
Reproductions  of  Photographs  from  the  Carved  Objects,  and 
20  Examples  of  Furniture  suitable  for  them,  designed  in  con- 
junction with  A.  W.  SIMPSON.  Large  Imperial  8vo,  in  cloth 
portfolio,  price  6s.  net. 

Extract  from  Foreword  by  Walter  Crane. 

Miss  MURIEL  MOLLER  is  an  accomplished  carver  in  wood,  who  has  also  had 
extensive  experience  in  teaching  the  craft.  In  drawing  these  sheets  of  patterns  she 
has  had  in  view  the  need  of  a  clearly  defined  outline  of  design  for  tracing  on  to  the 
wood  for  the  carver.  A  useful  feature  is  the  sheet  of  the  elevations  to  scale  of 
executed  furniture  designs  which  accompany  the  patterns  and  indicate  the  position 
and  relation  of  the  carved  work  in  use. 

ENGLISH  INTERIOR  WOODWORK  of  the  XVI.,  XVII.,  and 
XVIII.  Centuries.  A  series  of  50  Plates  of  Drawings  to 
scale  and  Sketches,  chiefly  of  Domestic  Work,  illustrating  a 
fine  series  of  examples  of  Chimney  Pieces,  Panelling,  Sides 
of  Rooms,  Staircases,  Doorways,  Screens,  &c.,  with  full 
practical  details  and  descriptive  text.  By  HENRY  TANNER, 
Jun.,  A.R.I. B. A.,  Joint  Author  of  "Some  Architectural 
Works  of  Inigo  Jones."  Folio,  cloth  gilt,  price  36*.  net. 

"  The  book  contains  fifty  well-produced  plates  from  ink  and  pencil  drawings,  which  are 
excellently  done,  and  the  series  gives  a  fairly  consecutive  view  of  some  of  the  best  wood-work 
to  be  found  in  England." — The  British  Architect. 

"  Mr.  Tanner  is  certainly  a  skilled  draughtsman,  and  to  the  illustrations  in  the  book 
before  us  no  exception  could  possibly  be  taken.  The  minutest  details  are  given  with  the 
greatest  exactitude,  rendering  the  book  of  the  utmost  value  to  those  who  desire  to  study  or 
possess  a  record  of  the  styles  represented." — The  Cabinet  Maker. 

REMAINS  OF  ECCLESIASTICAL  WOOD -WORK.  A 
Series  of  Examples  of  Stalls,  Screens,  Book-Boards,  Roofs, 
Pulpits,  &c.,  beautifully  engraved  on  21  Plates  from  drawings 
by  T.  TALBOT  BURY,  Archt.  4to,  half-bound,  price  IQS.  6d. 


II 

The  Most  Artistic  and  Practical  Volume  on  the  craft  by  a 
well-known  leading  Authority. 

PRACTICAL  WOOD  CARVING.  A  Book  for  the  Student, 
Carver,  Teacher,  Designer,  and  Architect.  By  ELEANOR 
ROWE.  With  112  Illustrations  from  Photographs,  and  55 
from  line  drawings  of  Old  and  Modern  Carvings,  including 
Photographs  of  work  in  successive  stages,  and  of  Carving 
Methods  and  Processes  in  Action.  Demy  8vo,  cloth,  con- 
taining about  240  pages,  price  about  7*.  6d.  net. 

This  is  a  comprehensive  book  on  the  subject,  showing  the  evolution  of 
wood-carving  from  the  simple  gouge-cut  pattern  to  the  elaborate  Renas- 
cence panel.  It  is  hoped  that  the  Student  who  is  compelled  to  learn  wood- 
carving  without  a  master  will  find  all  necessary  for  beginning  his  studies. 

CONTENTS:— The  Wood-Carver's  Outfit— Various  Woods  used  by  the  Carver- 
Construction— The  Outcome  of  the  Tool— Flat  Carving— Strap-work  and  Low-relief— 
High-relief—Gothic  Carving  and  Mouldings — Renascence  Carving  and  Mouldings — 
Lettering — Pierced  Carving — Treatment  and  Design. 

FRENCH  WOOD  CARVINGS  FROM  THE  NATIONAL 
MUSEUMS.  A  Series  of  Examples  printed  in  Collotype 
from  Photographs  specially  taken  from  the  Carvings  direct. 
Edited  by  ELEANOR  ROWE.  Parti.:  Late  i5th  and  Early 
1 6th  Century  Examples;  Part  II.:  i6th  Century  Work; 
Part  III. :  lyth  and  1 8th  Centuries.  The  Three  Series  Com- 
plete, each  containing  18  large  folio  Plates,  with  descriptive 
letterpress.  Folio,  in  portfolios,  price  I2S.  each  net;  or 
handsomely  bound  in  one  volume,  price  £2  $s.  net. 

"  Students  of  the  Art  of  Wood  Carving  will  find  a  mine  of  inexhaustible  treasures  in  this 
series  of  illustrations.  .  .  .  Each  plate  is  a  work  of  art  in  itself." — The  Queen. 

11  Needs  only  to  be  seen  to  be  purchased  by  all  interested  in  the  craft,  whether  archaeo- 
logically  or  practically." — The  Studio. 

HINTS  ON  WOOD  CARVING  FOR  BEGINNERS.  By 
ELEANOR  ROWE.  Fourth  Edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 
With  23  full-page  Illustrations.  8vo,  paper  cover,  price  is. 

"  The  most  useful  and  practical  small  book  on  wood -carving  we  know  of." — Builder. 

HINTS  ON  CHIP  CARVING.  (Class  Teaching  and  other 
Northern  Styles.)  By  ELEANOR  ROWE.  40  Illustrations.  8vo, 
paper  cover,  price  is. 

"Full  of  sound  directions  and  good  suggestions." — Magazine  of  Art. 

DETAILS     OF     GOTHIC     WOOD      CARVING     of     the 

Fourteenth  and  Fifteenth  Centuries.  By  FRANKLYN  A. 
CRALLAN.  Containing  34  large  Photo-lithographic  Plates, 
illustrating  some  of  the  finest  specimens  extant.  With  intro- 
ductory and  descriptive  text.  Large  4to,  in  cloth  portfolio, 
or  bound  in  cloth  gilt,  price  2%s. 


12 

ENGLISH  FURNITURE  DESIGNERS  OF  THE  XVIIIxH 
CENTURY.  By  CONSTANCE  SIMON.  Containing  upwards 
of  200  pages,  with  62  full-page  Illustrations  of  choice  and 
little-known  Specimens,  beautifully  reproduced  in  half-tone 
from  special  Photographs.  Imperial  8vo,  cloth  gilt,  price 
15^.  net. 

"This  is  a  book  of  unusual  excellence,  for  which  students  of  Miss  Simon's  fascinating 
but  obscure  subject  will  have  very  good  cause  to  be  grateful.  So  little  is  known  of  the  lives 
and  personalities  of  the  great  cabinet-makers  of  the  Georgian  period  that  the  additions  to 
our  knowledge  which  her  industry  and  research  have  enabled  her  to  make  are  not  only  of 
substantial  value  in  themselves,  but  will  entitle  her  book  to  a  distinguished  place  in  furniture 
literature.  The  illustrations  add  most  appreciably  to  the  value  of  this  well-informed,  original, 
and  authoritative  piece  of  work,  in  which  nothing  is  slurred  over,  and  nothing  taken  for 
granted."—  The  Standard. 

11  Miss  Simon's  book  is  decidedly  most  attractive  in  form  and  appearance,  and  its 
copious  illustrations  from  choice  specimens  in  private  collections  are  particularly  excellent 
and  interesting." — The  Times. 

FURNITURE    DESIGNING     AND    DRAUGHTING.       A 

Practical  Manual  on  the  Preparation  of  Working  Drawings 
of  Furniture.  By  A.  C.  NYE.  Comprising  Notes  on  the 
Elementary  Forms,  Methods  of  Construction,  and  Dimen- 
sions of  Common  Articles  of  Furniture.  Fully  illustrated 
by  152  Diagrams.  Large  8vo,  cloth,  price  los.  net. 

COLONIAL  FURNITURE  IN  AMERICA.  An  Historical 
and  Descriptive  Account  of  the  Old  English  and  Dutch 
Furniture  taken  out  or  manufactured  by  the  early  Colonists. 
By  LUKE  VINCENT  LOCKWOOD.  With  300  photographic 
Illustrations  of  typical  examples  of  Chests,  Couches,  Sofas, 
Tables,  Chairs,  Settees,  Clocks,  Cupboards,  Sideboards, 
Mirrors,  Chests  of  Drawers,  Bedsteads,  Desks,  Escritoires, 
&c.  4to,  art  linen,  price  255.  net. 

THE  FURNITURE  OF  OUR  FOREFATHERS.  Being 
Examples  of  Old  Furniture  of  the  Early  Colonists  in  New 
England.  By  ESTHER  SINGLETON.  With  critical  descriptions 
by  RUSSELL  STURGIS.  Containing  over  600  pages  of  text, 
upwards  of  150  Plates,  reproduced  in  photogravure  and  half 
tone,  and  200  line  drawings  in  the  text,  exhibiting  in  all 
some  500  pieces  of  Furniture  of  the  Stuart,  Queen  Anne 
and  Georgian  Periods.  2  vols.,  imperial  8vo,  art  canvas, 
price  £2  los.  net. 

THE  DECORATIVE  WORK  OF  ROBERT  AND  JAMES 
ADAM.  Containing  30  large  folio  Plates  illustrating 
about  loo  examples  of  Rooms,  Ceilings,  Chimney-pieces, 
Tables,  Chairs,  Vases,  Lamps,  Mirrors,  Pier-glasses,  Clocks, 
&c.,  by  these  famous  18th-century  Designers.  Large  folio, 
handsomely  bound  in  old  style,  price  30^.  net. 


CHIPPENDALE'S  THE  GENTLEMAN  AND  CABINET- 
MAKER'S' DIRECTOR.  A  complete  facsimile  of  the 
3rd  and  rarest  Edition  (1762),  containing  200  Plates  of 
Designs.  Folio,  strongly  bound  in  half-cloth,  price  £$  15*. 
net. 

HEPPLEWHITE'S  CABINET  -  MAKER  AND  UPHOL- 
STERER'S GUIDE.  A  facsimile  reproduction  of  this  rare 
work,  containing  300  charming  Designs  on  128  Plates.  Small 
folio,  cloth  gilt,  old  style,  price  £2  IQS.  net.  (1794.) 
Original  copies  ivhen  met  with  fetch  from  £ij  to 


EXAMPLES  OF  FURNITURE  AND  DECORATION 
DESIGNED  BY  THOMAS  SHERATON.  Containing  a 
selection  of  167  typical  specimens  reproduced  on  16  Plates 
(18  inches  by  12  inches),  from  his  rare  "  Cabinet  Maker  and 
Upholsterer's  Drawing  Book,"  published  1791  —  1802.  Folio, 
enclosed  in  portfolio,  price  15^.  net. 

OLD  OAK  ENGLISH  FURNITURE.  A  Series  of 
Measured  Drawings,  with  some  examples  of  Architectural 
Woodwork,  Plasterwork,  Metalwork,  Glazing,  &c.  By  J.  W. 
HURRELL,  Architect.  Containing  no  full-page  photo- 
lithographic Plates.  Folio,  cloth  gilt,  price  £2  2s.  od.  net. 

USEFUL  DETAILS  IN  SEVERAL  STYLES.  Containing 
1400  examples  of  Furniture  and  Decorative  Details  in 
various  Historic  Styles  on  144  Plates.  By  HERBERT 
BINSTEAD,  Editor  of  the  "Furniture  Record.  Tall  8vo 
(rij  x  4^),  price  3^.  6d.  net. 

The  book  is  the  cheapest  and  most  concise  guide  to  the  styles  of 
furniture  and  decoration  which  has  ever  appeared. 

PRACTICAL  DRA.PERY  CUTTING.  A  Handbook  on 
Cutting  and  Fixing  Curtains,  Draperies,  &c.,  with  Descrip- 
tions and  Practical  Notes,  for  the  use  of  Decorators, 
Upholsterers,  Cutters,  and  Apprentices.  By  E.  NOETZLI, 
formerly  Instructor  in  Upholstery  at  the  Municipal  School 
of  Technology,  Manchester.  Containing  30  Plates,  com- 
prising over  1  60  illustrations.  Large  imperial  8vo,  cloth 
gilt,  price  I2S.  6d.  net. 

This  work  is  written  and  arranged  on  very  practical  lines,  and  simply 
planned.  The  variety  of  subjects  illustrated  is  great,  and  they  include 
practically  all  the  forms  of  drapery  which  occur  in  ordinary  work. 


14 

HERALDRY  AS  ART.  An  Account  of  its  Development  and 
Practice,  chiefly  in  England.  By  GEORGE  W.  EVE.  Con- 
taining 320  Pages,  with  300  Illustrations  of  Typical  Heraldic 
Design,  Old  and  New,  from  Photographs  and  Drawings. 
Demy  8vo,  cloth  gilt,  price  1 25.  6d.  net. 

SUMMARY  OF  CONTENTS. — The  Origin,  Uses,  and  Aims  of  Heraldry 
— The  Evolution  of  Shield  Forms — Heraldic  Rules — Animals  and  Mon- 
sters— Heraldic  Birds  and  other  Figures — Helm,  Crest,  and  Mantling — 
Armorial  Accessories — Methods  and  Materials— Architectural  Decora- 
tion— Embroidered  Heraldry — Some  Miscellaneous  Charges — Marks  of 
Cadency. 

ORNAMENT  IN  EUROPEAN  SILKS.  By  ALAN  S.  COLE, 
C.B.,  Author  of  Ancient  Needlepoint  and  Pillow  Lace  and 
Cantor  Lectures  on  the  Art  of  Lace  Making,  The  Art  of 
Tapestry  Making  and  Embroidery,  &c.  Containing  220 
pages,  with  169  full-page  and  smaller  Illustrations  of  choice 
specimens,  chiefly  reproduced  from  Photographs.  4to,  art 
linen,  gilt,  price  155".  net. 

OLD  AND  NEW  LACE  (DENTELLES,  ANCIENNES  ET 
MODERNES).  An  Illustrated  Catalogue  of  the  choicest 
specimens  displayed  at  the  International  Exhibition  of  Lace, 
held  at  the  Museum  of  Decorative  Art,  Haarlem,  comprising 
examples  from  Important  Public  and  Private  Collections, 
edited,  with  Short  Historical  and  Descriptive  Text  in  French, 
by  JOHANNA  W.  A.  NABER.  Containing  60  fine  Specimens 
on  30  large  Folio  Plates  (size  19  in.  x  14  in.),  reproduced 
from  Photographs,  in  Portfolio,  price  305.  net. 

FIFTEENTH  -  CENTURY  ITALIAN  ORNAMENT,  chiefly 
taken  from  Brocades  and  Stuffs  found  on  pictures  in  the 
National  Gallery,  London.  By  SIDNEY  VACHER,  Architect. 
A  Series  of  30  fine  folio  Plates  of  characteristic  Textile 
Patterns  from  Dresses,  Draperies,  Brocades,  Hangings,  &c., 
shown  to  a  good  size,  and  printed  in  gold  and  colours.  With 
descriptive  Text.  Folio,  half  vellum,  in  ornamental  cover,  245. 
The  few  remaining  copies  of  this  interesting  work  have  been  privately 
purchased,  and  are  now  offered.  The  work  has  long  been  out  of  print. 

ENGLISH  AND  SCOTTISH  WROUGHT  IRONWORK. 
A  Series  of  Examples  of  English  Ironwork  of  the  best 
period,  with  which  is  included  most  that  now  exists  in 
Scotland.  By  BAILEY  SCOTT  MURPHY,  Architect.  Con- 
taining 80  fine  Plates  (size  21 J  in.  by  14^  in.),  68  reproduced 
from  measured  drawings,  and  the  remaining  12  from  photo- 
graphs specially  taken.  With  Descriptive  Text.  Imperial 
folio,  buckram,  gilt,  price  ^£3  3^.  net. 

"This  volume  stands  alone  as  a  unique  collection  of  the  best  work  in  wrought  iron  done 
in  Great  Britain.  It  is  replete  with  exact  delineations  and  precise  dimensions  technically 
and  thoroughly  realised  for  the  student  and  practical  craftsman." — The  Building  News. 


15 

OLD  SILVERWORK,  CHIEFLY  ENGLISH,  FROM  THE 
XVth  TO  THE  XVIIIth  CENTURIES.  A  series  of  choice 
examples  selected  from  the  unique  loan  collection  exhibited 
at  St.  James's  Court,  London.  Edited,  with  Historical  and 
Descriptive  Notes,  by  J.  STARKIE  GARDNER,  F.S.A.  Con- 
taining 121  beautiful  collotype  Plates  reproduced  from  photo- 
graphs in  the  most  effective  manner.  Folio,  buckram,  gilt, 
price  ^5  55.  net. 

The  edition  of  this  work  is  limited  to  500  copies,  of  which  very  few 
now  remain  for  sale. 

"All  lovers  of  old  silver  will  welcome  the  appearance  of  this  sumptuous  volume.  The 
illustrations  throughout  are  admirable,  and  the  whole  work  deserves  great  praise."— 
The  Connoisseur. 

"The  illustrations  are  as  faultless  as  the  resources  of  reproduction  and  ot  the  typo- 
graphical art  can  make  them." — The  Daily  News. 

THE  TREATISES  OF  BENVENUTO  CELLINI  ON  METAL 
WORK  AND  SCULPTURE.  From  the  Marcian  Codex, 
with  an  Introductory  Account  of  the  Origin  and  Object  of 
the  Treatises,  and  of  Cellini's  Position  as  Craftsman  and 
Author.  By  C.  R.  ASHBEE,  M. A.  Illustrated  by  i  T  Plates 
of  Jewels,  Seals,  Coins,  Medals,  Ornamental  Figures,  &c., 
and  7  Practical  Diagrams.  Small  folio,  finely  printed  at  the 
Essex  House  Press.  In  buckram,  price  25^.  net. 

This  translation  is  intended  for  the  workshop,  to  bring  home  to  English 
craftsmen  the  methods  of  the  master  goldsmith  of  the  Renaissance.  It 
abounds  in  information  concerning  the  processes  employed  by  metal- 
workers and  sculptors  in  the  time  of  Cellini,  as  well  as  with  those 
specially  introduced  by  him. 

THE  ART  OF  THE  JAPANESE  STENCIL  CUTTER: 
THE  BOOK  OF  DELIGHTFUL  AND  STRANGE  DESIGNS,  BEING 
ONE  HUNDRED  FACSIMILE  ILLUSTRATIONS  OF  JAPANESE 
STENCILS.  With  an  Introduction  by  ANDREW  W.  TUER, 
F.S.A.  Containing  a  series  of  reproductions  to  a  reduced 
scale  of  these  extremely  decorative  compositions,  including 
clever  conventionalised  renderings  of  foliage,  insects,  animals, 
fishes,  birds,  waves,  &c.,  and  ingenious  geometric  patterns. 
With  descriptive  notes.  Oblong  4to,  boards,  price  45.  6d. 

NATIVE  JAPANESE  STENCILS. -^Mr.  BATSFORD  has 
recently  secured  an  extensive  collection  of  stencils,  including 
clever  designs  suitable  for  all  decorative  work.  The  stencils 
are  all  in  good  condition,  and  ready  for  use.  They  will  be 
found  of  interest  to  art  students  as  exquisite  decoration  and 
marvels  of  stencil  cutting.  The  sizes  of  the  stencils  range 
from  7  in.  by  12  in.  to  10  in.  by  14  in.,  and  they  are  offered 
in  series  of  12  Plates,  each  different,  for  3^  6d.  net,  or 
25  for  6s.  net. 


i6 

JAPANESE   ENCYCLOPEDIA   OF   DESIGN. 

BOOK  I. — Containing  over  1,500  engraved  curios,  and 
most  ingenious  Geometric  Patterns  of  Circles,  Medallions, 
&c.,  comprising  Conventional  Details  of  Plants,  Flowers, 
Leaves,  Petals,  also  Birds,  Fans,  Animals,  Key  Patterns,  &c., 
&c.  Oblong  i2mo,  fancy  covers,  price  25.  net. 

BOOK  II. — Containing  over  600  most  original  and  effective 
Designs  for  Diaper  Ornament,  giving  the  base  lines  to  the 
design,  also  artistic  Miniature  Sketches.  Oblong  i2mo, 
price  25.  net. 

These  books  exhibit  the  varied  charm  and  originality  of  conception  ol 
Japanese  Ornament,  and  form  an  inexhaustible  field  of  design. 

A  NEW  SERIES  OF  BIRD  AND  FLOWER  STUDIES. 
BY  WATANABE  SIETEI,  the  leading  living  Artist  in  Japan. 
In  three  Books,  containing  numerous  exceedingly  artistic 
Sketches  in  various  tints.  8vo,  fancy  covers,  price  los.  net. 

A  DELIGHTFUL  SERIES  OF  STUDIES  OF  BIRDS,  IN 
MOST  CHARACTERISTIC  AND  LIFE-LIKE  ATTITUDES,  SUR- 
ROUNDED WITH  APPROPRIATE  FOLIAGE  AND  FLOWERS.  By 

the  celebrated  Japanese  Artist,  BAIREI  KONO.  In  three 
Books,  each  containing  36  pages  of  highly  artistic  and 
decorative  Illustrations,  printed  in  tints.  Bound  in  fancy 
paper  covers,  price  los.  net. 

"  In  attitude  and  gesture  and   expression,  these  Birds,  whether  perching  or  soaring, 
swooping  or  brooding,  are  admirable." — Magazine  of  Art. 

SHIN-BIJUTSUKAI.  The  New  Monthly  Magazine  of  Decora- 
tive Designs  by  famous  Japanese  Artists  of  to-day.  Published 
in  Tokio.  A  complete  set  of  the  40  numbers  published, 
containing  800  Plates,  printed  in  gold  and  colours,  forming  a 
veritable  treasury  of  ornamental  designs.  40  volumes,  8vo, 
in  fancy  wrappers,  enclosed  in  box,  price  £4  net.  ONLY 
10  SETS  FOR  SALE. 

SHIN-BIJUTSUKAI.  A  set  of  12  numbers  as  published,  con- 
taining 240  plates.  12  volumes,  8vo,  in  fancy  wrappers, 
price  25^.  net. 

A  BOOK  OF  CHRYSANTHEMUMS.  Containing  50  exquisite 
studies  of  this  extremely  decorative  flower,  printed  in  the 
beautiful  variety  of  colours  for  which  it  is  famous :  ranging 
from  snowy  white,  delicate  pinks,  bright  yellows  and  orange, 
to  rich  dark  reds.  2  vols.  (12  in.  by  9  in.),  fancy  covers 
price  14-r.  net. 


JAPANESE  ARTISTS'  SKETCH  BOOK.  A  series  of  5  books 
illustrating  (i)  Fishes,  Shells,  &c. ;  (2)  Birds  and  Flowers; 
(3)  Landscapes  and  Water  Scenes  ;  (4)  Insects  and  Foliage  ; 
(5)  Scenes  from  Japanese  Life  Each  contains  46  pages  of 
illustration,  drawn  in  a  decorative  spirit.  Fancy  covers, 
js.  6d.  net. 

JAPANESE  PATTERN  BOOK,  Containing  114  fascinating 
designs,  for  Embroideries,  Textiles,  Wall-papers,  and  Decora- 
tive Painting,  printed  in  colours  and  gold  2  vols.  8vo, 
fancy  wrappers,  price  7-f.  6d.  net. 

THE    FLORAL    ART    OF    JAPAN.      Being  a   second   and 
revised  edition  of  the  "  Flowers  of  Japan,  and  the  Art   of 
Floral    Arrangement."      By   JOSIAH    CONDER,    F.R.I. B.A. 
With  69  full-page  Plates,  14  of  which  are  delicately  printed  - 
in  colours.     4to,  cloth  gilt,  price  £2  $s.  net. 

ART  PRINCIPLES  IN  PORTRAIT  PHOTOGRAPHY. 
Composition  ;  Treatment  of  Backgrounds,  and  the  Processes 
involved  in  Manipulating  the  Plate.  By  OTTO  WALTER  BECK. 
With  1 38  full-page  and  smaller  Illustrations,  reproduced  from 
specially  taken  Photographs  and  Original  Diagrams.  Large 
8vo,  cloth  gilt,  price  i2s.  6d.  net. 

"  The  book  deals  very  ably  with  the  limitations  and  with  the  possibilities  of  the  camera 
in  portraiture.  Too  often  the  photographer  has  neither  received  any  serious  artistic  training 
nor  had  the  opportunity  for  intelligent  study.  While  I  do  not  think  there  is  any  short 
cut  to  success  in  Pictorial  Portraiture,  the  book  cannot  fail  to  be  most  helpful  and  conducive 
to  good  if  followed  out."— MR.  FURLEY  LEWIS,  F.R.P.S. 

"  The  book  contains  many  hints  and  suggestions  which  would  be  useful  to  the  profes- 
sional photographer,  and  intelligently  carried  out  would  certainly  make  the  present  average 
photographic  portrait  more  interesting." — MR.  FRED  HOLLYER. 

"  After  reading  the  text  and  examining  the  delightful  essays  and  experiments  in  personal 
control  with  which  the  work  abounds,  I  have  no  hesitation  in  proclaiming  its  value  in  helping 
the  ambitious  photographer  to  lift  his  likenesses  from  the  dead  level  of  mechanical 
dreariness  to  a  height  of  pictorialism  which  should  make  for  a  wide  measure  of  apprecia- 
tion."—HECTOR  MACLEAN,  in  the  Morning  Post. 

PICTORIAL  COMPOSITION  AND  THE  CRITICAL 
JUDGMENT  OF  PICTURES.  A  Handbook  for  Students 
and  Lovers  of  Art.  By  H.  R.  POORE.  With  about  150 
Illustrations,  chiefly  reproduced  from  photographs  of  cele- 
brated pictures,  including  numerous  elucidatory  diagrams. 
Large  8vo,  art  linen,  price  JS.  6d.  net. 

One  of  the  best  works  of  its  kind.  Of  particular  value  to  the  artist, 
to  the  art  student,  and  to  all  interested  in  understanding  the  merits  of  a 
picture.  The  book  is,  in  fact,  a  liberal  education  in  art. 

THE  APPRECIATION  OF  PICTURES.  An  Historical  and 
Critical  Handbook  of  Ancient  and  Modern  Art  for  the  Artist, 
Student,  and  Connoisseur.  By  RUSSELL  STURGIS,  M.A. 
With  73  full-page  Photographs  after  famous  Pictures.  Large 
8vo,  art  linen,  price  75.  6d.  net. 

"  This  book  is  so  well  founded  in  the  study  of  the  masters,  old  and  new  ;  so  faithful  to 
the  true  idea  of  the  graphic  arts,  and  so  well  written,  that  it  could  be  read  with  interest  and 
sympathy  by  anybody  who  loves  paint." — The  Scotsman. 


i8 

THE  APPRECIATION  OF  SCULPTURE.  A  Popular  Hand- 
book for  Students  and  Amateurs.  By  RUSSELL  STURGIS, 
M.A.  With  64  full-page  Photographic  Illustrations  of  some 
of  the  most  notable  Examples  of  the  Sculptor's  Art.  Large 
8vo,  art  linen,  price  75.  6d.  net. 

"This  interesting  and  instructive  volume,  with  its  admirably  chosen  illustrations,  its 
skilful  criticisms,  and  its  cultured  survey  of  the  history  of  the  fine  art  with  which  it  deals, 
cannot  but  prove  helpful  to  any  reader  who  wishes  to  form  well  reasoned  opinions  on  its 
subject." — The  Scotsman. 

HOW  TO  JUDGE  ARCHITECTURE.  A  Popular  Guide  to 
the  Appreciation  of  Buildings.  By  RUSSELL  STURGIS,  M.A. 
With  84  full-page  Illustrations,  reproduced  in  half-tone,  from 
photographs  of  some  of  the  chief  buildings  of  the  world. 
Large  8vo,  art  linen,  price  7^.  6d.  net. 

"The  greatest  achievement  amongst  these  three  books  is  the  treatise  on  architecture,  a 
really  masterly  effort  of  selection,  for  in  truth  it  is  no  easy  matter  to  pick  out,  from  the  mass 
of  traditions  and  influences  which  make  the  architectural  criterion,  those  leading  aspects  of 
form  and  thought  which  will  guide  an  untechnical  reader  into  the  way  of  knowing  how  to 
bepin  to  know." — The  Art  Journal. 

HOME  ART  MANUALS.  By  MARY  WHITE.  B.  T.  BATSFORD 
is  pleased  to  announce  that  he  has  taken  up  the  sale  in 
England  of  this  fascinating  series  of  American  handbooks 
which  has  met  with  such  great  appreciation  amongst  Teachers 
and  amateurs. 

Each  volume  is  fully  illustrated  by  clearly  drawn  diagrams 
and  reproductions  of  photographs.  Crown  8vo,  artistically 
bound  in  canvas,  price  5*.  net  each, 

HOW  TO  DO  BEAD-WORK.  Crown  Svo,  140  pp.  This 
volume  deals  with  the  many  fascinating  branches  of  the  craft 
and  the  remarkable  effects  achieved  by  the  Indian  workers. 

HOW  TO  MAKE  BASKETS.  Crown  8vo,  194  pp.  Miss 
WHITE  here  describes  in  detail  the  few  necessary  implements 
and  materials,  and  then  tells  how  to  weave — first  the  simpler 
forms,  next  the  more  difficult  patterns,  and  finally  the  com- 
plicated and  beautiful  work  for  which  the  Indians  were  once 
famous. 

MORE  BASKETS  AND  HOW  TO  MAKE  THEM.  Crown 
Svo,  1 60  pp.  The  success  of  Miss  WHITE'S  first  volume  has 
led  to  this  companion  work,  which  treats  of  more  advanced 
basket  making,  shapes  and  weaves  of  greater  beauty  and  intri- 
cacy, with  new  appliances,  unusual  materials,  and  numberless 
other  matters  not  included  in  the  initial  volume. 

HOW  TO  MAKE  POTTERY.  Crown  Svo,  180  pp.  This 
volume  describes,  in  simple  language,  the  various  materials, 
tools,  and  processes  connected  with  the  art. 


19 

THE  GATE  BEAUTIFUL,  BEING  PRINCIPLES  AND 
METHODS  IN  VITAL  ART  EDUCATION.  By  Pro- 
fessor JOHN  WARD  STIMSON,  formerly  Director  of  Art 
Education  at  the  New  York  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art. 
Containing  about  500  pages,  copiously  illustrated  with  repro- 
ductions of  original  drawings,  charts,  rare  and  famous  studies, 
drawings  and  paintings  by  the  old  masters.  Large  410,  in 
stiff  paper  covers,  price  1 7 s.  6d.  net. 

ARCHITECTURAL  COMPOSITION.  An  Attempt  to  order 
and  phrase  Ideas  which  hitherto  have  been  only  felt  by  the 
instinctive  taste  of  Designers.  By  J.  BEVERLEY  ROBINSON, 
Architect,  some  time  Lecturer  on  Architecture,  Columbia 
University.  Illustrated  by  Reproductions  of  173  Photo- 
graphs and  line  drawings  of  Ancient  and  Modern  Buildings. 
Large  8vo.  los.  net. 

Mr.  ROBINSON  formulates  in  an  extremely  clear  and  able  manner  the 
most  approved  practice  of  architects  in  designing  the  exterior  of 
buildings,  and  illustrates  his  subject  by  many  apt  examples.  His  book 
is  divided  into  seventeen  chapters  as  follows  : — The  Standard  of  Taste — 
What  is  Architecture  ? — Unity — Individuality — Similarity —  Subordina- 
tion— Analysis  of  Buildings — Primary  Masses — Secondary  Masses — 
Details — Horizontal  Division—  Proportion — Contrast — Practical  Appli- 
cations— Asymmetrical  Composition — Flexibility  of  Types — Comparison 
and  Criticism. 

A  CONCISE  HISTORY  OF  ENGLISH  ARCHITECTURE 
FROM  THE  ROMANESQUE  PERIOD  TO  MODERN 
TIMES,  being  the  Congress  Number  of  the  Architectural 
Review,  July,  1906.  Comprising  three  papers  on  English 
Architecture,  each  richly  illustrated  by  photographic  repro- 
ductions and  line  drawings:  (i)  Mediaeval;  (2)  Early 
Renaissance;  (3)  Later  Renaissance.;  also  illustrations  of 
the  work  of  living  Architects.  Foolscap  (12  ins.  by  8j  ins.), 
in  stiff  paper  covers,  price  55.  net,  postage  6d.  extra. 

AN  ARTISTIC  AND  USEFUL  SERIES  OF  FRENCH 
BOOKS  ON  ILLUMINATION  AND  DESIGN  AS  FOLLOWS .— 
ILLUMINATED  ORNAMENTS  FROM  MANUSCRIPTS 
AND  BUILDINGS  OF  THE  VTH  TO  THE  XVIIlTH 
CENTURIES.  A  Series  of  Six  Volumes,  each  containing 
15  Plates,  well  printed  in  gold  and  colours,  illustrating  over 
100  Examples.  Oblong  8vo,  fancy  covers,  2S.  6d.  net  each. 
Vol.  i — FROM  VTH  TO  XIlTH  CENTURIES;  Vol.  2— XIIlTH 
CENTURY  ;  Vol.  3 — XIVTH  CENTURY  ;  Vol.  4 — XVm 
CENTURY  ;  Vol.  5 — ELEMENTS  OF  FRENCH  ORNAMENTATION 
OF  THE  XVlTH  CENTURY;  Vol.  6— ELEMENTS  OF  FRENCH 
ORNAMENTATION  OF  THE  XVIlTH  &  XVIIlTH  CENTURIES. 

The  above  six  can  be  had  bound  in  one  handsome  volume,  vellum  sides 
leather  back,  price  l6s.  net. 


20 

BUNGALOWS  AND  COUNTRY  RESIDENCES.  A  Series 
of  Designs  and  Examples  of  executed  Works.  By  R.  A. 
BRIGGS,  F.R.I.B.A.  5th  and  enlarged  Edition,  containing 
47  Photo-lithographic  Plates,  many  of  which  are  new  to 
this  edition.  With  descriptions,  including  the  actual  cost  of 
those  which  have  been  built,  and  the  estimated  cost  of  those 
not  yet  erected.  4to.  cloth,  price  125.  6d. 

•"'  Economy,  convenience,  and  comfort  in  small  country  houses  are  important  elements, 
and  these  have  been  studied  with  an  artistic  appreciation  of  effect  and  rural  charm  in 
Mr.  Briggs'  designs." — The  Building  News. 

A  BOOK  OF  COUNTRY  HOUSES.  Containing  62  Plates, 
reproduced  from  Photographs  and  Drawings  of  Perspective 
Views  and  Plans  of  a  variety  of  executed  examples,  ranging 
in  size  from  a  small  Suburban  House  to  a  fairly  large  Man- 
sion. By  ERNEST  NEWTON,  Architect.  Imperial  4to  (15  in. 
by  ii  in.),  price  2 is.  net. 

The  houses  Illustrated  in  this  volume  have  been  planned  during  the 
last  ten  years,  and  may  be  taken  as  representative  of  the  English  Country 
House  of  the  present  day.  They  offer  much  variety  in  their  size,  their 
sites,  the  character  of  the  materials  in  which  they  are  constructed, 
and  their  types  of  plans. 

The  illustrations  comprise  41  perspective  views,  reproduced  from 
photographs  and  drawings  in  black-and-white  and  water-colours,  to- 
gether with  22  plans  drawn  to  a  large  scale,  whilst  a  few  main  features 
and  interior  views  are  included. 

HOMES  FOR  THE  COUNTRY.  A  Collection  of  Designs 
and  Examples  of  recently-executed  works.  By  R.  A.  BRIGGS, 
Architect,  F.R.I.B.A.,  Soane  Medallist.  Containing  48  full- 
page  Plates  of  Exterior  and  Interior  Views  and  Plans. 
With  Descriptive  Notes.  Demy  4to,  price  los.  6d.  net. 

"  Every  example  given  is  an  illustration  of  very  considerable  skill.  The  plans  are  all 
excellent — well  devised  on  economical  yet  convenient  lines,  well  lit,  comfortable,  and  with 
every  little  point  thought  put  ;  while  the  elevations  are  pleasing  without  being  extravagant. 
Such  a  book  is  admirable  in  its  suggestiveness,  and  useful  to  all." — The  Architect's  Magazine. 

' '  The  arrangement  of  the  plans  generally  reveals  a  master  hand  at  this  class  of  architec- 
ture."— The  Pall  Mall  Gazette. 

MODERN  SUBURBAN  HOUSES.  A  Series  of  Examples 
Erected  at  Hampstead,  Bickley,  Purley,  and  elsewhere,  from 
Designs  by  C.  H.  B.  QUENNELL,  Architect.  Containing 
44  Plates  (13!  in.  by  loj  in.)  of  Exterior  and  Interior 
Views,  and  large  scale  Plans,  reproduced  from  special  Pho- 
tographs and  the  Author's  Drawings.  Large  4to,  cloth  gilt, 
price  i6s.  net. 

The  houses  illustrated  in  this  volume  are  of  the  best  type  of  suburban 
house,  generally  semi-detached,  and  of  limited  frontage — a  type  upon 
which  very  little  information  has  been  published,  although  it  is  one 
of  which  the  better  class  estates  are  largely  composed.  Skilfully  planned, 
of  quiet,  refined  design,  and  financially  successful  (all  the  examples 
having  been  built  for  sale ,  and  sold),  they  clearly  demonstrate  that  archi 
tecture  in  the  suburbs,  even  when  controlled  by  speculative  builders, 
may  be  as  refined  and  beautiful  as  in  the  country. 


21 

MODERN  COTTAGE  ARCHITECTURE,  Illustrated  from 
Works  of  well-known  Architects.  Edited,  with  an  Essay  on 
Cottage  Building,  and  descriptive  Notes  on  the  subjects,  by 
MAURICE  B.  ADAMS,  F.R.I. B. A.  Containing  50  Plates 
reproduced  from  the  architects'  drawings,  with  the  plans  of 
each  subject.  Royal  4to,  price  los.  6d.  net. 

THE  COUNTRY  HOUSE.  A  Practical  Manual  of  the  Plan- 
ning and  Construction  of  the  American  Country  Home  and 
its  surroundings.  By  C.  E.  HOOPER.  Illustrated  by  E.  E. 
SODERHOLTZ.  330  pages  fully  Illustrated  by  over  300  Photo- 
graphs of  Exterior  and  Interior  Views,  Details  and  Gardens, 
with  typical  Plans  of  some  of  the  finest  Colonial  and  Modern 
Examples.  Royal  8vo,  cloth,  price  155".  net. 

ARCHITECTURAL  SKETCHING  AND  DRAWING  IN 
PERSPECTIVE.  A  progressive  series  of  36  Plates,  illus- 
trating the  Drawing  of  Architectural  Details  and  Sketching 
to  Scale  ;  including  chapters  on  the  Plan  and  Measuring 
Point  Methods,  the  Simplification  of  Perspective  by  R's 
method,  and  on  Figures,  Foliage,  &c.  By  H.  W.  ROBERTS, 
Author  of  "  R's  Method."  Large  imperial  8vo,  price  js.  6d.  net. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  ARCHITECTURAL  PERSPEC- 
TIVE. Prepared  for  the  use  of  Students,  &c.,  with  chapters 
on  Isometric  Drawing  and  the  Preparation  of  Finished  Per- 
spectives. By  G.  A.  T.  MIDDLETON,  A.R.I.B.A.  With 
many  Diagrams  and  Plates,  including  a  series  of  finished 
perspective  views  of  buildings  by  various  Architects.  Second 
Edition  revised,  with  additional  Diagrams.  Demy  8vo, 
cloth,  price  2S.  6d.  net. 

THE  ORDERS  OF  ARCHITECTURE  :  GREEK,  ROMAN  AND 
ITALIAN.  A  selection  of  typical  examples  from  Normand's 
"  Parallels"  and  other  Authorities,  with  Notes  on  the  Origin 
and  Development  of  the  Classic  Orders  and  descriptions  of 
the  plates,  by  R.  PHENE  SPIERS,  F.S.A.,  Master  of  the 
Architectural  School  of  the  Royal  Academy.  Fourth  Edition, 
revised  and  enlarged,  containing  2  7  full-page  Plates.  Imperial 
4to,  cloth  gilt,  price  IQS.  6d. 

CLASSIC  ARCHITECTURE.  A  series  of  Ten  Plates  (size 
20  in.  x  15  in.)  of  examples  of  the  Greek  and  Roman 
Orders,  with  full  details  and  a  selection  of  Classic  Ornament. 
By  CHARLES  F.  MITCHELL  and  GEORGE  A.  MITCHELL, 
Lecturers  on  Architecture,  Regent  Street  Polytechnic,  W. 
With  descriptive  letterpress,  in  portfolio,  price  6s.  net,  or  the 
Set  of  10  plates  without  text  or  portfolio,  price  5*.  net. 


22 

EXAMPLES  OF  CLASSIC  ORNAMENT  FROM  GREECE 
AND  ROME.  Drawn  from  the  Originals  by  LEWIS 
VULLIAMY,  Architect,  Gold  Medallist,  and  Travelling  Student 
of  the  Royal  Academy  (1790 — 1871).  A  Series  of  20  Selected 
Plates,  with  Introductory  and  Descriptive  Notes  by  R.  PHENE 
SPIERS,  F.S.  A.,  F.R.I.B.A.,  Author  of  "The  Orders  of  Archi- 
tecture," "  Architecture,  East  and  West,"  &c.  Royal  Folio 
(19^  ins.  by  13!  ins.),  in  strong  portfolio,  I2S.  6d.  net;  or 
strongly  bound  in  cloth  boards,  15^.  net. 

This  volume  contains  a  selection  of  the  most  characteristic  and  useful 
plates  from  the  rare  folio  work  of  Vulliamy,  first  published  in  1825,  and 
long  since  out  of  print  and  practically  unobtainable.  The  plates  display 
in  their  spirited  execution  an  intimate  appreciation  of  the  refinement  and 
vigour  which  characterizes  the  best  work  in  Athens  and  Rome,  and  form 
an  exceptionally  fine  series  of  illustrations  of  the  choicest  examples.  It 
is  believed  the  series  will  prove  to  be  of  great  value  to  students,  not  only 
on  account  of  the  large  scale  to  which  the  drawings  are  made,  but 
because  they  include  elaborate  examples  of  Greek  carving  which  are  not 
to  be  found  elsewhere. 


THE  ARCHITECTURE  OF  GREECE  AND  ROME.  A 
SKETCH  OF  ITS  HISTORIC  DEVELOPMENT.  By  WILLIAM  J. 
ANDERSON,  Author  of  "The  Architecture  of  the  Renaissance 
in  Italy,"  and  R.  PHENE  SPIERS,  F.S. A.,  Author  of  "The 
Orders  of  Architecture."  Second  Edition  revised  and 
enlarged.  Containing  350  pages  of  text,  and  255  Illustra- 
tions from  photographs  and  drawings,  including  many  full- 
page  Plates,  of  which  24  are  finely  reproduced  in  collotype. 
Large  8vo,  cloth  gilt,  price  iSs.  net. 

THE  ARCHITECTURE  OF  THE  RENAISSANCE  IN 
ITALY.  A  General  View  for  the  Use  of  Students  and 
Others.  By  W.  J.  ANDERSON,  A.R.I.B.A.,  Director  of  Archi- 
tecture, Glasgow  School  of  Art.  Third  Edition,  containing  64 
full-page  Plates  and  100  Illustrations  in  the  text  from  photo- 
graphs and  drawings.  Large  8vo,  cloth  gilt,  price  1 2 s.  6d.  net. 


HISTORY  OF  ARCHITECTURE  ON  THE  COM- 
PARATIVE METHOD.  By  BANISTER  FLETCHER, 
F.R.I. B. A.,  late  Professor  of  Architecture  in  King's  College, 
London,  and  BANISTER  F.  FLETCHER,  F.R.I.B.A.  Fifth 
Edition,  revised  and  greatly  enlarged.  With  about  2000 
Illustrations  from  photographs  and  drawings.  Demy  8vo, 
cloth  gilt,  price  2  is.  net. 


23 

ESSENTIALS  IN  ARCHITECTURE.  An  Analysis  of  the 
Principles  and  Qualities  to  be  looked  for  in  Buildings.  By 
JOHN  BELCHER,  A.R.A.,  Fellow  and  Past  President  of  the 
Royal  Institute  of  British  Architects.  With  74  Illustrations 
(mostly  full-page)  of  Old  and  Modern  Buildings.  Demy 
8vo,  cloth  gilt,  price  51.  net. 

Mr.  R.  NORMAN  SHAW,  R.A.,  writes  :— "  I  have  read  the  proofs  of  this  work  with  the 

greatest  interest.     I  am  quite  sure  it  will  arouse  enthusiasm  in  hundreds  of  readers,  but  if  it 

..attracted  only  a  dozen,  it  would  not  have  been  written  in  vain.     Mr.  Belcher  wishes  his 

Dreaders  to  think  of  Architecture — architecturally;  tells  them  how  to  do  so,  and  no  one  is 

more  competent  to  teach  them." 

"  Excellently  printed  and  generously  illustrated  by  many  beautiful  photographs  of  well- 
chosen  subjects,  it  is  a  pleasure  to  the  eye.  Perhaps  it  may  be  best  described  as  a  series  ol 
charming  conversations  on  his  chosen  art  addressed  to  the  general  reader  by  a  veteran 
architect  of  great  ability,  deeply  anxious  to  stimulate  a  higher  standard  of  appreciation  on 
the  part  of. the  public." — The  Athenaum. 

11  This  attractive  and  beautifully  equipped  volume  is  ...  full  of  charming  photo- 
graphs, supplying  in  themselves  the  materials  of  a  sound  architectural  education." — The 
Daily  Telegraph. 

A  HISTORY  OF  ARCHITECTURE.  Having  Special  Regard 
to  the  Natural  Artistic  Results  of  Construction  and  those 
Methods  of  Design  which  are  the  Result  of  Abstract  Think- 
ing and  of  the  Pure  Sense  of  Form.  By  RUSSELL  STURGIS, 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Editor  of  "A  Dictionary  of  Architecture," 
Author  of  "  How  to  Judge  Architecture,"  &c.  3  vols.,  Imp. 
8vo,  cloth  gilt,  price  ^£3  15*.  net,  the  set. 

The  first  volume,  "ANTIQUITY," is  now  ready.  Volumes  II.  and  III., 
dealing  with  the  Mediaeval  and  Renaissance  Periods,  will  be  published 
during  1908.  Each  volume  will  contain  about  500  pages,  with  some 
350  full-page  and  smaller  illustrations,  reproduced  in  collotype,  half- 
tone, and  line,  from  special  photographs  and  drawings. 

"A  very  full  and  finely-illustrated  treatise,  very  interesting  to  read,  and  likely  to  appeal 
to  a  large  circle  of  people  outside  of  the  profession  of  architecture.  ...  It  is  a  brilliant 
production,  the  result  of  very  wide  and  comprehensive  study  of  the  subject ;  and  in  print, 
illustrations,  and  general  make-up,  it  is  a  credit  to  the  publishers." — The  Builder. 

THE  PETIT  TRIANON,  VERSAILLES.  Illustrated  by  a 
Series  of  Measured  Drawings  and  Photographs  of  the  Exterior 
and  Interior,  including  Furniture  and  Iron  Work  and  Brass 
Work,  together  with  an  Historical  Account  and  Descriptions. 
By  J.  A.  ARNOTT  and  J.  WILSON,  Architects.  Three  Parts, 
each  part  containing  31  Plates,  size  19 J  ins.  by  14^  ins.,  in 
portfolio.  Just  completed.  Price  ^£3  3^.  net,  complete  in 
three  portfolios,  or  bound  in  half  morocco  ^3  13*.  6d.  net. 
The  Palace  of  the  Petit  Trianon  is  a  complete  example  of  the  best 
I  period  of  the  i8th  century.  It  was  designed  by  3  pupil  of  Mansard 
called  Gabriel,  and  is  one  of  the  purest  and  most  perfect  examples  of 
that  time,  and  the  exterior,  the  interior,  and  furnishing  are  in  thorough 
harmony. 

"The  authors  are  to  be  heartily  congratulated  on  both  the  conception  and  execution  of 
their  undertaking.  No  more  useful  work  can  be  done  than  the  complete  and  careful  study  of 
a  particular  building  ....  the  Petit  Trianon  remains  an  almost  perfect  example  of  the 
purest  and  best  work  of  the  late  eighteenth  century  in  France.  The  drawings  are  beautifully 
executed  and  excellently  reproduced,  the  plates  of  the  carving  and  wrought  metal  work 
drawn  to  a  large  scale  being  particularly  good." — The  Athenceum. 


24 

AN  EPOCH-MAKING   BOOK. 

GOTHIC  ARCHITECTURE  IN  ENGLAND.  An  Analysis 
of  the  origin  and  development  of  English  Church  Archi- 
tecture, from  the  Norman  Conquest  to  the  Dissolution  of 
the  Monasteries.  By  FRANCIS  BOND,  M.A.,  Hon.  A.R.I.B.A. 
Containing  800  pages,  with  1,254  Illustrations,  comprising 
785  photographs,  sketches,  and  measured  drawings,  and  469 
plans,  sections,  diagrams,  and  moldings.  Imperial  8vo, 
cloth  gilt,  price  3  is.  6d.  net. 

"  The  fullest  and  most  complete  illustrated  treatise  on  the  subject  which  has  yet 

appeared It  is  a  book  which  every  student  of  architecture,  professional  or  amateur, 

ought  to  have.1' — The  Builder. 

"  Perfectly  orderly,  and  most  complete  and  thorough,  this  great  book  leaves  nothing  to 
be  desired."—  The  Building  News. 

"  This  is,  in  every  sense  of  the  word,  a  great  book It  is  a  book  that  at  once 

steps  to  the  front  as  authoritative,  and  it  will  be  long  before  it  is  superseded." — The  A  thenau m. 

EARLY  RENAISSANCE  ARCHITECTURE  IN  ENGLAND. 
An  Historical  and  Descriptive  Account  of  the  Tudor, 
Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  Periods,  1500-1625.  By  J.  ALFRED 
GOTCH,  F.S.A.  With  88  Collotype  and  other  Plates  and 
230  Illustrations  in  the  text  from  Drawings  and  from 
Photographs.  Royal  8vo,  cloth  gilt,  price  2is.  net. 

"  The  book  is  quite  a  storehouse  of  reference  and  illustrations,  and  should  be  quite  indis- 
pensable to  the  architect's  library." — The  British  Architect. 

EXAMPLES  OF  ENGLISH  MEDIEVAL  FOLIAGE  AND 
COLOURED  DECORATION.  By  JAS.  K.  COLLING, 
Architect,  F.R.I.B.A.  Taken  from  Buildings  of  the  Xllth 
to  the  XVth  Century.  Containing  76  Lithographic  Plates, 
and  79  Woodcut  Illustrations,  with  text.  Royal  4to,  cloth, 
gilt  top,  price  \$s.  net  (published  at  £2  2S.). 

Dedicated  by  Special  Permission  to  Sir  Edward  J.  Poynter,  P.R.A. 

EXAMPLES  OF  GREEK  AND  POMPEIAN  DECORA- 
TIVE WORK.  Measured  and  Drawn  by  J.  CROMAR  WATT. 
Containing  60  Collotype  Plates,  reproduced  from  the  original 
Pencil  Drawings  of  the  author,  comprising  Architectural 
Details  and  Ornament,  Terra  Cotta,  and  Ornamental  Bronze 
Work,  &c.  A  handsome  folio  volume,  cloth,  price  £\  IO.T.  net. 

SOME  ARCHITECTURAL  WORKS  OF  INIGO  JONES. 
Illustrated  by  a  Series  of  Measured  Drawings  of  the  Chief 
Buildings  designed  by  him,  together  with  Descriptive  Notes. 
By  H.  INIGO  TRIGGS  and  HENRY  TANNER,  Junr.,  A.R.I.B.A. 
Containing  40  full-page  Plates  and  over  40  Illustrations  in 
the  text.  Large  folio,  cloth  gilt,  price  305.  let. 

"The  plates  are  quite  perfect  as  specimens  of  draughtsmanship,  and  possess  a  crispness 
and  freedom  of  handling  which  differentiate  them  from  ordinary  measured  drawings."— A.  A. 
Notes.  

B.  T.  BATSFORD,  94,  HIGH  HOLBORN,  LONDON. 

T\ 


BINDING  DBPT.  JUL    1 1959 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


NK 
J9206 


1907 

C.I 

ROBA